Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
94-97 RESOLUTION
RESOLUTION NO, 9 4-9 7 x A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF$225,203.60,PLUS A 5%CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF$11,260 TO JERRY D. SWEETSER,INC.,FOR THE TOWNSHIP AND NORTH COLLEGE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT; AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section L. That the City Council hereby awards a construction contract in the amount of $225,203.60, plus a 5% contingency amount of $11,260 to Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc., for the Township and North College intersection improvements project and authorizes Mayor and City Clerk to execute said contract. A copy of the bid tabulations and contract are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. The City Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $107,877 increasing Street Improvements, Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 97024 by decreasing Street Improvements,Acct. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 96089 and Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00,Project No. 97025. A copy of the budget adjustment is attached hereto and made a part hereof. • ,`tOED AND APPROVED this 7th day of October , 1997. % f / APPROVED: '- By: �jl / �irti-✓ .11 . red Hanna, Mayor r. , ATTEST/) By: 4,40t.C' Traci Paul, City Clerk City of Fayetteville,Arkansas Budget Adjustment Form Budget Year Department: Sales Tax Capital Improvements Date Requested Adjustment# 1997 Division: 09/24/97 Program: Project or Item Requested: Project or Item Deleted: Additional funding is requested for Township/College Intersection Funding for this request is from Intersection Improvements project and the Improvements project. Maple Street Improvements project. Justification of this Increase: Justification of this Decrease: Bids for the construction portion of the project are in excess of the The Intersection Improvement project funds is for intersection improvements remaining funds available. as needed and Maple Street Improvements project is projected to cost less than budgeted. Increase • Account Name Amount Account Number Project Number Street Improvements 107,877 4470 9470 5809 00 97024 Decrease Account Name Amount Account Number Project Number Street Improvements 35,000 4470 9470 5809 00 96089 Street Improvements 72,877 4470 9470 5809 00 97025 Approval Signatures -- _ Budget Office Use-Only 9-aL- 97 Reque d By Type: A 6 = C D (:) F 2411 dg Coordinator Date of Approval Department Director Posted to General Ledger Admin.S ices Dire to Entered in Category Log Mayor C: \97BUD\97WORK\TOWNSHBA.WK3 Budget Office Copy H H H H H H H IO CO J O, U1 ,P W N H Z H 0I Ul A. W N H O O H •A. P N CN: K 0N 0 Pi 0 fD (D fD (D H o r• n a, n hi 3 3 3 3 (D n C) C) 3 x _ > -- > (D rt Cl) MO tri 0 NO trio P1 O O r (D HO HO N 0- 0 X < X < X < X < N G `.1 0 Pi n $< z '< n £ r• r• (D r a) r- (D r- ID r H m 0O O 0 0 hi ()ix G 0 r Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) G H N m n m 0 Pi CO CD (D it hEn rt Q, rr 0 t st) rt R, I0 txi • rr rt • -4 rt N r• N G 0 el O 0 sti (D (D -- p —- N to Xr• nr• Hr• 0r• 0 bi a. NI (D (D sn Om Co m ri N G) H Cl) G P1 (D rt hi N 'd :hi Pi hi rt Cl) r• h Cl) Cl al O 0 0 0 rr O G H Cl 0' (D 0 C] r• r• m Cl) 'i1 m (D m tT Pi CD 0 0 d C m R' CD C) (D fa. ED CT G £ sr G G 4 r• hi r• Cl Pi N n G O 00 0 HO Ci r C) Cl) Cl) Iq rn G rn Hi d rn IA rrr 11) O E rrrr N 0 rt Pl sD rt rt H X H Pi H CI Z tni ti r r+ H H CO W ,P N Co H -1 G G N CO G [xi CO O H O U1 O U U, 3 3 N) ,P N 3 tO pc1 > O, O O O O O O O O hi 10 O O N H 'C3 C � ' El y Cl) to to C] 0 61 H H 0 to rn t ti ti to to z H K C] r C k '=J '< P1 Pi 0 0 K G C 'zi 'I Pxl > G H • t+i H to r r G d 3 3 3 • H H HDD HOOH Cz C1 z H O H tyhi0 > in t-' to H in VI H r � in in in U{n in in O i in in i P. > Z > H Ul 41 {n N -Cl) in P. P. H O O 1.1 in r Ul o Cl) ",b to 0 H 0) N CO CO W W In 0, A. O O O U, Ui O O C E 7C x tr O t'i 94 Z O O Ul O O O O O Un O O O O O O O hi t+i z PEI H O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O • H Cl) Z — —_ — — — —_to > > hi in in in in in• in▪ in in in in -Cl) in in in in in NM Cl) z xi W N 0, CO H -1 H 0I H H Ul 0, •P CO -4 N yC ;U 0 O W U1 W O O, O - W Ul H C CA Ui CO O, N O IO O Cn N O O ,P t=in z tr O, O Co O • Ui O co O • O O O z O • o O O O O O O O -1 O O O O O O O 0 z t=1 o • • O O Ui O O • O O tii to O z O o O O • O O O O O H O H O O O O O O O O O O O ti rn O O O 0 tai in ,P in in o W H in in in (n in in in i/1 O O in H I0 -1 H UI W in ,P in in •P ,P N O O Ul {n W H O 0 O N CO W N W O, LO H O O ,P VD U1 U1 O C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . O O Un N W W —1 H O O O CO H O O O b H o O O Ul Ul Ui O O O O O In O O O O • Z \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \r./) in in in in in• ill• in {/1 in in if) -Cl) in t/1 {n in tsi 0 W N al H IO CO H -1 H ,P W H -I N IO H DC Z O I,.1 ,P (..l ,P In O N H H O Ul Co O -1 W O 0, IO In -1 CI > O ,P • O O` -1 O O O ,P -1 O z fn o O O O O N H In In O O C, ,P O O O 0 b c� O •O o • O O O O O O •O • 0 O O O O y X O O U7 O O O O O O O O O ti Cl) O O O O O H rr1 N1 -0 0 M e + rill Uuu 0 1, W W to Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni Ni HJ H-' H Z H N H 0 t0 CO �l 0` U7 .P CO Ni H 0 VD CO -1 OH . tzi H O H H H H Cl) .P H C) ✓y H o x x1 x1 O G rt (D a II (D rt - CO 0 C. K G a CD CD H a CD N H. a 9 rt 17 Li- 'Cj rt O rt rt y I-C O rt 0 rn 'd H- IV rt c G m tr A. a a ti Si 0 H- rt r-ti 0 It H• x1 o m DI rt H. H- O' i (D H. n H- 'C3 0 rt rt - H p, 0 O H IV w a 0 a 0 cD 'v 4 rt O H• H. H• H H 0 Cn a rt IQ G t+i H H G O t i rt w P3 CI '< 1 C Pi X = (D IU a (D rt HI 0 0 H O O x H• rt 3 cn (D (D i 01 tr CL rt H. w O E E CI) rt rt rt (D (D H• m it rt a Di H °, 0 N 3 C. • rt H H w H H O Di C C) G R N II MC H• O G II CO y • a H x n tr H • I-u' C) a tr • rt, o m H H • H• p rt H 0 (D • 0 rt H. ) H rt • II 0• 0 H(D rat • H rt • • G G C G G C N N C G •• N 'CI ' 'ti b b 'U 0-. b 0 H H H H Un 'd 1C tri • Dy Co • tai Co to Co Co Co Co t I t' tai tai P1 Pi ti Co Co z H •• 9 9 9 9 9 9 "1 Ki > : "ri 0 Z H . • • • • • • • in in in • in Ni in i/f in -Cl) Ni U, • H -4 CO W Ni Ni J V7 • in to •C/1 to in • LI U1 VI 0' -1 U1 U1 to -4 v Ni CO -o J 0 • 0 0 0 .P 0 0 0- in N 0 V, 0 0 Ni VI 0 Co • 0 0 0 0 0 0 V, CO 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 C E ▪ • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . P1 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 rn 0 0 0 0 0 0 Co 0 0 'd [xi • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Co 0 0 • H • \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \Cl) to to in to in to {n to to in in -Cl) i/) -Cl) in -Cl) in t=i t=i Ni 0. U, H Ni CO U1 W H CO -1 .1 Ni N CO Ni VI X 7d Ni 0 0 -J 0 0 0 C1, -1 U, H Ul 0 0 V7 -4 0 V, 01 0 0 0 Ni Co Ni tai 0 0 ON 0 • cr. o • 0 0 H -J 0 z O Ni 0 0 0 ,P 0 0 U1 0 0 0 0 0 0 —1 In 0 tJ z O 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 t!i to to 0 • 0 0\ 0 0 0 0 • Ci H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0'. 0 0 0 0 -Cl) -Cl) in -UT to -VI I--H to in in in {n in H W H Ni 14. H H W H Ni H Ni H 0 VI 4./1 Ni Ni U, U1 -1 W '.0 in H 0 V1 0A H to J 0 H U1 0 0 0 gP In O H Ni 0 0 V, U7 CO U1 0 O O 0 0 0 0 O 0 .P N 0 O O 0 -1 0 0 C • t-1 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 (J, 0 0 0 0 0 N 0 0 b H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • z — to to to to -Cl) to to to in in in iR to to Al! iR to VI t=i O Ni VI H Ni g. H H W Ni H H Ni H Ni Ni H CO >4 z W 0 H W H 0 H to 0 Ni to to to to '.o to O In rn H ti] " • 0 0 0 -1 in 0 0 01 0 0 V1 In 10 —1 0 'Z' Co CO 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 Ni 0 0 0 0 0 O o O 0 x Co O O O o O O O O o O O • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o r' o o o 0 o H 0 STAFF' REVIEW FORM AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW MICROFILMED GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council meeting of Mayor ' s Approval Only FROM: Sid Norbash AYEngineering Public Works Name Division Department ACTION REQUIRED: Approval of Change Order #1 to the construction contract with Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. for Township & N.College Intersection Impvts. Project, in the amount of $7, 920.00 COST TO CITY: $7 , 920 . 00 $315, 876 Township & N. College Int . Cost of this Request Category/Project Budget Category/Project Name 4470-9470-58O41-00 $ _ 304,g0o Street Improvements Account Number Funds Used To Date Program Name 97024 '1,076 Sales Tax Project Number Remaining Balance Fund BUDGET EVIEW: X Budgeted Item Budget Adjustment Attached Budget Coordinator Administrative Services Director CONTRACT LEASE R VIEW: GRANTING AGENCY: ce-i— . 1/bieg Acco ingzz Date ADA Coordinato Date At 4' ' j—6---9r/ Ci NY Attorney 7-) Date I ernal Auditor / n- Date Vje lD Purchasing Officer Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval of the Change Order #1 :Zsion Head / Qn Date Cross Reference / Ct.�. .4�`� -3//4/qa New Item: Yes No V department Director Date 3/I6 /I% , . Prey Ord/Res # : / Admi 'strat' e Services Director Date I✓ 111/11 Orig Contract Date: Ma or Date CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 NORTHWEST ENGINEERS, A Division of Crafton, Tull and Associates, Inc. JOB: Township & North College JOB NO: 96182 .00 DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE: Add price for 12" CMP drain pipe to include "tie-in" at College, tie two 4" drains into 12" CMP, and additional excavation of parking lot on east end of retaining wall "A" . Add a junction box for 12" CMP. Add price for 4' extension to curb inlet on College. Add price for hauling red hillside (compacted and measured) for backfill . REASON FOR CHANGE : Drain pipes for parking lot and roof drains discovered during construction. 4' extension requested by State Highway Department. Existing material found to be unsuitable for backfill . ITEM ITEM UNIT PRESENT REVISED NO. PRICE QUANT. AMT. QUANT. AMT. 33 12" CMP $20.50/LF 0 $0.00 240 LF $4920. 00 34 Junc. Box $1200.00/LS 0 $0.00 1 EA $1200.00 35 4' Curb Inlet Extension $600.00/EA 0 $0.00 1 EA $600.00 36 Red Dirt Backfill $3.75/CY 0 $0.00 320 CY $1200.00 TOTAL $0.00 $7920.00 REQUESTED e !>257 1998 S E CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDED /'27' , 1998 NOR S E , A Division of Crafton, Tul & Associates, Inc. APPROVED 3/7 , 1998 City of Fayetteville RESOLUTION NO. 94-97 MICROFILMED A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF$225,203.60,PLUS A 5%CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF$11,260 TO JERRY D. SWEETSER,INC.,FOR THE TOWNSHIP AND NORTH COLLEGE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT; AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council hereby awards a construction contract in the amount of $225,203.60, plus a 5% contingency amount of$11,260 to Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc., for the Township and North College intersection improvements project and authorizes Mayor and City Clerk to execute said contract. A copy of the bid tabulations and contract are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. The City Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of — $107,877 increasing Street Improvements, Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 97024 by decreasing Street Improvements, Acct. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 96089 and Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 97025. A copy of the budget adjustment is attached hereto and made a part hereof. ,1 A SED AND APPROVED this 7th day of October , 1997. s1 . a • It APPROVED: ,e ;; ' Lf* By: /le/A/I'k ke-"."-- r • red Hanna, Mayor ATTESTS By: ��11,e,c. 2./e/ Traci Paul, City Clerk t ej_ ti:S r�D RESOLUTION NO.94-97 4 - 9 7 A RESOLUTION AWARDING A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF $225,203.60, PLUS A 5% CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF $11,260 TO JERRY D. SWEETSER, INC., FOR THE TOWNSHIP AND NORTH COLLEGE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT; AND APPROVAL OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the City Council hereby awards a construction contract in the amount of $225,203.60, plus a 5% contingency amount of $11,260 to Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc., for the Township and North College intersection improvements project and authorizes Mayor and City Clerk to execute said contract. A copy of the bid tabulations and contract are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2. The City Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $107,877 increasing Street Improvements, Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 97024 by decreasing Street Improvements, Acct. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 96089 and Acct. No. 4470 9470 5809 00, Project No. 97025. A copy of the budget adjustment is attached hereto and made a part hereof. AED AND APPROVED this 7th day of October , 1997. APPROVED: {' J •j•• m, A9� .•� By: yLr�r✓ `',�� `�' • red Hanna, Mayor ATTEST By: Traci Paul, City Clerk CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into the 7#.day of , 1991, by and between the City of Fayetteville, County of W _ hington, State of Arkansas, Party of the First Part, hereinafter called the Owne , and d� of the City of - _ - -' e a- ®. _ Party of the Second Part, hereinafter calla'! the Contractor'. . WITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the Owner has called for bids for street and storm drainage improvements, as set out in the Plans and Specifications and approved by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the published calls for bids under said Plans and Specifications, the Contractor is the lowest and best qualified bidder for the construction of said Improvements; NOW THEREFORE, the Contractor agrees with the Owner to commence and complete the construction of: Bid No. 65/ which shall be the street and storm drainage improvements for the intersection of Township and N. College, Fayetteville, Arkansas; including all Work required for a complete and acceptable installation, for the unit and lump sum prices bid in the Bid Proposal, all of which become and are a part of this Contract, the total sum thus being ,Ewnd.�� _�-. P� ��lwu•,a,.c.,,�„�.t� ac. �2� dollars ($za5,2o3. 4.o ), such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his own cost and expense furnish all materials, supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Bid attached hereto and made a part hereof, and in accordance with the Technical Specifications, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and in accordance with the Plans, which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter thereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work under this contract within ten days of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and totally complete all work within forty-five (45) working days. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the accepted Bid therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Specifications, and to make payment on account thereof as provided below. As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, and in accordance with the Contract Specifications, the Owner will make partial payments to the Contractor for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's C0NB0NDS.WPS a estimate of work completed, said estimate being certified by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner. Retainage shall be withheld from the partial payments as provided by Arkansas state laws by the Owner until final completion and acceptance by the Owner and Engineer. The Engineer shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and subsequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder shall be and are essential conditions hereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work within the time stipulated herein. If the Contractor fails in completing the contract within the time stipulated herein, the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner, as liquidated damages the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in completion, said amounts being fixed and agreed upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining the actual damages Owner would in such event sustain, said amounts are to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage Owner would sustain. Said amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due Contractor under the Final Estimate of said work, after the completion thereof, and Contractor shall be entitled any to the Final Estimate less such amounts of liquidated damages. If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or of the Owner's employees, or by any other Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause for delay, only one claim is necessary. In the event the Contractor abandons the work hereunder or fails, neglects or refuses to continue the work after ten (10) days written notice, given Contractor by the Owner or by the Engineer, then the Owner shall have the option of 1) declaring this contract at an end, in which event the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any work theretofore performed or 2) requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to complete and carry out the contract of Contractor; and in that event, should be surety fail, neglect or refuse to carry out said contract, 3) said Owner may complete the contract at its own expense and maintain an action against the Contractor and the surety hereto for the actual cost of same, together with any damages or other expense CONBONDS.WPS sustained or incurred by Owner in completing this contract, less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid Contractor upon the completion of this contract. This contract shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner and Contractor have hereto set their hands and seals, respectively. JERRY D. SWEETSER, INC"", �'•" _ Firm Name r _.. By ri" t Witnesses* *If corporation, secretary should attest. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Attest: Fred Hanna, Mayor Traci Paul, City Clerk CONBONDS.WPS CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 NORTHWEST ENGINEERS, A Division of Crafton, Tull and Associates, Inc. JOB: Township & North College JOB NO: 96182.00 DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE: Add price for 12" CMP drain pipe to include "tie-in" at College, tie two 4" drains into 12" CMP, and additional excavation of parking lot on east end of retaining wall "A". Add a junction box for 12" CMP. Add price for 4' extension to curb inlet on College. Add price for hauling red hillside (compacted and measured) for backfill. REASON FOR CHANGE: Drain pipes for parking lot and roof drains discovered during construction. 4' extension requested by State Highway Department. Existing material found to be unsuitable for backfill. ITEM ITEM UNIT PRESENT REVISED NO. PRICE QUANT. AMT. QUANT. AMT. 33 12" CMP $20.50/LF 0 $0.00 240 LF $4920.00 34 Junc. Box $1200.00/LS 0 $0.00 1 EA $1200.00 35 4' Curb Inlet Extension $600.00/EA 0 $0.00 1 EA $600.00 36 Red Dirt Backfill $3.75/CY TOTAL 0 $0.00 320 CY $0.00 $1200.00 $7920.00 REQUESTED 1998 S E CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDED /27' , 1998 NOR HWES E , A Division of Crafton, Tul & Associates, Inc. APPROVED 1998 / 2 City of Fayetteville 0w JERRY D. SWEETSER, INC. GENERAL CONTRACTORS - LICENSED -INSURED 590 WEST POPLAR FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72703 TELEPHONE (501) 443-3026 • FAX (501) 442-0119 FEBRUARY 6, 1998 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Our auditor, Carl R. Owens, CPA, is conducting an audit of our financial statements. Please confirm the following information regarding our contract with you as of December 31, 1997: Contract description: TOWNSHIP -COLLEGE Original contract price $ 225,203.00 Total approved change orders through change order # $ Total contract price including change orders $225,203.00 Total amount of progress billings as of December 31, 1997. $ 19,450.00 Less total amount of remittances as of December 31, 1997. $ 0.00 Less total amount of retainage as of December 31, 1997. $ 1,945.00 Total unpaid progress billings as of December 31, 1997, excluding retainage. $ 17,505.00 Estimated percentage of completion of contract at December 31, 1997. Please indicate on the attached page whether this is in agreement with your records. If there are differences, please provide any information that will assist our auditor in reconciling the differences. In addition, please provide details of any claims, back charges, or disputes that you are aware of concerning this contract. Please sign and date your response and mail your reply directly to Carl R. Owens, CPA, 2013 Green Acres Road, Suite B, Fayetteville, AR 72703, in the enclosed return envelope. PLEASE DO NOT MAIL PAYMENTS ON YOUR ACCOUNT TO THE AUDITOR. Very trul yours Willia weetser President SCPN CONS, � C m ___ I S vG O S K I L L �Ij,ON3I'�`�l INTIORITY ��F1'T ASS0GIt Contract description: TOWNSHIP -COLLEGE To: Carl R. Owens, CPA The preceding information is correct as of December 31, 1997, with the following exceptions (if any) (Please elaborate on any disputes, claims, back charges, etc.): Signature: Title: /,?fi.1 l uk /(y P71/('Y I �Date: `"��`2 ACCOUNT NUMBER tk 1/U1/t,�E3 AMOUNT DATE I REFERENCE INVOICE AND RETURNNT 9800000279 i'awTt+i p & C:a 7.7.e ye i.ntert;ec.tion 0002835 DISCOUNT NET AMOUNT A 456.E30 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, FAYETTEVILLE, AR y1 t THIS CHECK MUST BE PRESENTED WITHIN 80 DAYS FROM DATE BANKOF FAYETTEVILLE"'ta CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE �` FAVETTEVILLE A XANSAS - 3. �. { r'•e F �v ,1 "f {' � t �;' FAYETTEVILLE, ARtFt � CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS CONSTRUCTION FUND #44 rat. 829 w �t CASH CODE #4447 C; I Tf '' —A. k -A �a44560U�..l.ARS it E30 4I + f $ PAY TO THE ORDER OF DATE NET AMOUN 1/12/1998 �� ' ,.. .5 'iiF'y� 5 i k '¢,i, rt lvSd 4 - . aK• ti � t'a,E.� '"c S. fiC`$r` � �.S a't �r # . ,, Jerry :q "3we*tser Inc. gg h �( y � ■ J� '�1 f�'y j� I� ����\��j ,,'(''+' �M\ � �M\ �(��[y'j'`�Y'''`)',' �{(,'tI{ W+i 'G {.t vi f YP Ah. wE AR /JG. 03 he X64=A4'" �3,YYO Yv..L9W�Y,,�.Y"Y4 St-iy �x� i r#• k.`4.,` ' t; Vry'� a,� s z>J, t" F `sp"p� a` � t ,Gq ..S µ i "£tJS4' C k -.- -" - 1r� FAYETTEVILLE VENDOR NO. 70670 [PURCHAS ©ELF Sweetser Inc, Jerry D Attn: William G Sweetser 590 W Poplar Fayetteville AR 72703 Each Package Must Be Marked Exactly As Shown Here City of Fayetteville, Arkansas DATE 12/01/97 FOB Fyv PURCHASE ORDER # 97-0060161-001 TERMS NET 30 DAY Unit City. Description and Oty. of Received Account Number Unit Price TOTALS Issue 1.00 EA a) Const contract for Township and 225203.60 225203.60 N College intersection impv Contract #622 4470.9470.5810.00 225203.60 ip (?ti SHIP TO: Engineering/Drafting CITY OF FAYFITEVILLE 113 W MOUNTAIN FAYEITEVILLE AR 72701 DEPARTMENT VERIFICATION RECEIVED DEPT HEAD APPROVAL AMOUNT TO PAY A/P VERIFICATION PURCHASING VERIFICATION PRICE CHANGE VERIFICATION RETURN CHECK TO SEND COPY TO Imo+; vpCoi' Sales Tax Total: Purchase Order Total: ADDITIONAL APPROVAL CHECK# DOES NOT MEET PURCHASING POLICY CONTRACT PAYMENT OTHER PROJECT # THIS PAYMENT $ fJ PREVIOUS PAYMENT(S) $ ILCC TOTAL PYMT(S) $ BALANCE $ $10465.67 235669.27 DEPT COPY ESTIMATE#1 1 STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 15 -Dec -97 ITEM ITEM EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED PRICE 1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum 0% 0% 0% $2,400.00 /LS $0.00 2 R & D Exist. Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 3 R & D Exist. 18" RCP 22 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $15.00 /LF $0.00 4 R & D Exist. Curb & Gutter 840 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $5.00 /LF $0.00 5 R & D Exist. Retaining Wall 220 LF 0% 0 LF, 0% $30.00 /LF $0.00 6 Topsoil & Seeding 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 7 Earthwork 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $16,000.00 /LS $0.00 8 Undercut 750 CY 0% 0 CY 0% $14.50 /CY $0.00 9 2" ACHM Surf. Course Type 2 150 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $46.00 /Ton $0.00 10 4" ACHM Bind. Course Type 2 300 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $45.00 /Ton $0.00 11 Tack Coat 250 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 12 Prime Coat 400 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 13 6" Class 7 Base 310 CY 0% 0 CY 0% $28.00 /CY $0.00 14 2'0" Conc. Curb & Gutter 800 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $8.50 /LF $0.00 15 4" Conc. Sidewalk 80 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $32.00 /SY $0.00 16 4" Conc. Island 6 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $56.00 /SY $0.00 17 Retaining Wall "A" 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $55,000.00 /LS $0.00 18 Retaining Wall "B" 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $27,750.00 /LS $0.00 19 Handrail 275 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $29.88 /LF - $0.00 20 Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,800.00 /EA $0.00 21 Type "RM" Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,200.00 /EA $0.00 22 Adjust Exist. Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 23 Cony. Exist. Curb Inlet to J.B. 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $700.00 /EA $0.00 24 18" RCP 16 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $50.00 /LF $0.00 25 4" Pipe Underdrain 200 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $8.00 /LF $0.00 26 Striping -Thermo Plastic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $3,565.00 /LS $0.00 27 Temp. Erosion Control 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 28 Traffic Control 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $8,700.00 /LS $0.00 29 Main. of Traffic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $27,640.00 /LS $0.00 1 ESTIMATE#1 STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 15 -Dec -97 ITEM ITEM EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED PRICE 30 Testing 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $1,500.00 /LS $0.00 31 Trench Safety 1 Lump Sum 0% 0% LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 32 Guard Posts 2 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $300.00 /EA $0.00 ESTIMATE #1 COST SUMMARY TOTAL WORK TO DATE Less: Retainage Plus: Materials Stored on Site Amount of Previous Payments BALANCE DUE THIS PAYMENT SUBMITTED BY: // U Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. 4 PAYMENT RECOMMENDED BY: Northwest Engineers, A ivis' n of Crafton, Tull & Associates, nc. APPROVED BY: City of Fayetteville WORK TO DATE DATE: DATE: &/S I DATE:/ /.-57 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $4,456.80 $0.00 $4,456.80 Ur LtiATc From: INVOICE/STATEMENT No.142G29 STEEL & PIPE INC. yt(3 ? P.O. Box 1291 Springdale, Arkansas 72765 501-751-0290 1-800-344-9757 `� Date: //_21_7_7 FAX 501-751-7414 V TERMS: 1 %: 10 Net: 30 To: NET DUE WITHIN 30 DAYS FROM DATE OF INVOICE. IF C7 n 5 1 PAID WITHIN tO DAYS OF INVOICE DATE DEDUCT 1%. THERE WILL BE A $15.00 SERVICE CHARGE ON ALL RETURNED CHECKS. • CASH COD CHARGE OUAN. DESCRIPTION POUNDS PRICE AMOUNT .0 /__ 9?)___ ___ „ o CONSIGNEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF MATERIAL IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION AND ACCURATE OUANTITY. CLAIMS FOR REJECTED/DEFECTIVE MATERIAL WILL BE PROCESSED ON Received MATERIAL RETURNED IN ITS ORIGINAL FORM ONLY. THIS IS THE ONLY STATEMENT WE SEND UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUESTED. ::. 0002 4 - INVOICE AMOUNT< ACCOUNT NUMBER AMOUNT DATE REFERENCE AND RETURN 4 DISCOUNT NET r ? 1/00/90 9000000445 Townsh:i.p & College Ave. ~.t CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, FAYETTEVILLE, AR ' THIS CHECK MUST BE PRESENTED WITHIN 6D DAYS FROM DATE ° BANK °F F"YE, SAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS A_- i e ; t o • FAYETTEVILLE, AR # • azs^• '" CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS CONSTRUCTION FUND yt4 I ��•• �: � ' k ' � CASH CODE' lk4447 i " •� h * 17059 UOLLA RS PAY TO THE ORDER OF, 1/19/1990 Jerry a biee t . .. r+ Inc •i 9O W poplar. Fayette .x lie • AR 72703 F Y� ' '48290i6&9: WOO uu'- - ,,N-0YYfp-�( EV41��t�2y,e k'.. Nag b £,•hN s �•; FAYETTEVIL LE VENDOR NO. 70670 Qty. PURCHASE OO RDE Sweetser Inc, Jerry D Attn: William G Sweetser 590 W Poplar Fayetteville AR 72703 Unit Oty Issue Received Description and Account Number Each Package Must Be Marked Exactly As Shown Here City of Fayetteville, Arkansas DATE 12/01/97 FOB Fyv TERMS NET 30 DAY PURCHASE ORDER # 97-0060161-001 Unit Price TOTALS 1.00 EA a) Const contract for Township and 225203.60 225203.60 N College intersection impv Contract #622 4470.9470.x.00 225203.60 P 4 /, SHIP TO: Engineering/Drafti CITY OF FAYEITEVILLE 113W MOUNTAIN FAYETrEVII.LE AR 72701 Norbash, S Crosson, K DEPARTMENT VERIFICATION RECEIVED DEPT HEAD APPROVAL AMOUNT TO PAY NP VERIFICATION BY DATE 1 3 $ BY Sales Tax Total: $10465.67 Purchase Order Total: 235669.27 ADDITIONAL APPROVAL CHECK # DOES NOT MEET PURCHASING POLICY CONTRACT PAYMENT OTHER PURCHASING VERIFICATION PRICE CHANGE VERIFICATION PROJECT # THIS PAYMENTS PREVIOUS PAYMENT(S) $ RETURN CHECK O TOTAL PYMT(S) $ SEND COPY TO BALANCE $ WYtILANDA DEPT COPY ITEM NO. ITEM 2 ESTIMATE#2 STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 8 -Jan -98 EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED R L5 C I5 0 V D JAN 0 9 1998 - - UNIT EXT DED PRICE 1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum 60% 60% 60% $2,400.00 /LS $1,440.00 2 R & D Exist. Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 3 R & D Exist. 18" RCP 22 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $15.00 /LF $0.00 4 R & D Exist. Curb & Gutter 840 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $5.00 /LF $0.00 5 R & D Exist. Retaining Wall 220 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $30.00 /LF $0.00 6 Topsoil & Seeding 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 7 Earthwork 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $16,000.00 /LS $0.00 8 Undercut 750 CY 0% 0 CY 0% $14.50 /CY $0.00 9 2" ACHM Surf. Course Type 2 150 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $46.00 /Ton $0.00 10 4" ACHM Bind. Course Type 2 300 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $45.00 /Ton $0.00 11 Tack Coat 250 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 12 Prime Coat 400 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 13 6" Class 7 Base 310 CY 0% 0 CY 0% $28.00 /CY $0.00 14 2'0" Conc. Curb & Gutter 800 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $8.50 /LF $0.00 15 4" Conc. Sidewalk 80 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $32.00 /SY $0.00 16 4" Conc. Island 6 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $56.00 /SY $0.00 17 Retaining Wall "A" 1 Lump Sum 28% 28% 28% $55,000.00 /LS $15,400.00 18 Retaining Wall "B" 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $27,750.00 /LS $0.00 19 Handrail 275 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $29.88 /LF $0.00 20 Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,800.00 /EA $0.00 21 Type "RM" Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,200.00 /EA $0.00 22 Adjust Exist. Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 23 Cony. Exist. Curb Inlet to J.B. 1 EA 0%V 0 EA 0% $700.00 /EA $0.00 24 18" RCP 16 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $50.00 /LF $0.00 25 4" Pipe Underdrain 200 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $8.00 /LF $0.00 26 Striping -Thermo Plastic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $3,565.00 /LS $0.00 27 Temp. Erosion Control 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 28 Traffic Control 1 Lump Sum 30% 30% 30% $8,700.00 /LS $2,610.00 29 Main. of Traffic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $27,640.00 /LS $0.00 ESTIMATE #2 STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 8 -Jan -98 ITEM ITEM EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED PRICE 30 Testing 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $1,500.00 /LS $0.00 31 Trench Safety 1 Lump Sum 0% 0% LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 32 Guard Posts 2 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $300.00 /EA $0.00 ESTIMATE #2 COST SUMMARY TOTAL WORK TO DATE Less: Retainage Plus: Materials Stored on Site Amount of Previous Payments BALANCE DUE THIS PAYMENT SUBMITTED BY: PAYMENT RECOMMENDED BY APPROVED BY: 2c/ • City of Fayetteville WORK TO DATE DATE: DATE: I V V DATE: $19,450.00 $19,450.00 $1,945.00 $4,011.12 $4,456.80 $17,059.32 RESOLUTION NO. 131-98 A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE USE OF $14,091.80 SURPLUS ENGINEERING FEES AND CONTINGENCY, WITH CRAFTON, TULL & ASSOCIATES, FOR THE TOWNSHIP AND COLLEGE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENT PROJECT; AND APPROVING CHANGE ORDER NO. 2 TO THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT WITH JERRY D. SWEETSER, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $15,753.40. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. The City Council hereby approves using $14,091.80 surplus engineering fees and contingency for the Township and College intersection improvement project. Section 2- That the City Council hereby approves Change Order No. 2 to the construction contract with Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc., in the amount of $15,753.40; and authorizes the Mayor and City Clerk to execute said change order. A copy of the change order is attached hereto marked Exhibit A and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this. day of October , 1998. �.f �1111/1117t i. c!�.Y : APPROVED By: Fred Hanna, Mayor By: IV44J eather Woodruff, City Clerk CHANGE ORDER NO. 2 CRAFTON, TULL, AND ASSOCIATES, INC. JOB: Township & North College JOB NO: 96182.00 DESCRIPTION AND LIST OF CHANGES: 1. Stripping for island $ 100.00 2. Add. grated inlet (dig, cut, pour & back- $ 2,520.00 fill) 3. Heavy duty ring & lid for College Ave. $ 310.00 4. Paving around light pole $ 500.00 5. Re -rubbed retaining walls $ 450.00 6. Unanticipated add. mobilization $ 925.00 7. Adjust two water valves boxes $ 150.00 8. Add. stripping for two extra arrows $ 575.00 and one added triangle island 9. Surge stone & drain gravel $ 2,815.40 (190.23/tn x 14.80/tn) 10. 112 sy con. paving in lieu of asphalt $ 2,688.00 @ $24.00/sy 11. Add concrete steps @ west end ret. wall "A" $ 1,700.00 12. Adjust existing meter box to grade $ 1,500.00 13. Adjust existing grate inlet to grade $ 1,520.00 Item No. 37 Change Order #2 Lum Sum Total $15,753.40 REASON FOR CHANGES: 1. Abandon concrete island, and stripe instead. 2. Additional cost for retrofitting and backfilling. 3. Heavy-duty ring required in paving of College Ave. 4. Additional labor for placing and finishing concrete around power poles and grouting light pole base. 5. Mud and tire marks_. on walls after. utilities were finished required additional rubbing. 6. Numerous move -in and. move-outs..due to delays (utility companies) created additional cost. 7. Two water valves in Township: required rings to adjust-. 8. Two extra arrows were painted and the island was painted rather than pouring concrete. 9. Surge stone for drainage on south side of retaining wall "A" and gravel for French drain and old septic tank removal. 10. Some areas were more cost effective to pour concrete paving rather than try to lay asphalt. 11. Concrete steps were added at request of City. 12. Requested by City. 13. Requested by City. REQUESTED / , 1998 SWEET R pp RUCTION RECOMMENDED , 1998 C F ON, T LL, & ASS CS.INC. APPROVED ��/' / 1998 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE STAFF REVIEW FORM X AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council meeting of 10-6-98 FROM: Sid Norbash Engineering Public Works Name Division Department ACTION REQUIRED: Approval of: (1) The use of $14,091.80 surplus from Engineering Contract for any project related expenses. (2) Change Order No.2 to the Construction Contract, for Township & N. College - Intersection Improvements Project. COST TO CITY: $6,995.67 $234,988 Township & N. College Int. Cost of this Request Category/Project Budget Category/Project Name 4470-9470-5809-00 Account Number 97024 Project Number BUDGET, REVIEW: 1 i eti Coordinator $223,34a.00 Street Improvements Funds Used To Date Program Name $11.646.00 Sales Tax Remaining Balance Fund X Budgeted Item Budget Adjustment Attached CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Administrative Services Director GRANTING AGENCY: Accow7tir3. Maiager Date ADA Coordinato Date City Attorney Date I�7i ernal Auditor ( Z 2- Date Purchasing Officer Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval of the project contingency, and change order No.2 to the construction contract. Admi strat' e Se ices Director M or Date M Date D to Date Cross Reference New Item: Yes Prev Ord/Res #: Orig Contract Date: No X Staff Review Form Project: Township & N. College Date 10-6-98 Intersection Impvts. Construction Contract C.O. #2 Comments: Budget Director Accounting Manager City Attorney Purchasing Officer ADA Coordinator Internal Auditor Reference Comments: CITY FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DUPLICATE CHECK NO. 234626 DATE INVOICE NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 6/19/1998 9800003828 Township & College Street Constr. PAID JUN29198 131,478.10 CHECK AMOUNT $131,478.10 183 CITY of FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS FAYETTEV I LLE GENERAL FUND M ILI V6WK -, .AA�mt 81-87/829 PAY TO THE ORDER OF E Jerry D Sweetser Inc 590 W Poplar Fayetteville AR 72703 L DETACH HERE FOR YOUR RECORD: CHECK NO. 6/29/1998 234626 VOID IF NOT CASHED IN 60 DAYS ...... _,__. _........._.___, .,....... AMOUtV7 *****131478 DOLLARS AND 10 CENTS $131,478.10 II' 2346 2611' •:08 29008 7 2': 484 L984411806 ** CHANGE ORDER ** PURCHASE �GRDE 7Y-ETTEVILLE _NDOR NO. 70670 Sweetser Inc, Jerry D Attn: William G Sweetser 590 W Poplar Fayetteville AR 72703 Each Package Must Be Marked Exactly As Shown Here City of Fayetteville, Arkansas DATE 3/19/98 FOB Fyv PURCHASE ORDER # 97-0060161-003 TERMS NET 30 DAY Unit Qty. Description and Qty. of Received Account Number Unit Price TOTALS Issue 1.00 EA a) Const contract for Township and 225203.60 225203.60 N College intersection impv Contract #622 Project #97024-20 4470.9470.5809.00 $25203.60 1.00 EA b) Additional work Township/N College 7920.00 7920.00 C/0 #1 to Contract #622 Project #97024-20 4470.9470.5809.00 $7920.00 /J/,4 373 a7 31 'f7°. 131, '7 io 3H I P TO: Engineering/Drafting CITY OF FAYEITEVILLE 113 W MOUNTAIN FAYEITEVILLE AR 72701 Norbash, S Crosson, K IEPARTMENT VERIFICATION ECEIVED )EPT HEAD APPROVAL MOUNT TO PAY /P VERIFICATION II fIL: VI 'URCHASING VERIFICATION 'RICE CHANGE VERIFICATION LP IETURN CHECK TO ENDCC , /(� d S YO1sINl. A DEPT COPY Purchase Order Total: 233123.60 ADDITIONAL APPROVAL. CHECK # DOES NOT MEET PURCHASING POLICY CONTRACT PAYMENT OTHER PROJECT # THIS PAYMENT $ PREVIOUS PAYMENT(S) $ TOTAL PYMT(S) $ BALANCE $ ESTIMATE #5 AND FINAL FOR STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS TOWNSHIP & COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 19 -Jun -98 ECEWED JUN 2 21998 ITEM NO. ITEM EST. QUANT. % CONTRACT COMPLETE COMPLETED TO DATE % JOB COMPLETED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED 1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum 100% 100% LS 100% $2,400.00 /LS $2,400.00 2 R & D Exist. Grated Inlet 1 EA 100% 1 EA 100% $750.00 /EA $750.00 3 R & D Exist. 18" RCP 22 LF 45% 10 LF 100% $15.00 /LF $150.00 4 R & D Exist. Curb & Gutter 840 LF 100% 840 LF 100% $5.00 /LF $4,200.00 5 R & D Exist. Retaining Wall 220 LF 100% 220 LF 100% $30.00 /LF $6,600.00 6 Topsoil & Seeding 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $500.00 /LS $500.00 7 Earthwork 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $16,000.00 /LS $16,000.00 8 Undercut 750 CY 52% 389 CY 100% $14.50 /CY $5,640.50 9 2" ACHM Surf. Course Type 2 150 Tons 242% 363.33 Tons 100% $46.00 /Ton $16,713.18 10 4" ACHM Bind. Course Type 2 300 Tons 59% 175.80 Tons 100% $45.00 /Ton $7,911.00 11 Tack Coat 250 Gal 100% 250 Gal 100% $3.00 /Gal $750.00 12 Prime Coat 400 Gal 100% 400 Gal 100% $3.00 /Gal $1,200.00 13 6" Class 7 Base 310 CY 44% 136 CY 100% $28.00 /CY $3,808.00 14 2'0" Conc. Curb & Gutter 800 LF 106% 854 LF 100% $8.50 /LF $7,259.00 15 4" Conc. Sidewalk 80 SY 79% 63 SY 100% $32.00 /SY $2,016.00 16 4" Conc. Island 6 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $56.00 /SY $0.00 17 Retaining Wall "A" 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $55,000.00 /LS $55,000.00 18 Retaining Wall "B" 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $27,750.00 /LS $27,750.00. 19 Handrail 275 LF 114% 313 LF 0% $29.88 /LF $9,352.44 20 Curb Inlet 1 EA 100% 1 EA 100% $2,800.00 /EA $2,800.00 21 Type "RM" Grated Inlet" 1 EA 100% 1 EA 100% $2,200.00 /EA $2,200.00 22 Adjust Exist. Curb Inlet 1 EA 100% 1 EA 100% $750.00 /EA $750.00 23 Cony. Exist. Curb Inlet to J.B. 1 EA 100% 1 EA 100% $700.00 /EA $700.00 24 18" RCP 16 LF 100% 16 LF 100% $50.00 /LF $800.00 25 4" Pipe Underdrain 200 LF 109% 218 LF 100% $8.00 /LF $1,744.00 26 Striping -Thermo Plastic 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $3,565.00 /LS $3,565.00 27 Temp. Erosion Control 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $500.00 /LS $500.00 28 Traffic Control 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $8,700.00 /LS $8,700.00 �1N ESTIMATE #5 AND FINAL FOR STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS TOWNSHIP & COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 16 -Jun -98 ITEM ITEM EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED PRICE 29 Main. Of Traffic 1 LS 100% 1 LS 100% $27,640.00 /LS $27,640.00 30 Testing 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $1,500.00 . /LS $1,500.00 31 Trench Safety 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% $500.00 /LS $500.00 32 Guard Posts 2 EA 100% 2 EA 100% $300.00 /EA $600.00 33 12" CMP 240 LF 98% 236 LF 100% $20.50„/LF $4,838.00 4>j 34 Junction Box 1 EA 100% 1 EA 1 EA 100% 100% $1,200.00 /EA $600.00 /EA 41,200.00 4699:69 35 4' Curb Inlet Extension 1 EA 100% 36 Red Dirt Backfill 320 CY 89% 285 CY 100% $3.75 ICY -$-1-0C8.75-- Change Order #2 1 LS 100% 100% LS 100% t !$+2,733.40 TOTAL WORK TO DATE Amount of Previous Payments BALANCE DUE THIS PAYMENT SUBMITTED BY: PAYMENT RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: 'IMATE #5 AND FII COST SUMMARY Sweeter, fVorthwest Engineers, i ision of Crafton, lull & Asso tes, nc. WORK TO DATE DATE: DATE: O� — DATE: zo ' T'4 F $249;4327 24 $93,359.02 131,118.IO City of Fayetteville 0002981 ACCOUNT NUMBER AMOUNT DATE REFERENCE I INVOICE RETURNAMOUNT DISCOUNT NET AMOUNT AND 3/04/98 F.:::3T . 4: 3 Township Fa N. College Construction CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, FAYETTEVILLE, AR 71,84290 b r THIS CHECK MUST BE PRESENTED WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM DATE 6ANK.OF 'FAYETTEVILLE r f r . i t stl t $ 'fi' ' k, y JFAYET1EVILLE ARk'ANSAS}ar A CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE_ ` t . b$ s 87.167 rs t .,, FAYETTEVILLE, AR t xF r , O 0002981 ,1 , 1 829 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS CONSTRUCTION FUND #447 . r N' CASH CODE #4447 t fit, . i 7 ' PAY TO THE ORDER OF :: : A Y} C ,Jerry 0 Swca t;r [nc: 590 W PopIarr Fayetteville I' ..0nn 5na %..a ..nn •*:k****71G4200LL.ARS,ANU 90 CENTS G i i f F ��? xi- t 'T o -HDATE ' NETAMOUNT k � 3/23/1998981" , $71V,84g90r AR 7270;3 ZI' �l7l� TOLE YY�YY�YY CHANGE ORDER ** FAYETTEVILLE VENDOR NO. 70670 Sweetser Inc, Jerry D Attn: William G Sweetser 590 W Poplar Fayetteville AR 72703 Each Package Must Be Marked Exactly As Shown Here City of Fayetteville, Arkansas DATE 1/14/98 FOB Fyv PURCHASE ORDER # 97-0060161-002 TERMS NET 30 DAY Unit Qty_ Description and Unit Price TOTALS Qty. of Received Account Number Issue 1.00 EA a) Const contract for Township and 225203.60 225203.60 N College intersection impv Contract #622 Project #97024-20 4470.9470.5809.00 $25203.60 - y 3> SHIP TO: Engineering/Drafting CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 113 W MOUNTAIN FAYETTEVILLE AR 72701 Sales Tax Total: Norbash, S Crosson, K A A Purchase Order Total: DEPARTMENT VERIFICATION RECEIVED DEPT HEAD APPROVAL AMOUNT TO PAY NP VERIFICATION PURCHASING VERIFICATION PRICE CHANGE VERIFICATION BY DATE $ �►� fT� 9n RETURN CHECK TO SEND COPY TO ` '' ./)_:3LANDA ADDITIONAL APPROVAL CHECK # DOES NOT MEET PURCHASING POLICY CONTRACT PAYMENT T OTHER BY PROJECT # THIS PAYMENT $ PREVIOUS PAYMENT(S) $ TOTAL PYMT(S) $ BALANCE $ $ 10465.67 235669.27 DEPT COPY ESTIMATE #/ J STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 4 -Mar -98 MAk 1J 998 ITEM NO. ITEM EST. QUANT. % CONTRACT COMPLETE COMPLETED TO DATE % JOB COMPLETED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED 1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump Sum 80% 80% 80% $2,400.00 /LS $1,920.00 2 R & D Exist. Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 3 R & D Exist. 18" RCP 22 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $15.00 /LF $0.00 4 R & D Exist. Curb & Gutter 840 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $5.00 /LF $0.00 5 R & D Exist. Retaining Wall 220 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $30.00 /LF $0.00 6 Topsoil & Seeding 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 7 Earthwork 1 Lump Sum 15% 15% LS 15% $16,000.00 /LS $2,400.00 8 Undercut 750 CY 21% 157 CY 21% $14.50 /CY $2,276.50 9 2" ACHM Surf. Course Type 2 150 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $46.00 /Ton $0.00 10 4" ACHM Bind. Course Type 2 300 Tons 0% 0 Tons 0% $45.00 /Ton $0.00 11 Tack Coat 250 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 12 Prime Coat 400 Gal 0% 0 Gal 0% $3.00 /Gal $0.00 13 6" Class 7 Base 310 CY 0% 0 CY 0% $28.00 /CY $0.00 14 2'0" Conc. Curb & Gutter 800 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $8.50 /LF $0.00 15 4" Conc. Sidewalk 80 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $32.00 /SY $0.00 16 4" Conc. Island 6 SY 0% 0 SY 0% $56.00 /SY $0.00 17 Retaining Wall "A" 1 Lump Sum 100% 100% LS 100% $55,000.00 /LS $55,000.00 18 Retaining Wall "B" 1 Lump Sum 100% 100% LS 100% $27,750.00 /LS $27,750.00 19 Handrail 275 LF 0% 0 LF 0% $29.88 /LF $0.00 20 Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,800.00 /EA $0.00 21 Type "RM" Grated Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $2,200.00 /EA $0.00 22 Adjust Exist. Curb Inlet 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $750.00 /EA $0.00 23 Cony. Exist. Curb Inlet to J.B. 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $700.00 /EA $0.00 24 18" RCP 16 LF 100% 16 LF 100% $50.00 /LF $800.00 25 4" Pipe Underdrain 200 LF 109% 218 LF 80% $8.00 /LF $1,744.00 26 Striping -Thermo Plastic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $3,565.00 /LS $0.00 27 Temp. Erosion Control 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $500.00 /LS $0.00 28 Traffic Control 1 Lump Sum 55% 55% LS 55% $8,700.00 /LS $4,785.00 29 Main. of Traffic 1 Lump Sum 0% 0 LS 0% $27,640.00 /LS $0.00 ESTIMATE #/ STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 4 -Mar -98 ITEM ITEM EST. % CONTRACT COMPLETED % JOB UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. COMPLETE TO DATE COMPLETED PRICE 30 Testing 1 Lump Sum 20% 20% LS 20% $1,500.00 /LS $300.00 31 Trench Safety 1 Lump Sum 50% 50% LS 50% $500.00 /LS $250.00 32 Guard Posts 2 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $300.00 /EA $0.00 33 12" CMP 240 LF 98% 236 LF 100% $20.50 /LF $4,838.00 34 Junction Box 1 EA 50% 50% EA 50% $1,200.00 /EA $600.00 35 4' Curb Inlet Extension 1 EA 0% 0 EA 0% $600.00 /EA $0.00 36 Red Dirt Backfill 320 CY 89% 285 CY 89% $3.75 ICY $1,068.75 ESTIMATE #4 COST SUMMARY TOTAL WORK TO DATE Less: Retainage Amount of Previous Payments BALANCE DUE THIS PAYMENT SUBMITTED BY: Jerry D. Sweet er, Inc. PAYMENT RECOMMENDED BY: Northwest ngineers, Divi on of Grafton, Tull & Assoc c. APPROVED BY: City of Fayetteville WORK TO DATE DATE— --/ DATE: DATE: �� $103,732.25 $103,732.25 $10,373.23 $738'60 o?115/6./Z STAFF REVIEW FORM AGENDA REQUEST X CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW For the Fayetteville City Council meeting of Mayor's Approval Only FROM: Sid Norbash _--- Engineering Public Works Name Division Department ACTION REQUIRED: Approval of Change Order #1 to the construction contract with Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. for Township & N.College Intersection Impvts. Project, in the amount of $7,920.00 COST TO CITY: $7,920.00 $315,876 Township & N. College Int. Cost of this Request Category/Project Budget Category/Project Name 4470-9470-58O'1-00 Account Number 97024 Project Number - 3c.,gdc Street Improvements Funds Used To Date Program Name 9,016 Sales Tax Remaining Balance Fund BUDGETt EVIEW: X Budgeted Item Budget Adjustment Attached et' Coordinator I Administrative Services Director GRANTING AGENCY: �- -�---o �- --- /ice// Acco ing any Date ADA Coordinate Date Ci y Attorney Date Ir ernal Auditor ?,,. Date Purchasing Officer Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval of the Change Order #1 • ion Head / Date Cross Reference New Item: Yes No V epartment Director Date `3 6 __ Prey Ord/Res #: Admin,istrat' e Services Director Date Orig Contract Date: Ma or Date I • • I I CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS I AND BID DOCUMENTS I STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS FOR I THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE Fayetteville, Arkansas I INWE No. 96182.00 I August 1997 •,' yF 4.,..,_/,‘„h' < O .....\\,:ipt,.. nZ+r///?��.. 54 .EG GRAFTON,TULL& * n'' 7 ASSOCIATES,INC. GIS -a D No.109 �4;, • • � ti. *►� 01 ;� ; , •�°°1 4A 4SE R� ''v No. 8012 . 1 �1 2 ' Prepared by: I I I I NORTHWEST ENGINEERS CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS IA DIVISION OF CRAFTON,TULL&ASSOCIATES,INC. P.O.Box 1173/524 W.Sycamore Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1173 I I ,. I • • INDEX IAdvertisement for Bids Instruction to Bidders IBid Proposal IStatement of Bidder's Qualifications Contract Agreement IPerformance Bond Payment Bond IGeneral Conditions Supplement to General Conditions ITechnical Specifications DIVISION 2 I ITEM 202 Clearing and Grubbing ITEM 203 Removal and Disposal I ITEM 216 Pipe Culverts ITEM 217 Drop Inlets and Junction Boxes ITEM 225 Seeding I ITEM 240 Excavation and Embankment ITEM 241 Lined Pipe Underdrain ITEM 250 Temporary Erosion Control ITEM 260 Maintenance of Traffic IDIVISION 3 ITEM 301 Portland Cement Concrete I ITEM 304 Concrete Sidewalks ITEM 310 Reinforcing Steel for Structures IDIVISION 19 ITEM 1901 Concrete Curb and Gutter ITEM 1904 Class 7 Stone Base Course IITEM 1909 Asphaltic Concrete Hot Mix Binder Course ITEM 1912 Asphaltic Concrete Hot Mix Surface Course on Binder IITEM 1913 Asphalt- Equipment and Construction Methods Appendix A- OSHA Safety Requirements for Excavation IAppendix B- Minimum Street Standards, City of Fayetteville Appendix C- Geotechnical Investigation I • • i ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i i I 0 • AD VERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ISTREET & STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS FOR 1 THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS I Sealed bids for the construction of street and storm drainage improvements for the intersection of Township and N. College, Fayetteville, Arkansas, will be received by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, at the Purchasing Office, Room 306, City Administration I Building, 113 West Mountain Street, Fayetteville, Arkansas, 72701, until 1:30 p.m. local time on Monday, September 15, 1997, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud.I The proposed work generally consists of street and storm drainage construction. 9 The attention of all Bidders is called to the requirements of the specifications that traffic be I kept open to the public during construction. A minimum of one lane of traffic shall be maintained at all times. IThe Contract Documents, consisting of the Advertisement for Bids, Instruction to Bidders, Bid Proposal, Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, may be I examined and obtained at the City of Fayetteville Engineering Office, Room 004, City Administration Building, 113 West Mountain, Fayetteville, AR. IEach contractor shall be responsible for the investigation, inspection, and studies of the project site as deemed necessary to familiarize themselves with all conditions encountered. Each contractor shall be responsible to read and comply with the I Instructions to Bidder as contained in the Contract Documents. I Each bid must be accompanied by a cashier's check or surety bond in an amount of five percent (5%) of the total whole bid. Said bond shall be issued by a resident local agent who is licensed by the Arkansas State Insurance Commissioner to represent the I surety company executing said bonds, and filing with such bonds his power-of-attorney. The mere countersigning of the bonds by a resident agent shall not be sufficient. In the event the successful bidder fails, neglects, or refuses to enter into the contract for the I construction of said work and furnish the necessary bonds in accordance with the Contract General and Supplemental Conditions, the Owner shall retain said check or bond as liquidated damages. IBids shall be made on the official bid sheets contained in the specifications, an d nd such bid sheets shall not be removed from the remainder of the Specifications and Contract IDocuments. ADBID.WPS • • The bidder shall attach any addendums issued to the front of the bid documents and ' include them in the sealed bid submitted to the Owner. ' All bids shall be sealed and the envelope addressed to the City of Fayetteville, Purchasing Office, Room 306, 113 West Mountain Street, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701, and clearly marked on the lower left side of the bid envelope shall be the ' following information: The Bid number, the project name/title, the date of the bid opening, the time of the bid opening and the bidding contractor's name and license number. ' All bidders shall be licensed under the terms of Act 150 of the 1965 Acts of the Arkansas Legislature. ' No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) days after the actual date of the bid opening. The City of Fayetteville reserves the right to reject any and all bids, and to waive any formalities as deemed to be in the best interest of the City of Fayetteville. ADBID.WPS I I I i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I I 1 I I I I I I I I I • 0 llINSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS: 1. Defined Terms. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are IIdefined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construdtion Contract shall have the meanings assigned to them in the General and Supplementary Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly td the Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" shall mean the lowest, qualified, responsible and II responsive Bidder to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes ' the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid IIProposal Form, and the proposed Specifications and Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to the receipt of Bids) . I2. Copies of the Bidding Documents. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and amount, in any, stated in the Advertisement to Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Engineer upon request. IComplete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for error or misunderstandings resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. I Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. I3. Qualifications of Bidders. When included with, and made a part of the Bid Proposal, the Bidder must submit a completed "Statement of Bidder's Qualifications" as part of the Bid Proposal. The "Statement of Bidder's II Qualifications" is required to demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work and will be used in evaluating all bids as a basis for award. I 4. Examination of Contract Documents and Site. 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid, to : • I (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local and specific conditions which may affect cost, progress, safety, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider all Local, State and Federal Regulations and Laws which may I affect cost, progress, safety, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents and (e) notify Engineer of any and all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the I Contract DocumentF. 4.2 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information I and data furnished to the Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and Owner nor Engineer does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. II4.3 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract 1 Documents due to differing site conditions appear in Article 4 of the General Conditions and any associated Supplementary Conditions. 1 1 S • • I . 4.4 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional information, examinations, explorations, tests and studies which pertain to the physical conditions of the surface and subsurface at, or contiguous to the site or other wise which may affect cost, progress, IIsafety, performance or furnishing of the Work and which the Bidder deems - necessary to, determine the Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.5 Upon request in advance, the Owner will provide each Bidder access to the ' site to conduct any observations, explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. , Bidder shall be required to fill in all holes and to restore all property to its former condition. 4.6 The lands upon the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained in advance by the Owner unless specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. 4.7 The Bidder must satisfy themselves of the accuracy to the estimated quantities in the Bid schedule by examination of the site and a review of the drawings and specifications including any Addenda. After bids have been submitted, the Bidder shall not assert that there was any misunderstanding concerning the quantities of Work or the nature of Work to be performed. 4.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an irrevocable representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every provision and requirement of this paragraph 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing the Work. 5. Interpretations and Addenda. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions, and/or any information deemed necessary by the Owner or Engineer, will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Only questions answered and/or other information furnished by formal written Addenda will be binding. The Point of Contact for questions and clarifications for this specific project is Jim Beavers, P.E. , City Engineer (501) 575-8206. 6. Bid security. ' Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to the Owner in an amount od five percent (5%) of the Bidder's total maximum bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, if a form is prescribed and included) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General and Supplementary Conditions. '[ 2 1 1 • • 1 The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom the owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective Date of Agreement or the 61st day after the Bid ' opening, whereupon the Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within 10 days of Bid opening. 7. Contract Time. The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be 1 substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (The Contract Time) are as set forth in the Bid Proposal,4Contract Agreement. . 8. Liquidated Damages. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Bid Proposal and/or the Contract Agreement. 9. Substitute or "Or-equal" items. ' The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Substitute or "or- 1 equal" items of materials or equipment, unless it is specified that no substitute will be allowed, may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to the Engineer. Application for acceptance for possible substitute or "or-equal" items will not be considered by the Engineer until 1 after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application is set forth in Article 6.7 of the General Conditions and any associated Supplementary Conditions. 1 10. Subcontractors, suppliers and others. The Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract 1 without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work until he has provided and obtained approval of such compensation and public liability insurance as required by the Contract Documents. The approval of each subcontract by the 1 Owner will in no manner release the Contractor from any of his obligations as set forth in the Contract Documents including the Plans, Specifications, Contract and Bond(s) . 11. Bid Proposal Form. 11.1 All bids must be made on the required Bid Proposal form contained in the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be requested from the Engineer. 11.2 All blank spaces for Bid prices must be filled in, in ink or type 1 written, and the Bid form must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Only one (1) copy of the Bid form is required. 1 3 I • • 1 11.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address II and. state of incorporation must_ be shown below the signature. 11-.4 Bids:by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by- a, partner, whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must also be shown below the signature. 1 11.5- All names must be typed or clearly printed in ink below the signature. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid form) . 11.7. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. • 1 12. Submission of Bids. Bids 'shall be submitted at the time and place indicated int eh Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked in the lower left portion with the Project Title, Bid Number, Date of the bid opening, time of the bid opening, bidding contractor's name and license number. The Bid shall be accompanied with the Bid Security and other required forms and documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate sealed envelope wit the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face of the outer envelope. THE BID PROPOSAL FORM SHALL NOT BE REMOVED FROM THE BOUND SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids. Bids may be withdrawn or modified by an appropriate duly executed document (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. If, within 24 hours after the opening of Bids, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the satisfaction of Owner that there is a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder shall be disqualified from further Bidding on the Work provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening of Bids. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud at the time and location as specified in the advertisement of invitation for bids. A tabulation of the amounts of the Bids will be made available to the Bidders after preparation by the Engineer. 4 1 1 ' • • 15. Bids to remain subject to acceptance. ' All Bids shall remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the day of the Bid opening, but Owner may, at its sole discretion, release any Bid and return . the Bid security prior to that date. Additionally, if deemed necessary by the ' Owner, the Owner and the apparent Successful Bidder may enter negotiations to extend the time of acceptance beyond the 60 days, with no changes in the Bid Proposal or Contract Documents. 16. Award of Contract. 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes to the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to ' disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional bids. The Owner further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if the Owner believes that if would not be in the best interest of the Project or Owner to make award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful. financial ability, or of doubtful past performance, or fails to meet any. other pertinent standard or criteria established by the Owner. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in the favor of the unit prices. ' Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16.2 In evaluating the Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders, whether or not Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal Form or prior to Notice of Award. 16.3 Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of the subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided for in the Contract Documents. Owner may also consider the operating costs, ' maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of material and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. ' 16.4 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability if Bidders, proposed subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 16.5 If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest ' responsive, responsible, qualified Bidder whose evaluation by Engineer indicates to Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project and Owner. ' 16.6 If the contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within 60 days after the date of the Bid opening. If deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner and the apparent Successful Bidder may enter negotiations to extend the time of acceptance beyond the 60 days, with no changes in the Bid Proposal or Contract Documents. 5 • • 17. Contract Security. , Article 5 of the General Conditions, and the associated Supplementary Conditions set forth the Owner's requirements as to Performance and Payment Bonds. • - When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Performance and Payment Bonds. 18. Signing of Agreement. When Owner gives Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other Contract Documents attached. Within 15 days thereafter, Contractor shall sign, execute and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to the Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully signed and executed to Contractor. 19. Compliance with State Licensing Law. Contractors must be licensed in accordance with the requirements of ACT 150, Arkansas Acts of 1965, the "Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors." Bidder who submit Bids in excess of $20,000.00 must submit evidence of their having a contractor's license before their Bids will be considered, and shall note their license number on the outside of their Bid. 20. Labor Laws. The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State and Local Laws and Regulations governing labor. The Contractor shall further agree to hold and save the Owner harmless from the payment of any contribution under the State Unemployment Compensation Act, and the Contractor agrees that if he is subject to the Arkansas State Unemployment Act, he will make whatever contributions are required under and by virtue of the provisions of said Act. 21. Wages and Labor. Minimum wage rates shall be equal to the basic rates as established by common usage in the city and adjacent community for the various types of labor and skills performed. In cases where wage rate determinations are specified in the Contract Documents, the rates as specified shall be the minimum rates which apply to the Project. Whenever available, the Contractor shall make use of local common and/or skilled labor as is practical. The Contractor and each subcontractor, where the amount exceeds $75,000.00 shall comply with the provisions of Act 74, as amended by Act 275 of 1969 (Arkansas Stat. 14-630) . The provisions are summarized below. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall: 1) pay the minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of workman and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work, as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor, 2) post the scale of wages in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the Work, i 6 • • 3) keep an accurate record showingthe names and occupation and hours worked of all workmen employed by them, and the actual wages paid to each of the workmen, which records shall be open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of ' the. Department of Labor or the Owner, its officers and agents. • • A copy of the prevailing wage rates for this specific project, as established by the Arkansas Department of Labor, is attached in the Contract Documents ' immediately following the Instructions to Bidders. The Owner shall have the right to withhold from amounts due the Contractor so much of accrued payments as may be considered necessary to pay the workmen ' employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor, the difference between the rates of wages required by this Contract and the rates of wages received by such workmen. If it is found that any workmen employed by the Contractor or subcontractor has been, or. is. being paid a rate of wages less that the rate of wages required by this Contract, the Owner may by written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work or such part of the Work as to which there has been a failure to pay the required wages and to prosecute the Work to completion by Contract or otherwise, and the Contractor and. his sureties shall be liable for any costs occasioned_thereby. ' 22. Compliance with Act 125, Arkansas Acts of 1965. The attention of Bidders is called to the provisions of Act 125, Arkansas Acts of 1965. This act provides for the payment of certain taxes on materials and equipment brought into the State. It further provides for methods of collecting such taxes. All provisions of Act 125, Arkansas Acts of 1965 shall be complied with under this Contract. 23. Withholding State Income Taxes. ' The Contractor shall deduct and withhold Arkansas income taxes, as required by Arkansas law, from wages paid employees, whether such employees are residents or nonresidents of Arkansas. ' 24. Compliance with Rules and Regulations for the Enforcement and Administration of Act 162, Arkansas Acts of 1987. ' The attention of all nonresident Bidders is called to the provisions of Act 162, Arkansas Acts of 1987. This act provides for nonresident Contractors and subcontractors notice and bond regulations by the Commissioner of Revenues, Dept. of Finance and Administration, P.O.Box 1272, Little Rock, Arkansas ' 72203 prior to commencing work or undertaking to perform any duties under contract within the State of Arkansas. 25. Subcontractors Bonds - Act 190, Arkansas Acts of 1993. The attention of Bidders is called to the provisions of Act 190, of 1993. In general, this act provides for the subcontractors to provide toAc Ionthe General Contractor performance and payment bonds, with certain regulations form and time, when the subcontractor's bid is in excess of $50,000.00. 7 I • • S 26. Excavation Safety. The attention all Bidders is called to the requirements of Act 291, Arkansas Acts of 1993 .-. Excavation and Trench Safety. The current edition of Occupational Safety.,and Health,Administration Standard for Excavation and IITrench Safety Systems, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P, is specifically incorporated and made a part of these specifications and contract documents as required by Arkansas Act 291 of•the 79th_General Assembly of 1993. The Contractor. shall be solely responsible for the implementationof ,these requirements. - , A copy of the OSHA regulations is included in this set of specifications as Appendix A. in the s 27. Special conditions specifications. p The attention of all Bidders is called to the requirements of the Minimum Street Standards for the City of Fayetteville. In addition to the Technical Specifications for this project, the Contractor is responsible for construction and testing requirements outlined in these standards. A copy of the Minimum Street Standards is included in this set of specifications as Appendix B. 1 End of the Instructions to Bidders • • • I 1 8 I BID PROPOSAL I • 9 IPROPOSAL FOR STREET AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS I TO THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE Fayetteville, Arkansas ITEM ITEM EST. UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. PRICE 1 1 Clearing and Grubbing Lump Sum $2,400.00/LS $2,400.00 ITwo thousand four hundred dollars/LS Words I2 Remove & Dispose of Exist. Grated Inlet 1 EA $750.00/EA $750.00 ISeven hundred fifty dollars/EA Words I3 Remove & Dispose of Exist. 18" RCP 22 LF $15.00/LF $330.00 IFifteen dollars/LF Words I4 Remove & Dispose of Exist. Curb & Gutter 840 LF $5.00/LF $4,200.00 IFive dollars/LF Words I5 Remove & Dispose of Exist. IRetaining Wall 220 LF $30.00/LF $6.600.00 Thirty dollars/LF IWords 6 Topsoil & Seeding Lump Sum $500.00/LS $500.00 IFive hundred dollars/LS Words I I I 0 0 ITEM ITEM EST. UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. PRICE 1 7 Earthwork Lump Sum $16,000.00/LS $16,000.00 ISixteen thousand dollars/LS Words I8 Undercut 750 CY $14.50/CY $10,875.00 Fourteen dollars and fifty cents/CY IWords I 9 2" ACHM Surf. Course (Type 2) 150 Ton $46.00/Ton $6,900.00 I Forty-six dollars/Ton Words • I 10 4" ACHM Bind. Course (Type 2) 300 Ton $45.00/Ton $13,500.00 I Forty-five dollars/Ton Words I 11 Tack Coat 250 Gal $3.00/Gal $750.00 Three dollars/Gal IWords 12 Prime Coat 400 Gal $3.00/Gal $1,200.00 IThree dollars/Gal Words I 13 6" Class 7 Base 310 CY $28.00/CY $8,680.00 ITwenty-eight dollars/CY Words I14 2'0" Conc.Curb & Gutter 800 LF $8.50/LF $6,800.00 I Eight dollars and fifty cents/LF Words I • r ITEM ITEM EST. UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. PRICE I15 4" Concrete Sidewalk 80 SY $32.00/SY $2,500.00 I Thirty-two dollars/SY Words I16 4" Concrete Island 6 SY $56.00/SY $336.00 Fifty-six dollars/SY I Words I17 Retaining Wall "A" Lump Sum $55,000.00/LS $55,000.00 Fifty-five thousand dollars/LS IWords 18 Retaining Wall "B" Lump Sum $27,750.00/LS $27,750.00 ITwenty-seven thousand seven hundred fifty dollars/LS Words 19 Handrail 275 LF $29.88/LF $8,217.00 I Twenty-nine dollars and eighty-eight cents/LF Words I20 Curb Inlet 1 EA $2,800.00/EA $2,800.00 Two thousand eight hundred dollars/EA IWords 21 Type "RM" Grated Inlet 1 EA $2,200.00/EA $2,200.00 I Two thousand two hundred dollars/EA IWords 22 Adjust Exist. Curb Inlet 1 EA $750.00/EA $750.00 ISeven hundred fifty dollars/EA Words 1 I I • 9 IITEM ITEM EST. UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. PRICE I23 Convert Exist. Curb Inlet Junction Box 1 EA $700.00/EA $700.00 Ito Seven hundred dollars/ EA IWords 24 18" RCP 16 LF $50.00/LF $800.00 IFifty dollars/LF Words 1 25 4" Pipe Underdrain 200 LF $8.00/LF $1,600.00 I Eight dollars/LF Words I26 Striping-Thermo Plastic Lump Sum $3,565.00/LS $3,565.00 Three thousand five hundred sixty-five dollars/LS I Words 27 Temporary Erosion I Control Lump Sum $500.00/LS $500.00 Five hundred dollars /LS I Words 28 Traffic Control Lump Sum $8,700.00/LS $8,700.00 IEi ht thousand nd seven hundred dollars/LS IWords 29 Maintenance of Traffic Lump Sum $27,640.00/LS $27,640.00 ITwenty-seven thousand six hundred forty dollars/LS Words I30 Testing Lump Sum $1,500.00/LS $1,500.00 ' One thousand five hundred dollars/LS Words I • ITEM ITEM EST. UNIT EXTENDED NO. QUANT. PRICE ' 31 Trench Safety Lump Sum $500.00/LS $500.00 ' Five hundred dollars/LS Words ' 32 Guard Posts 2 EA $300.00/EA $600.00 ' Three hundred dollars/EA Words ' Total, Items 1-31 $225,203.60 Two hundred twenty-five thousand two hundred three dollars and sixty ' cents Words The Contractor agrees to complete all work within 45 working days. Submitted b : r D. S eetser Inc. Date: 9/15/97 By: Contractor's License Number: 0027470398 I I 'Nl +frY s,,i 1, •s ''s":!i rt .i •i'4, ti �..9INRTED STATES E➢DEL t ;s► -,c ii `= ARANTY COMPANY N r.r 53 ege- ti g: BID BOND ,,,,ii. BOND NUMBER € I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THAT Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. ry 1 of Fayetteville, Arkansas r:~ , as Principal , and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND '' : = GUARANTY COMPANY, a Maryland corporation, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto k==' City of Fayetteville= Arkansas i (= E'-: as Obligee, in the full and just sum of Five Percent (5%) of Bid I 1 Dollars, ''• lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, "! II administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. -.=� l WHEREAS, the said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal for furnishing all labor and materials for street and storm drainage improvements for The Intersection of TownshipI and N. College, Fayetteville, Arkansas t (::::: i THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the aforesaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will,within the ,' Itime required, enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of ='r p:!. =,? the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between l`:. IE:.; the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work F:; if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof.I p:)..::,,.::; Signed, sealed and delivered September 15, 1997 iq (Date) , ' Jerry D. /Sweetse , In :A(SE U 111 cg (SEAU ::£, 'mil /.<;21./41-e-e f ecretary President UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARA COMPANY i,%.; ..... ig:' Robert M. avis Attorney-in-fact - .. .. m .. Sri -•7. - I .......72... ,r •.... .., Contract 11 (Revised) (1-74) 1130891 UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY U S F+G" NO. 106636 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore,in the State of Maryland,does hereby constitute and appoint A.P. Eason, Jr. and Robert M. Davis of the City of Fayetteville ,State of Arkansas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to sign its name as surety to,and to execute,seal and acknowledge any and all bonds,undertakings,contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons;guaranteeing the performance of contracts; and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof,the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary,this 22nd day of January ,A.D.1993 . yn�NO UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY ®. (Signed) By .n < //All e a s Senior Vice President (Signed) By i •,\:\)ssistant Secretary STATE OF MARYLAND) ,,, SS: 'E BALTIMORE CITY ) �w Onthis22nd day of January ,A.D.1993',before me personally Cal= Robert J. Lamendola Senior Vice President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and"` Paul 0.:Sims ,Assistant Secretary of said Company,with both of whom I am person D,, .\ and who being by me'severally duly swo"in,said,that they,the said Robert J. Lamendola and Paul ms "*.'` were respectively the Senior Vice President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY,the-corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney;that they each knew the seal of said corporation;that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal,that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation,and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary,respectively,of the Company. My Commission expires the 11th day in//F�:March ,< A.D.19 95. g`0.• L (Signed)"N)U4A-� \V 1.-at—t_a...,‘. ®� a��\ NOTARY PUBLIC This Power of Attorney f is granted under and by atnhority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY on September 24,1992: RESOLVED,that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company,all bonds,undertakings,contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed,executed,and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s)of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman,or the President,or an Executive Vice President,or a Senior Vice President,or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President,jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved,printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and,unless subsequently revoked and subject to any limitations set forth therein,any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached. RESOLVED,that Attorneys)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority,unless subsequently revoked and,in any case,subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued to them,to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. 1, Paul D. Sims ,an Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true excerpt from the Resolution of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on September 24,1992 and that this Resolution is in full force and effect. I,the undersigned Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. In Testimony Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of e , DO STATESFIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY on this day of Y V. A__; .0A\ °��-c Assistant Secretary 44 as FS 3(It)-92) I I I I ' STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 • • STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate sheets and then attached to this statement. The - — Bidder may submit any additional information that he desires. 1. Name of Bidder. JERRY D. SWEETSER, INC. ., 590 WEST POPLAR 2. Permanent main office address and telephone number. FAYbiitVILLE,AR 72703 ��I�.? (501) 443-3026 OFFICE 3. When organized. (501) 442-0119 FAX ------mm 4. If a corporation, where incorporated. ARKANSAS `i,.- 5. Contractor's License number. 027¢7039$ 6. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? under other names? f ZS r� 7. Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completions, and a point of contact 'for references. ) Jam. 7 ,, 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? //a 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? ./0 _r _ 10. Experience in construction similar in size and scope to this project, -imi along with the project owners and engineers. ,S 97x:w.. .c, rim 11. List of major equipment available for this contract. --� 12. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement, including credit worthiness, and furnish any other information that may be r, required by the Owner? WO / Dated at F C ' s,Y/4{ , E 1997' . 9 97, . / this day of �E�JTExIfjEQ Name of Organization: JERRY D.77 • Title PRESIDENT II State of ARKANSAS CM County of Ili/6.ja;� t /Y\0,-C1/,'S0 ✓ ■ • ,,t al S-04..) 6.6__-45being duly sworn deposes and says that he (shel is the A.J_/ of �3eey LD, C ccj ce , �,..,c_. , Contractor(s) , and 1 that answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. C CIllSubscribed and sworn before me this l J day of ��6fL 19 7h S ;< bpi E � 7 . - r c-'�le-2 - // L Notary P C il My commission expires C7O 6 J2 /y ad O 3 (seal) I CONTRACT AGREEMENT I • • I CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into the -74 day of , 19`77 , by and between the City of Fayetteville, County of W hington, State 9f Arkansas, Party of the First Part, hereinafter called the Owne , and , ,.1ue.,, of the City of , Party of the Second IPart, hereinafter call the Contractor. IWITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the Owner has called for bids for street and storm drainage improvements, I as set out in the Plans and Specifications and approved by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas; and I WHEREAS, pursuant to the published calls for bids under said Plans and Specifications, the Contractor is the lowest and best qualified bidder for the construction of said Improvements; INOW THEREFORE, the Contractor agrees with the Owner to commence and complete the construction of: IBid No. q7-≤V which shall be the street and storm drainage improvements for the intersection of Township and N. College, Fayetteville, Arkansas; including all Work Irequired for a complete and acceptable installation, for the unit and lump sum prices bid in the Bid Proposal, all of which become and are a part of this Contract, the total sum thus beinge ? &I 2..4. caae. .I. _,71':cueJ fit.[-, ,6 ..i.ae1i4iuc cc. 4o Idollars ($Za5,2o3. 4.o ), such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his own cost and expense furnish all materials, supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance and other Iaccessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Bid attached hereto and made a part Ihereof, and in accordance with the Technical Specifications, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and in accordance with the Plans, which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter Ithereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work under this contract within ten days of the I issuance of the Notice to Proceed and totally complete all work within forty-five (45) working days. I The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the accepted Bid therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Specifications, and to make payment on account thereof I as provided below. As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, and in accordance with I the Contract Specifications, the Owner will make partial payments to the Contractor for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's CONBONDS.WPS I ' • • ' estimate of work completed, said estimate being certified by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner. Retainage shall be withheld from the partial payments as provided by Arkansas state laws by the Owner until final completion and acceptance by ' the Owner and Engineer. The Engineer shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and subsequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. ' Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence P Y of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder shall be and are essential conditions hereof. The Contractor agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work ' within the time stipulated herein. If the Contractor fails in completing the contract within the time stipulated herein, the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner, as liquidated damages the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in completion, said amounts being fixed and agreed upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining the actual damages Owner would in such event sustain, said amounts are ' to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage Owner would sustain. Said amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due Contractor under the Final Estimate of said work, after the completion thereof, and Contractor shall be entitled any to the Final Estimate less such amounts of liquidated damages. ' If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or of the Owner's employees, or by any other Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, ' unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of ' completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. ' No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause for delay, only one claim is necessary. In the event the Contractor abandons the work hereunder or fails, neglects or refuses to continue the work after ten (10) days written notice, given Contractor by the Owner ' or by the Engineer, then the Owner shall have the option of 1) declaring this contract at an end, in which event the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any work theretofore performed or 2) requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to ' complete and carry out the contract of Contractor; and in that event, should be surety fail, neglect or refuse to carry out said contract, 3) said Owner may complete the contract at its own expense and maintain an action against the Contractor and the ' surety hereto for the actual cost of same, together with any damages or other expense CONBONDS.WPS I ' • • sustained or incurred by Owner in completing this contract, less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid Contractor upon the completion of this contract. ' This contract shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner and Contractor have hereto set their hands and seals, respectively. JERRY D. SWEETSER, INS' Firm Name By < • 'q?Jatill ///-4/ J ' `w; ' :. Witnesses* *If corporation, secretary should attest. ' CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ' Attest: 46,44/111 - Fre Hanna, Mayor 4;4AI Traci Paul, City Clerk ICJ _. . --mss f' I 74,1 CONBONDS.WPS • Ilila alll},itfi�111i41g ltnidt ltilitAllg l/l ililimr-41111114't1giga��.&lid�lUa l .ViiIllLOatiti ll�111ilk•Alt#li!#(ii:'y111,4t((6•:41111: iG ifiK�ilkW. ittll•:�Yts qty, r „ ',634 .' _ on UNITED STATES EIDELI .. z- ' UA�NTY COMPANY 1 , 110 (A Stock Company) E I 1 ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND g :tifWe Jerry D. Sweetser, Inc. I - as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a coroporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and authorized to do business i_ii 6 in the State of Arkansas, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto I Gl.ty..Qf.Fayett yl—.11.4,..Arlcartsas as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of TWQ..Hwadred..Twentx-Five.ThQuaand ..Tun.Hund e.d..and..Three..Malla s,.and.Sixty..Cents Dollars ($225,203..60.... ), for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Principal has by written agreement dated entered into a contract ' with Owner for furnishing all labor and materials for street and storm drainage improvements for the intersection of Township and N. College, Fayetteville, Arkansas. I , which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may I .*. suffer by reason of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and, further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said Contract, failing which such I persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally, under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner, unless it is brought in accordance with A.C.A. Section 22-9-403 (b) and A.C.A. Section 18-44-503 (b) (Supp. 1987) as amended. No suit, action or Iproceeding shall be brought by the Owner after two years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. I . Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contract, or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forberance on the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extension or forbearance being hereby waived. • ~ In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein. Executed on this day of 19 I Jerry D. Sweets r, I c. I By f� Princirk ii pal t. Presiden UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY I Surety • 0 By..... 1410,-.e ,4 - el--- -‘ Robert M. Davis Attorney-in-fact kg I Lmfirt,t„,:.„,),mmtt....,,,Lmakrimtm:mm.: i,..„c.,,:. ,.RC• ..... ;:. ., �Q.111:��#i�111,�'S��I9�' 1---Contract 1.58(Arkansas)(11-89) - • IP 1130934 UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY / POWER OF ATTORNEY U S F+G' NO. 106636 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore,in the State of Maryland,does hereby constitute and appoint A.P. Eason, Jr. and Robert M. Davis of the City of Faye t t eville ,State of Arkansas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to sign its name as surety to,and to execute,seal and acknowledge any and all bonds,undertakings,contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons;guaranteeing the performance of contracts; and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary,this 22nd day of January ,A.D.1993 . UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY :::: ysVice President 72j L>. By stant Secretary STATE OF MARYIAND) , SS: t"' `� BALTIMORE CITY ) On this 22nd day of January ,A.D.19 ,.,"before me tie perNeall Robert J. Lamendola Senior Vice President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND li COMPAN i " Paul D Sims ,Assistant Secretary of said Company,with both of whom I am perso lyuainted,who being rl bteverally duly ' tf,that they,the said Robert J. Lamendola and Paul D. `` were re Senior Vice President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GU !�'�`�,COMPANY, *ration described' ch executed the foregoing Power of Attorney;that they each knew the seal of said corporation;that e*f I6xed to said P omey was suck seal,that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation,and that they signed the�ames thereto by ' as Senior Vice Zit and Assistant Secretary,respectively,of the Company. My Commission expires the 11th day in/ ` r c h .19 95. ips<•'i (signs S Z `\ id` ®,p `l ) NOTARY PUBLIC This Power of Attorney is granted under anclagarrity of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY on Septein6br"24,1992: RESOLVED,that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company,all bonds,undertakings,contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed,executed,and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorneys)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s)of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman,or the President,or an Executive Vice President,or a Senior Vice President,or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President,jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved,printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and,unless subsequently revoked and subject to any limitations set forth therein,any such Power of Attorney or certificate beating such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company an any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached. RESOLVED,that Attorneys)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority,unless subsequently revoked and,in any case,subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued to them,to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. 1, Paul D. Sims ,an Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true excerpt from the Resolution of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on September 24,1992 and that this Resolution is in full force and effect. I,the undersigned Assistant Secretary of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. In Testimony Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY on this day of ,1 Gtr (1 ) ___:, itio'esi Assistant Secretary t Ih-S3(10-92) CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE' • CSR SP 10/24/97 I PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND IEason Insurance Agency CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE 2340 Green Acres Road DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE Suite #10 POLICIES BELOW. I Fayetteville, AR 172703 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE llPHONE 501-521-2233 INSURED COMPANY LETTER A The Maryland Co. I COMPANY LETTER B Jerry Sweetser, Inc. 590 W. Poplar COMPANY LETTER C I 72703 COMPANY AR I COMPANY LETTER]) IICOMPANY LETTER E > COVERAGES < I THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY I PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. I I CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE 2, 000, 00Q I A ( ] COMMERCIAL GEN LIABILITY0 EPA30174222 10/30/96 10/30/97 PROD-COMP/OP AGG. 2, 000, 000i [ ] CLAIMS MADE [X] OCC. PERS. & ADV. INJURY 1, 000, 00Q ( ] OWNERS'S & CONTRACTOR'S EACH OCCURRENCE 1, 000, 00Q PROTECTIVE FIRE DAMAGE [ ] (ANY ONE FIRE) 300, 000 I [ ] MED. EXPENSE (ANY ONE PERSON) 10, 000 AUTOMOBILE LIAB COMB. SINGLE LIMIT 1, 000, 00Q I 1 A [X] ANY AUTO ECA30174305 10/30/96 10/30/97 BODILY INJURY [ ] ALL OWNED AUTOS (PER PERSON) [ ] SCHEDULED AUTOS `[X] HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY CX) NON-OWNED AUTOS (PER ACCIDENT) [ ] GARAGE LIABILITY [ ] PROPERTY DAMAGE EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE I [ ] UMBRELLA FORM - ( ] OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE ATORY A WORKERS' COMP TC793227446 10/30/96 10/30/97 EACHTACCIDENTLIMITS 100000 I AND DISEASE-POL. LIMIT 500000 EMPLOYERS' LIAB DISEASE-EACH EMP. 100000 OTHER I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS OCP POLICY TO BE ISSUED WITH $2, 000, 000 LIMITS UPON DATE OF CONTRACT IADDITIONAL INSURED: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, 113 W. MOUNTAIN, FAYETTEVILLE,AR > CERTIFICATE HOLDER < > CANCELLATION < 1 = SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EX- = PIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 = DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT NORTHWEST ENGINEERS CIVIL = FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS = ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. I P.O. BOX 1173 _ FAYETTEVILLE AR = AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 72702 = _ACORD 25-S (7/90) Robert Michael Davis �..✓ i GENERAL CONDITIONS AllI This document hasrtant legal consequences: consultation an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. I STANDARD I GENERAL CONDITIONS I OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IPrepared by Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and IIssued and Published Jointly By ATIONAL �MC I'* AMERICAN• CIETY OF4Ill SOCIETY OF FESSIONAL w CIVIL GINEERS = A ^• 49 kall°1 Ic INDED 19140 .. r0{!MD[0 cOtl M C‘ 4. 'SR r PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A practice division of the I NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL IAMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE r • Il This document has been approved and endorsed by 1.. The Associated General J� Contractors of America I � ~ I These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements(No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2)(1990 Editions).Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents(No. 1910-9)(1986 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary I Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1990 Edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12) (1990 Edition) may be used. 1 EJCDC No. 1910-8(1990 Editio n) • i . r 1 1 i K 1 1 1 • 1 © 1990 National Society of Professional Engineers 1 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1 1015 15th Street, N.W.,Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 Construction Specifications Institute 1 601 Madison St., Alexandria,VA 22314 ; : . 1 • 1 1 I • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS I Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page I Number& Title, Number Number& Title Number 1. DEFINITIONS 13 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; 1.1 Addenda 13 CONTRAC 1UR's Responsibility to 1.2 Agreement 13 Report: Preliminary Schedules; I 1.3 Application for Payment 13 Delivery of Certificates of 1.4 Asbestos 13 Insurance IS 1.5 Bid 13 2.8 Preconstruction Conference IS I1.6 Bidding Documents 13 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules 16 1.7 Bidding Requirements 13 1.8 Bonds 13 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, 1.9 Change Order 13 AMENDING. REUSE 16 1.10 Contract Documents 13 3.1-3.2 Intent 16 II1.11 Contract Price 13 3.3 Reference to Standards and 1.12 Contract Times 13 • Specifications of Technical Societies; 1.13 CONTRACTOR 13 Reporting and Resolving I 1.14 defective 13 Discrepancies 16 1.15 4 Drawings 13 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives .. 17 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement 13 3.5 Amending Contract Documents 17 1.17 ENGINEER 13 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ... 17 I 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant 13 3.7 Reuse of Documents 17 1.19 Field Order 13 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;SUBSURFACE AND 1.20 General Requirements 14 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;REFERENCE POINTS. 17 6 1.21 Hazardous Waste 14 II 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws or 4.1 Availability of Lands 17 Regulations 14 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ... 17 1.23 Liens 14 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings 17 1.24 Milestone 14 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 1.25 Notice of Award 14 Authorized;Technical Data 18 1.26 Notice to Proceed 14 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or 1.27 OWNER 14 Physical Conditions 18 I 1.28 Partial Utilization 14 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review 18 1.29 PCBs 14 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change . 18 1.30 Petroleum 14 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments . 18 1.31 Project 14 4.3 Physical Conditions—Underground I 1.32 Radioactive Material 14 Facilities 118 8 1.33 Resident Project Representative 14 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated 19 1.34 Samples 14I 19 1.35 Shop Drawings 14 4.4 Reference Points 19 1.36 Specifications 14 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material 19 1.37 Subcontractor 14 1.38 Substantial Completion 14 I1.39 Supplementary Conditions 14 5• BONDS AND INSURANCE 20 1.40 Supplier 14 5.1-5.2 Performance,Payment and Other Bonds. 20 1.41 Underground Facilities 14 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance 20 1.42 Unit Price Work 14 1.43 Work 15 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance . 20 1.44 Work Change Directive 15 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance 21 1.45 Written Amendment 15 5.6 Property Insurance 21 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Additional I 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS IS Property Insurance 21 2.1 Delivery of Bonds 15 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Provisions 21 2.2 Copies of Documents 15 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for I 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Deductible Amounts ra 22 Notice to Proceed IS 5.10 Other Special Insurance 22 2.4 Starting the Work 15 5.11 Waiver of Rights 22 ill I 1 • • • Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page I Number& Title Number Number& Title Number 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of Insurance 8.6 Change Orders 29 Proceeds 22 8.7 Inspections.Tests and Approvals 29 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work;Terminate I Option to Replace 22 CONTRACTOR's Services 29 5.15 Partial Utilization—Property 8.9 Limitations on OWNER's Insurance 23 Responsibilities 30 8.10 Asbestos,PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous 6. CONTRACPOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 23 Waste or Radioactive Material 30 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence 23 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements . : 30 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment 239. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING I 6.6 Progress Schedule 23 CONSTRUCTION 30 6.7 Substitutes and"Or-Equal" Items; 9.1 OWNER's Representative 30 CONTRACTOR's Expense; 9.2 Visits to Site 30 I Substitute Construction 9.3 Project Representative 30 Methods or Procedures; 9.4 Clarifications and Interpretations 30 ENGINEER's Evaluation 239.5 Authorized Variations in Work 30 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work 30 I and Others;Waiver of Rights 24 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings,Change Orders and 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties 25 Payments 31 6.13 Permits 259.10 Determinations for Unit Prices 31 6.14 :. Laws and Regulations 25 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes;ENGINEER as I 6.15 Taxes 25 Initial Interpreter 31 6.16 Use of Premises 26 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's 6.17 Site Cleanliness 26 Authority and Responsibilities 31 6.18 Safe Structural Loading 26 I 6.19 Record Documents 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 32 6.20 Safety and Protection 26 10.1 OWNER Ordered Change 32 6.21 Safety Representative 2610.2 Claim for Adjustment 32 I 6.22 Hazard Communication Program 27 s 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract 6.23 Emergencies 27 Documents 32 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples 27 10.4 Change Orders ._ 6.25 Submittal Procedures; 10.5 Notification of Surety 32 CONTRACTOR's Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal . 27 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 32 6.26 Shop Drawing&Sample Submittals 11.1-11.3 Contract Price;Claim for Adjustment; Review by ENGINEER 27 Value of the Work 32 I 6.27 Responsibility for Variation From 11.4 Cost of the Work 33 Contract Documents 27 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work 34 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior to 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee 34 I ENGINEER's Review and Approval 11.7 Cost Records 34 of Required Submittals 27 11.8 Cash Allowances 35 6.29 Continuing the Work 28 11.9 Unit Price Work 35 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 35 I Warranty and Guarantee 28 6.31-6.33 Indemnification 28 12.1 Claim for Adjustment 35 6.34 Survival of Obligations 28 12.2 Time of the Essence 35 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's I 7. OTHER WORK 29 Control 35 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site U 29 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and 7.4 Coordination CONTRACTOR's Control 35 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 29 I 8.1 Communications to Contractor 29 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION, 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER 29 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE 8.3 Furnish Data and Pay Promptly When WORK ' I Due 29 13.1 Notice of Defects 36 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports and 13.2 Access to the Work 36 Tests 29 13.3 Tests and Inspections;Contractor's 8.5 Insurance 29 Cooperation 36 I 2 I • • I Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number& Title Number Number& Title Number 13:4 .. OWNER's Responsibilities; 14.12 Final Application for Payment 40 Independent Testing Laboratory .... 36 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance 40 I j • 133 . . CONTRACPOR's Responsibilities 36 14.15 Waiver of Claims 40 13.6-13.7 CoveringWork Prior to Inspection. • Testing or Approval 3615. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGINEER'S TERMINATION 40 I Request 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work 40 13.10... . OWNER May Stop the Work 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate 40 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Work • 37 Terminate 41 13.12 Correction Period 13.13 Acceptance of Defective Work 37 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 • 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work 37 17. MISCELLANEOUS 42 17.1 Giving Notice 42 17.2 Computation of Times 42 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 17.3 Notice of Claim 42 COMPLETION 37 17.4 Cumulative Remedies 42 14.1. Schedule of Values 37 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs 14.2' Application for Progress Payment 38 Included 42 14.3 4 : CONTRACIIUR's Warranty of Title ... 38 I 14.4-14.7 Review of Application s for EXHIBIT GC-A(Optional): 38 Progress Payments Dispute Resolution Agreement(Optional) GC-AI 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion 39 16.1-16.6 Arbitration GC-AI 14.10 Partial Utilization 39 16.7 Mediation GC-A2 I14.11 Final Inspection 39 I • 1 I i . I I 1 . I I • • I INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS I Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number - -- Number ' Acceptance of— Bidding Documents—definition of • 1.6(6.8.2) Bonds and Insurance 5.14 Bidding Requirements—definitions of 1.7(1.1,4.2.6.2) defective Work 10.4.1, 13.13, 13.15 Bonds— final payment 9.12, 14.15 acceptance of 5.14 I insurance 5.14 additional bonds 10.5, 11.4.5.9 other Work,by CONTRACTOR 7.3 Cost of the Work 11.5.4 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items 6.7.1 definition of 1.8 Work by OWNER 2.5,6.30,6.34 delivery of 2.1,5.1 1 Access to the— final application for payment 14.12-14.14 Lands. OWNER and CONTRACTOR general 1 10, 5.1-5.3,5.13,9.13,10.5, 14.7.6 responsibilities 4.1 performance, Payment and Other 5.1-5.2 I site, related work 7.2 Bonds and Insurance—in general 5 Work, 13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Builder's risk "all risk" policy form 5.6.2 Acts or Omissions—, Acts and Omissions— Cancellation Provisions, Insurance 5.4.11.,5.8, 5.15 CONTRACTOR 6 9 1,9.13.3 Cash Allowances 11.8 I ENGINEER 6.20,9.13.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 1 38,6.30.2.3, OWNER • 620, 8.9 14.8, 14.10 Addenda—definition of(also see Certificates of Inspection 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 I definition of Specifications) (1.6, 1.10,6.19) 1.1 Certificates of Insurance ..2.7,5.3,5.4.11,5.4.13.5.6.5,5.8, 5.14,9.13.4, 14.12 Additional Property Insurances 5.7 Adjustments Change in Contract Price— Contract Price or Contract Cash Allowances 11.8 claim for price adjustment 4.1,4.2.6,4.5, 5.15,6.8.2, Times 1.5,3.5,4.1,4.3.2,4.5.2,4.5.3,9.4,9.5, 10.2-10.4, 11, 12, 14.8, 15.1 9.4.9.5,9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, progress schedule 6 6 13.13, 13.14, 15.1, 15.5 Agreement— CONTRACT IOR's fee 11.6 I • Cost of the Work definition of 1.2 general 11.4-11.7 All risk Insurance, policy form 5 6 2 Exclusions to 11.5 Allowances. Cash - 11.8 Cost Records 11.7 I Amending Contract Documents 3.5 in general 1.19, 1.44,9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Amendment, Written— Lump Sum Pricing 11.3.2 in general .... 1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2,6.8.2,6.19, Notification of Surety 10.5 , 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Scope of 10.3-10.4 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR Testing and Inspection. Uncovering the Work 13.9 intent to 9.10,9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 Unit Price Work 11.9 Application for Payment— Value of Work 11.3 I definition of 1.3 Change in Contract Times— ENGINEER's Responsibility 9 9 Claim for times adjustment ....4.1,4.2.6,4.5,5.15,6.8.2, final payment 9.13.4,9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 9.4,9.5,9.11, 10.2, 10.5. 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, in general 2.8, 2.9.5.6.4.9.10, 15.5 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 I progress payment 14.1. 14.7 Contractual time limits 12.2 review of 14.4-14.7 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control 12.3 Arbitration(Optional) 16.1-16.6 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's con- ' Asbestos— trol 12.4 claims pursuant thereto 4.5.2,4.5.3 Notification of surety 10.5 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work 4.5.2 Scope of change 10.3-10.4 definition of 1.4 Change Orders— I OWNER responsibility for 4.5.1,8.10 Acceptance of Defective Work 13.13 possible price and times change 4.5.2 Amending Contract Documents 3.5 Authorized Variations in Work 3 6 6 25,6.27,9.5 Cash Allowances 11.8 ' ' Availability of Lands 4.1, 8.4 Change of Contract Price 11 Award, Notice of—defined 1.25 Change of Contract Times 12 Before Starting Construction 2 5-2.8 Changes in the Work 10 Bid—definition of 1.5 CONTRACTOR's fee 11.6 I (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3,4.2.6.4,6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Cost of the Work 11.4-11.7 4 I I • • Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number Cost Records 11.7 general 6.2,6.9.2. 8.1 definition of 1.9 Hazard Communication Programs 6.22 emergencies 6 23 Completion— ENGINEER's responsibility 9 8 10.4,11.2, 12.1 Final Application for Payment 14.12 execution of 10.4 Final Inspection 14.1 I Indemnification 6 12, 6.16.6.31.6.33 Final Payment and Acceptance 14.13-14.14 I Insurance. Bonds and 5.10. 5.13. 10.5 Partial Utilization -. 14.10 OWNER may terminate 15.2-15.4 Substantial Completion 1.38, 14.8-14.9 OWNER's Responsibility 8.6, 10.4 'Waiver of Claims 14.15 Physical Conditions— Computation of Times 17.2.1-17.2.2 I Subsurface and. 4.2 Concerning Subcontractors, 4 Underground Facilities .3.2 Suppliers and Others 6.8-6.11 Record Documents 6.19 Conferences— Scope of Change 10.3-10.4 initially acceptable schedules 2.9 Substitutes 6.7.3,6.8.2 preconstruction 2.8 Unit Price Work 11.9 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy— value of Work. covered by 11.3 CONTRACTOR to Report 2.5, 3.3.2 - Changes in the Work 10 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR ....2.5-2.7 Notification of surety 10.5 Construction Machinery, Equipment,etc. 6.4 OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .... 10.4 Continuing the Work 6 29, 10.4 - • Right to an adjustment 10.2 Contract Documents— !' . ' Scope of change 10.3-10.4 Amending 3,5 Claims— Bonds 51' against CONTRACTOR 6 16 Cash Allowances 11.8 against ENGINEER 6.32 Change of Contract Price • 11 against OWNER 6.32 Change of Contract Times 12 Change of Contract Price 9.4, 11.2 Changes in the Work 10.4-10.5 Change of Contract Times 9.4, 12.1 check and verify " 2.5 ii Il CONTRACTOR's 4. 7.1. 9.4.9.5. 9.11. 10.2. 11.2. 11.9. Clarifications and Interpretations 3.2,3.6,9.4,9.11 12.1. 14.8. 15.1. 15.5. 17.3 definition of 1.10 CONTRACTOR's Fee 11.6 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of• 9.11 CONTRACTOR's liability 5.4.6.12.6.16. 6.31 - ENGINEER as OWNER's representative 9.1 Cost of the Work 11.4. 11.5 general 3 Decisions on Disputes 9.11,9.12 Insurance 5.3 Dispute Resolution 16.1 Intent 3.1-3.4 Dispute Resolution Agreement 16.1-16.6 minor variations in the Work 3.6 I ENGINEER as initial interpretor 9.11 OWNER's responsibility to furnish data 8.3 Lump Sum Pricing 11.3.2 OWNER's resp onsibility to make Notice of 17.3 prompt payment 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 I OWNER'S 9 4 9.5.9.11. 10.2. 11.2, 11.9. 12.1, precedence 3.1, 3.3.3 13.9. 13.13, 13.14, 17.3 Record Documents 6 19 OWNER's liability 5.5 Reference to Standards and Specifications OWNER may refuse to make payment 14.7 of Technical Societies 3 3 I Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5 Related Work • 7 2 request for formal decision on 9.1 I • Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 2.5,3.3 Substitute items 6.7.1.2 Reuse of 3 7 Time Extension 12.1 Supplementing 3.6 I Time requirements 9.11. 12.1 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment 8 2 Unit Price Work 11.9.3 Unit Price Work 11.9 Value of 11.3 variations 3.6,6.23,6.27 I Waiver of—on Final Payment 14.14. 14.15 Visits to Site, ENGINEER's 9.2 Work Change Directive 10.2 Contract Price— written notice required 9 I1, 11.2, 12.1 - adjustment of 3.5,4.1,9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Clarifications and Interpretations 3.6.3.9.4.9.11 Change of II 11 Clean Site 6.17 Decision on Disputes 9.11 Codes of Technical Society.Organization or definition of 1.11 Association 3 3 3 Contract Times— I Commencement of Contract Times 2.3 adjustment of 3.5.4.1.9.4; 10.3, 12 Communications— Change of 12.1-12.4 5 Ill • Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number Commencement of 2.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others 6.9.1-6.9.2,9.13 definition of 1.12 for deductible amounts, insurance 5.9 I CONTRACIUR— general 6,7.2,7.3,8.9 Acceptance of Insurance 5 14 Hazardous Communication Programs 6 22 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized 4.2.2 Indemnification 6.31-6.33 Communications 6.2,6.9.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment 6.3.6.5 I Continue Work 6.29, 10.4 Laws and Regulations 6.14 coordination and scheduling 6.9.2 Liability Insurance 5.4 definition of 1.13 Notice of variation from Contract Documents 6.27 May Stop Work or Terminate 15.5 Patent Fees and Royalties 6.12 I provide site access to others 7.2, 13.2 Permits 6.13 Safety and Protection 4.3.1.2,6.16,6.18,6.21-6.23, Progress Schedule 6 6 7.2, 13.2 Record Documents 6.19 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal .6.25 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's Stop Work requirements 4.5.2 approval of required submittals 6.28 CONTRACIUR's— safe structural loading 6.18 Compensation 11.1-11.2 Safety and Protection 6.20,7.2, 13.2 I Continuing Obligation 14.15 Safety Representative 6.21 Defective Work 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Scheduling the Work 6.9.2 Duty to correct defective Work 13.11 Shop Drawings and Samples 6 24 Duty to Report— Shop Drawings and Samples Review I Changes in the Work caused by by ENGINEER 6.26 Emergency 6.23 Site Cleanliness 6.17 Defects in Work of Others 7.3. Submittal Procedures 6.25 Differing conditions 4.2.3 Substitute Construction Methods and I Discrepancy in Documents 2.5,3.3.2,6.14.2 Procedures 6.7.2 • Underground Facilities not indicated 4.3.2 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items 6.7.1 Emergencies 6.23 Superintendence • 6.2 I Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost Supervision 6.1 of the Work 11.4.5.3 Survival of Obligations 6.34 Fee—Cost-Plus 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 Taxes 6.15 General Warranty and Guarantee 6.30 Tests and Inspections 13.5 I Hazard Communication Programs 6.22 To Report 2.5 Indemnification 6.12,6.16,6.31-6.33 Use of Premises 6.16-6.18,6.30.2.4 Inspection of the Work 7.3, 13.4, Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ..6.25 Labor, Materials and Equipment 6.3-6.5 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work 10.2 ' Laws and Regulations,Compliance by 6.14.1 right to claim ..4,7.1, 9.4,9.5,9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, Liability Insurance 5.4 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Notice of Intent to Appeal 9.10, 10.4 Safety and Protection 6.20-6.22,7.2, 13.2 I obligation to perform and complete the Work 630 Safety Representative 6.21 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by 6 12 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals 6.24-6.28 Performance and Other Bonds 5.1 Special Consultants 11.4.4 Permits. obtained and paid for by 6 13 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures 6.7 I Progress Schedule 2.6,2.8, 2.9,6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items, Expense ..6.7.1,6.7.2 Request for formal decision on disputes 9 11 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 6.8-6.11 Responsibilities— Supervision and Superintendence 6.1,6.2,6.21 ;Changes in the Work 10.1 Taxes. Payment by 6.15 ' Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others .6.8- Use of Premises 6.16-6.18 6.11 Warranties and guarantees 6.30,6.5 Continuing the Work 6.29, 10.4 Warranty of Title 14.3 CONTRAC IUR's expense 6.7.1 Written Notice Required— CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guaran- CONTRACOOR stop Work or terminate 15.5 tee 6 30 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Condi- CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sam- tions 4.2.3 I ple submittal 6.25 Substantial Completion 14.8 Coordination of Work 6.9.2 CONTRACTORS—other 7 Emergencies 6.23 Contractual Liability Insurance 5 4.10 ENGINEER's evaluation,Substitutes Contractual Time Limits 12.2 I or"Or-Equal" Items 6.7.3 Coordination 6 I 1 r Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number CONTRA( IUR's responsibility 6.9.2 Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10 Copies of Documents 2.2 Differing Subsurface or I - Correction Period 13.12 Physical Conditions Correction. Removal or Acceptance of Notice of 4.2.3 Defective Work ENGINEER's Review 4.2.4 in general 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Possible Contract Documents Change 4.2.5 I Acceptance of Defective Work 13.13 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4.2.6 6.30, Correction or Removal of Defective Work 13.11 Discrepancies-Reporting and Resolving .... 2.5, 3.3.2.6.14.2 Correction Period 13.12 Dispute Resolution— OWNER May Correct Defective Work 13.14 Agreement 16.1-16.6 I OWNER May Stop Work 13.10 Arbitration 16.1-16.5 Cost— general 16 of Tests and Inspections 13.4 Mediation 16.6 Records 11.7 Dispute Resolution Agreement 16.1-16.6 Cost of the Work— Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER 9.11-9.12 1 ' Bonds and insurance, additional 11.4.5.9 Documents- -" Cash Discounts 11.4.2 Copies of - 2 2 ICONTRACItiR's Fee 11.6 Record 6.19 Employee Expenses 11.4.5.1 Reuse of 3.7 Exclusions to 11.5 Drawings—definition of 1.15 General 11.4-11.5 Easements 4.1 Home office and overhead expenses 11.5 Effective date of Agreement—definition of 1 16 Losses and damages 11.4.5.6 Emergencies 6.23 Materials and equipment 11.4.2 ENGINEER— Minor expenses 11.4.5.8 as initial interpreter on disputes • 9.11-9.12 Payroll costs on changes 11.4.1 definition of 1.17 performed by Subcontractors 11.4.3 Limitations on authority and Records 11.7 responsibilities 9.13 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery. 11.4.5.3 Replacement of 8.2 IIRoyalty payments, permits and license fees 11.4.5.5 Resident Project Representative 9.3 Site office and temporary facilities 11.4.5.2 ENGINEER's Consultant—definition of 1 18 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's 11.4.4 ENGINEER's— I . Supplemental 11.4.5 authority and responsibility, limitations on 9.13 Taxes related to the Work 11.4.5.4 Authorized Variations in the Work 9,5 Tests and Inspection 13.4 Change Orders, responsibility for 9.7, 10, 11, 12 Trade Discounts 11.4.2 Clarifications and Interpretations 3.6.3,9.4 1 Utilities,fuel and sanitary facilities 11.4.5.7 Decisions on Disputes 9.11-9.12 Work after regular hours 11.4.1 defective Work, notice of 13,1 Covering Work 13.6-13.7 .. . Evaluation of Substitute Items 6.7.3 I Cumulative Remedies 17.4-17.5 Liability 6.32,9.12 Cutting, fitting and patching 7.2 Notice Work is Acceptable 14.13 Data, to be furnished by OWNER 8.3 Observations 6.30.2.9.2 Day—definition of 17.2.2 OWNER's Representative 9.1 IDecisions on Disputes 9.11,9.12 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, defective—definition of 1.14 Responsibility for 9.9, 14 defective Work— Recommendation of Payment 14.4, 14.13 Acceptance of 10.4.1, 13.13 Responsibilities— Correction or Removal of 10.4.1, 13.11 Limitations on 9.11-9.13 Correction Period 13.12 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface in general 13, 14.7, 14.11 and Physical Conditions 4.2.4 I Observation by ENGINEER 9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples, review OWNER May Stop Work 13.10 responsibility 6.26 Prompt Notice of Defects 13.1 Status During Construction— Rejecting 9 6 authorized variations in the Work 9.5 Uncovering the Work 13.8 Clarifications and Interpretations 9 4 Definitions 1 Decisions on Disputes 9.11-9.12 Delays 4.1,6.29, 12.3-12.4 Determinations on Unit Price - 9.10 Delivery of Bonds 2.1 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter " 9 11-9.12 I Delivery of certificates of insurance 2.7 ENGINEER's Responsibilities 9.1-9.12 7 I . • • I . Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and deductible amounts,CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities 9.13 responsibility 5.9 I OWNER's Representative 9.1 Final Application for Payment 14.12 Project Representative 9.3 Licensed Insurers 5.3 Rejecting Defective Work 9.6 Notice requirements, material Shop Drawings,Change Orders and changes 5.8, 10.50 I Payments 9.7-9.9 Option to Replace 5.14 Visits to Site 9.2 other special insurances 5.10 Unit Price Determinations 9.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds 5.12-5.13 Visits to Site 9.2 OWNER's Liability 5.5 I Written consent required 7.2,9.1 OWNER's Responsibility 8.5 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 6.3-6.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance 5.15 Equipment rental,Cost of the Work 11.4.5.3 Property 5 6-5.10 Equivalent Materials and Equipment 6.7 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ..5.12-5.13 Errors or omissions 6.33 Special Insurance 5.10 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 8.11 Waiver of Rights 5.11 Explorations of physical conditions 4.2.1 Intent of Contract Documents 3.1-3.4 I Fee,CONTRACTOR's—Costs-Plus 11.6 Interpretations and Clarifications 3.6.3,9.4 Field Order— Investigations of physical conditions 4.2 definition of 1.19 Labor, Materials and Equipment 6.3-6.5 issued by ENGINEER 3.6.1,9.5 Lands— ' Final Application for Payment 14.12 and Easements 8.4 Final Inspection 14.11 Availability of 4.1,8.4 Final Payment— Reports&Tests 8.4 and Acceptance 14.13-14.14 Laws and Regulations—Laws or Regulations— I Prior to,for cash allowances 11.8 Bonds 5.1-5.2 General Provisions 17.3-17.4 Changes in the Work 10.4 • — • Contract Documents 3.1 General Requirements I defintion of 1.20 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities 6 14 principal references to 2 6,6.4,6.6-6.7,6.24 Correction Period,defective Work 13.12 Cost of the Work,taxes 11.4.5.4 Giving Notice 17.1 definition Guarantee of Work—by 6.14 of 1.24 CONTRACTOR 6 30, 14.12 general Indemnification 6 31-6.33 Hazard Communication Programs 6.22 Insurance 5.3 Hazardous Waste— Precedence 3.1,3.3.3 1 definition of 1.21 Reference to 3.3.1 general 4.5 Safety and Protection 6.20, 13.2 OWNER's responsibility for 8.10 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 6 8-6.11 Indemnification 6.12,6.16,6.31-6.33 Tests and Inspections 13.5 I Initially Acceptable Schedules 2 9 Use of Premises 6.16 Inspection— Visits to Site 9.2 Certificates of 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Liability Insurance— I Final 14.11 CONTRACTOR's 5.4 Special, required by ENGINEER 9.6 OWNER's 5.5 Tests and Approval 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 5.3 Insurance— Liens— I Acceptance of, by OWNER 5 14 Application for Progress Payment 14.2 Additional, required by changes Contractor's Warranty of Title 14.3 in the Work 11.4.5.9 Final Application for Payment 14.12 I Before starting the Work 2.7 definition of 1.23 Bonds and—in general 5 Waiver of Claims 14.15 Cancellation Provisions 5.8 Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and Certificates of ..2.7,5,5.3,5.4.11,5.4.13,5.6.5,5.8,5.14, responsibilities 9.13 I 9.13.4, 14.12 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized 4.2.2 completed operations 5.4.13 Maintenance and Operating Manuals— CONTRACTOR's TOR's Liability 5.4 Final Application for Payment 14.12 • CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage 5.14 Manuals(of others)— 1 Contractual Liability 5.4.10 Precedence 3.3.3.1 8 I I • • I Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number Reference to in Contract Documents 3.3.1 Inspections, tests and approvals 8.7, 13.4 Materials and equipment— Liability Insurance ' 5 5 I furnished by CONTRACTOR 6.3 Notice of Defects 13.1 not incorporated in Work 14.2 Representative—During Construction, Materials or equipment—equivalent 6.7 ENGINEER's Status 9.1 Mediation(Optional) 16.7 Responsibilities— _ I . Milestones—definition of 1.24 Asbestos, PCB's, Petroleum, Hazardous Miscellaneous— Waste on Radioactive Material 8.10 Computation of Times 17.2 Change Orders 8.6 I Cumulative Remedies 17.4 Changes in the Work 10.1 Giving Notice 17.1 communications 8.1 Notice of Claim 17.3 CONTRAC tOR's responsibilities 8.9 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5 evidence of financial arrangements 8.11 Multi-prime contracts 7 inspections, tests and approvals 8.7 i Not Shown or Indicated 4.3.2 Insurance 8.5 _ Notice of— lands and easements 8.4 Acceptability of Project 14.13 prompt payment by _ 8.3 I • Award,definition of 1.25 replacement of ENGINEER 8.2 Claim 17.3 reports and tests 8.4 Defects, 13.1 stop or suspend Work 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 4 2 3 : - terminate CONTRACTOR's services 8.8, 15.2 I Giving 17.1 separate representative at site 9.3 Tests and Inspections 13.3 independent testing 13.4 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample 6.27 use or occupancy of the . I Notice to Proceed— Work written 5.15, 14.10 definition of 1 26 consent or approval giving of 2.3 required _ 9.1,6.3, 11.4 Notification to Surety 10.5 written notice I Observations, by ENGINEER 6.30,9.2 required 7.1,9.4,9.11. 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 Occupancy of the Work 5.15,6.30.2.4, 14.10 PCBs— Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR 6.9,9.13 definition of 1.29 "Open peril" policy form. Insurance 5 6 2 general 4.5 I Option to Replace 5 14 OWNER's responsibility for 8.10 "Or Equal" Items 6 7 Partial Utilization— Other work 7 definition of 1.28 I Overtime Work—prohibition of 6.3 general 6.30.2.4, 14.10 OWNER— Property Insurance 5 15 Acceptance of defective Work 13.13 , Patent Fees and Royalties 6.12 appoint an ENGINEER 8.2 Payment Bonds 5.1-5.2 Ias fiduciary 5.12-5.13 ;• Payments, Recommendation of 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility 4.1 • Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion— definition of 1.27 Application for Progress Payments 14.2 data,furnish 8.3 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title 14.3 I May Correct Defective Work 13.14 Final Application for Payment 14.12 May refuse to make payment 14.7 Final Inspection 14.11 May Stop the Work 13.10 Final Payment and Acceptance 14.13-14.14 I may suspend work, general 8.3, 14 terminate 8 8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Partial Utilization 14.10 Payment, make prompt 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 Retainage 14.2 performance of other Work 7.1 Review of Applications for Progress I permits and licenses, requirements 6.13 Payments 14.4-14.7 purchased insurance requirements 5.6-5.10 prompt payment 8.3 OWNER's- Schedule of Values 14.1 Acceptance of the Work 6.30.2.5 Substantial Completion 14.8-14.9 I Change Orders,obligation to Waiver of Claims 14.15 execute 8.6, 10.4 • when payments due 14.4, 14.13 ' Communications 8.1 withholding payment 14.7 ' 11 Coordination of the Work 7.4 Performance Bonds 5.1-5.2 Disputes, request for decision 9.11 Permits 6.13 i 9 • • I Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number Petroleum— Regulations. Laws and(or) 6.14 definition of 1.30 Rejecting Defective Work 9.6 I general 4 5 Related Work— OWNER's responsibility for 8.10 at Site 7.1-7.3 Physical Conditions— Performed prior to Shop Drawings Drawings of, in or relating to 4 2 1 2 and Samples submittals review 6.28 , ENGINEER's review 4.2.4 Remedies,cumulative 17.4, 17.5 existing structures 4.2.2 Removal or Correction of general 4 2 1 2 Defective Work 13.11 Subsurface and, 4.2 rental agreements,OWNER approval I Underground Facilities 4.3 required 11.4.5.3 Possible Contract Documents Change 4.2.5 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER 8.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4.2.6 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .... 2.5,3.3.2,6.14.2 Reports and Drawings 4.2.1 Reports— I Notice of Differing Subsurface or, 4.2.3 and Drawings 4.2.1 Subsurface and 4.2 and Tests. OWNER's responsibility 8.4 Subsurface Conditions 4.2.1.1 Resident Project Representative— I Technical Data, Limited Reliance by definition of 1 33 CONTRACTOR Authorized 4.2.2 provision for 9 3 Underground Facilities— Resident Superintendent,CONTRACTOR's 6.2 general 4.3 Responsibilities.— Not Shown or Indicated • N4.3.2 CONTRACTOR's-in general 6 Protection of 4.3,6.20 ENGINEER's-in general 9 Shown or Indicated 4.3.1 Limitations on 9.13 Technical Data 4.2.2 OWNER's-in general 8 I Preconstruction Conference 2.8 Retainage 14.2 Preliminary Matters 2 Reuse of Documents 3.7 Preliminary Schedules 2.6 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings I Premises, Use of • ' 6.16-6.18 and Samples Prior to Submittal 6.25 Price,Change of Contract 11 Review of Applications for Progress Price, Contract—definition of 1 11 Payments 14.4-14.7 Progress Payment, Applications for 14.2 Right to an adjustment 10.2 I Progress payment—retainage 14.2 Rights of Way 4.1 Progress schedule,CONTRACTOR's 2.6,2.8,2.9,6.6, Royalties, Patent Fees and 6.12 6.29, 10.4. 15.2.1 Safe Structural Loading 6.18 Project—definition of 1 31 Safety— I Project Representative— and Protection 4.3.2,6.16,6.18,6.20-6.21,7.2, 13.2 ENGINEER's Status During Construction 9.3 general 6.20-6.23 Project Representative, Resident Representative, CONTRACTOR's 6.21—definition of 1.33 Samples— prompt payment by OWNER 8.3 definition of 1.34 I Property Insurance general 6.24-6.28 Additional 5.7 Review by CONTRACTOR 6.25 I general 5 6-5.10 Review by ENGINEER 6.26,6.27 Partial Utilization 5.15, 14.10.2 related Work 628 receipt and application of submittal of 6.24.2 proceeds 5.12-5.13 submittal procedures 6.25 I Protection, Safety and 6.20-6.21. 13.2 Schedule of progress 2.6, 2.8-2.9,6.6,6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Punch list 14.11 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Radioactive Material— Submittals 2.6,2.8-2.9,6.24-6.28 I definition 1 32 Schedule of Values 2.6,2.8-2.9, 14.1 general 4 5 Schedules— OWNER's responsibility for 8.10 Adherence to 15.2.1 Recommendation of Payment 14.4. 14.5, 14.13 Adjusting 6.6 I Record Documents 6.19, 14.12 Change of Contract Times 10.4 Records, procedures for maintaining 2 8 Initially Acceptable 2.8-2.9 Reference Points 4.4 Preliminary 2.6 Reference to Standards and Specifications Scope of Changes 10.3-10.4 I of Technical Societies 3.3 Subsurface Conditions 4.2.1.1 10 I I • • Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph • Number Number Shop Drawings— Substitute Items 6.7.1.2 and Samples,general 6.24-6.28 Subsurface and Physical Conditions— Change Orders& Applications for Drawings of, in or relating to 4.2.1.2 I Payments, and 9 7-9.9 ENGINEER's Review 4.2.4 definition of 13S general 4.2 ENGINEER's approval of 3.6.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-IUR - ENGINEER's responsibility Authorized 4.2.2 I for review 9.7,6.24-6.28 Notice of Differing Subsurface or related Work 6.28 Physical Conditions 4.2.3 review procedures 2.8,6.24-6.28 Physical Conditions 4.2.1.2 I submittal required 6.24.1 Possible Contract Documents Change 4.2.5 Submittal Procedures 6.25 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4 2 6 use to approve substitutions 6 7.3 Reports and Drawings 4.2.1 Shown or Indicated 4.3.1 Subsurface and 4.2 .1 Site Access 7.2, 13.2 • Subsurface Conditions at the Site 4.2.1.1 Site Cleanliness 6.17 Technical Data 4.2.2 • Site, Visits to— Supervision— _ by ENGINEER 9.2, 13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibility 6.1 I = by others 13.2 ; OWNER shall not supervise 8.9 "Special causes of loss" policy form, insurance 5.6.2 ENGINEER shall not supervise 9.2,9.13.2 Specifications— Superintendence 6.2 -I definition of 1.36 Superintendent;CONTRACTOR's resident • 6.2 of Technical Societies, reference to 3.3.1 Supplemental costs 11.4.5 precedence 3.3.3 Supplementary Conditions— Standards and Specifications of Technical definition of 1.39 Societies 3.3 principal reference to .... 1.10, 1.18,2.2,2.7.4.2.4.3,5.1, Starting Construction, Before 2.5-2.8 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9,5.11.6.8,6.13,7:4,8.11,9.3,9.10 Starting the Work 2 4 Supplementing Contract Documents 3.6 ' Stop or Suspend Work— Supplier— by CONTRACTOR 15.5 definition of 1.40 by OWNER 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 principal references to 3.7,6.5,6.8-6.11, Storage of materials and equipment 4.1,7.2 6.20,6.24,9.13, 14.12 I Structural Loading, Safety 6.18 Waiver of Rights 6.11 Subcontractor— Surety— Concerning, 6.8-6.11 consent to final payment 14.12, 14.14 definition of 1.37 ENGINEER has no duty to 9.13 I delays 12.3 Notification of 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 waiver of rights 6.11 qualification of 5.1-5.3 -Subcontractors—in general 6.8-6.11 Survival of Obligations 6.34 - Subcontracts—required provisions 5.11,6.11, 11.4.3 Suspend Work,OWNER May 13.10, 15.1 I Submittals— Suspension of Work and Termination— 15 Applications for Payment 14.2 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Maintenance and Operation Manuals 14.12 Terminate 15.5 •' Procedures• 625 OWNER May Suspend Work 15.1 Progress Schedules 2 6 2 9 OWNER May Terminate 15.2-15.4 Samples 6 24-6.28 Taxes-Payment by CONTRACTOR 6.15 - Schedule of Values 2.6, 14.1 Technical Data- I Schedule of Shop Drawings and Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 4 2 2 Samples Submissions 2.6,2.8-2.9 Possible Price and Times Adjustments 4.2.6 Shop Drawings 6.24-6.28 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Substantial Completion— Physical Conditions 4.2.3 I certification of 6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 Temporary construction facilities 4.1 definition of 1.38 Termination— Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures 6.7.2 by CONTRACTOR 15.5 I Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items 6.7 by OWNER 8.8, 15.1-15.4 CONTRAC lUR's Expense 6.7.1.3 of ENGINEER's employment 8.2 ENGINEER's Evaluation 6.7.3 Suspension of Work-in general 15 "Or-Equal" 6 7 1 Terms and Adjectives 3.4 ' Substitute Construction Methods of Procedures 6.7.2 Tests and Inspections— II • • I Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph I Number Number Access to the Work, by others 13.2 Utilization. Partial 1.28,5.15,6.30,2.4, 14.10 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities 13.5 Value of the Work 11.3 cost of 13.4 Values, Schedule of 2.6,2.8-2.9, 14.1 • 1 covering Work prior to 13.6-13.7 Variations in Work—Minor . Laws and Regulations(or) 13.5 Authorized 6.25,6.27,9.5 Notice of Defects 13.1 Visits of Site.--by ENGINEER 9.2 I OWNER May Stop Work 13.10 Waiver of Claims-on Final OWNER's independent testing 13.4 Payment 14.15 special. required by ENGINEER 9.6 Waiver of Rights by insured parties 5.11,6.11 timely notice required 13.4 Warranty and Guarantee,General—by I Uncovering the Work,at ENGINEER's CONTRACTOR 6.30 request 13.8-13.9 Warranty of Title,CONTRACTOR's 14.3 Times— Work— Adjusting 6.6 Access to 13.2 I Change of Contract 12 by others, 7 Adjusting 6.6 Changes in the 10 Computation of 17.2 Continuing the, 6.29 I Contract Times—definition of 1.12 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work day 17.72 or Terminate 15.5 Coordination of 7.4 Milestones 12 Requirements— Cost of the 11.4-11.5 , definition of 1.43 appeals 16 • neglected by CONTRACTOR 13.14 clarifications,claims and other Work 7 disputes 9 11, 11.2, 12 commencement of contract times 2.3 OWNER May Stop Work 13.10 I OWNER May Suspend Work 13.10. 15.1 preconstruction conference 2 8 Related, Work at Site 7.1-7.3 schedules 2.6,2.9, 6.6 Starting the 2.4 starting the Work 2.4 Title, Warranty of • 14.3 Stopping by CONTRACTOR 15.5 I Stopping by OWNER 15.1-15.4 Uncovering Work 13.8-13.9 Variation and deviation authorized, Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions— minor 3.6 • definition of 1.41 Work Change Directive— I Not Shown or Indicated 4.3.2 claims pursuant to 10.2 protection of 4.3,6.20 definition of 1.44 Shown or Indicated 4.3.1 principal references to 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 I Unit Price Work— Written Amendment— claims 11.9.3 definition of 1 45 definition of 1.42 principal references to ... 1.10,3.5,5.10.5.12,6.6.2,6.8.2, general 11.9, 14.1, 14.5 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 I Unit Prices— _ - Written Clarifications and general 11.3.1 Interpretations 3.6.3,9.4,9.11 Determination for 9.10 Written Notice Required— I Use of Premises 6.16,6.18,6.30.2.4 by CONTRACTOR 7.1,9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 Utility owners 6.13,6.20,7.1-7.3, 13.2 by OWNER 9 10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 I• • 12 I 1 • II I GENERAL CONDITIONS ment,together with all Written Amendments,Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to ARTICLE 1-DEFINITIONS Additions SC 1 paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1, and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursu- ant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2 are not Contract Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings Documents. I indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.11. Contract Price—The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance I 1.1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. Unit Price Work). 1 1.2. Agreement—The written contract between OWNER 1.12. Contract Times—The numbers of days or the dates and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;other stated in the Agreement:(i)to achieve Substantial Completion, Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final a part thereof as provided therein. payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommenda- tion of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.3. Application for Payment—The form accepted by EN- . GINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting 1.13. CONTRACTOR—The person, firm or corporation progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by ' with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. • such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.14. defective—An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or I 1.4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one deficient, in that it does not conform to the Contract Docu- percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers ments.or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, into the air above current action levels 'established by the reference standard, test or approval referred to in the I United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment(unless responsi- 1.5. Bid—The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on bility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 Iperformed. or 14.10). 1.6. . Bidding Documents—The advertisement or invitation 1.15. Drawings—The drawings which show the scope, ' - to Bid,instructions to bidders,the Bid form,and the proposed extent and character of the Work to be furnished and per- Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to formed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or receipt of Bids). approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents.Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1 . 1.7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invita- tion to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,but if no such - 1.8. Bonds—Performance and Payment bonds and other date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is I instruments of security. signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. -- 1.9. Change Order—A document recommended by ENGI- • NEER. which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and 1.17. ENGINEER—The person,firm or corporation named as authorizes an addition,deletion or revision in the Work,or an such in the Agreement. adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times,issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant—A person,firm or corpo- 1.10. Contract Documents—The Agreement, Addenda ration having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or con- (which pertain to the Contract Documents),CONTRACTOR's sultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such 1 Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any in the Supplementary Conditions. post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the 1.19. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Draw- paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the ill ings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agree- Contract Price or the Contract Times. .i 13 A • 1.20. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the 1.33. Resident Project Representative— The authorized Specifications. representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.21. Hazardous Waste—The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste 1.34. Samp/es—Physical examples of material s.equipment, Disposal Act(42 USC Section 6903)as amended from time to or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the time. Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.22. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes 1.35. Shop Drawings—All drawings. diagrams. illustra- _ and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, tions, schedules and other data or information which are authorities and courts having jurisdiction. specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRA(:IUR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of 1.23. Liens—Liens, charges, security interests or encum- the Work. brances upon real property or personal property. ' 1.36. Specifications—Those portions of the Contract Doc- 1.24. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Con- uments consisting of written technical descriptions of materi- tract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or als,equipment,construction systems,standards and workman- time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.25. Notice of Award—The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by 1.37. Subcontractor—An individual, firm or corporation the apparent`successful bidder with the conditions precedent having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work sign and deliver the Agreement. at the site. 1.26. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by OWNER 1.38. Substantial Completion—The Work (or a specified ' to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the part thereof)has progressed to the point where,in the opinion date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC- certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently com- TOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. plete,in accordance with the Contract Documents,so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;or if no such certificate is issued,when the 1.27. OWNER—The public body or authority, corpora- Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by tion, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially provided. complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.28. Partial Utilization—Use by OWNER of a substan- tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is 1.39. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract intended(or a related purpose)prior to Substantial Completion Documents which amends or supplements these General Con- of all the Work. ditions. 1.29. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.40. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, dis- tributor. materialman or vendor having a direct contract with 1.30. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materi- fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of als or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CON- temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 TRACTOR or any Subcontractor. pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum,fuel oil,oil sludge,oil refuse,gasoline,kerosene,and oil mixed with 1.41. Underground Facilities—All pipelines,conduits,ducts, other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments,and any encasements containing such 1.31. Project—The total construction of which the Work to facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, of the following services or materials:electricity,gases,steam, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica- tions,cable television,sewage and drainage removal,traffic or 1.32. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or other control systems or water. byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.)as amended from time to 1.42. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of ' time. unit prices. • 14 ' I • ill 1.43. Work—The entire completed construction or the var- Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after I ions separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fur- the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date Wished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and I incorporating materials and equipment into the construction. Sing the Work: and performing or furnishing services and furnishing docu- ments,all as required by the Contract Documents. 2.4. CONTRAC IUR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run,but no Work I 1.44. Work Change Directive—A written directive to CON- shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract TRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Times commence to run. Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER,ordering an addition,deletion or revision in the Before Starting Construction:1 Work,or responding to differing or unforeseen physical condi- tions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work. CON- paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23.A TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown the Contract Times,but is evidence that the parties expect that thereon and all applicable field measurements, CONTRAC- the change directed or documented by a Work Change Direc- • TOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any • tive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRAC- I Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if - TOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in - clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any paragraph 10.2. Work affected thereby; however,CONTRAC!OR shall not be . _. • liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any I . 1.45.:: Written Amendment—A written amendment of the ' conflict;error,ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Doc- Contract Documents,signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR • uments; unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally • have known thereof. i. • dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than • strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Docu- 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ments. ment(unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements). ' CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: I 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times(numbers of days or dates)for starting and completing ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sam- Delivery of Bonds: pie submittals which will list each required submittal and the I 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- times for submitting,reviewing and processing such submit- tal; ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to 2.6.3. a prelimin ary ary schedule of values for all of the OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to Work which will include quantities and prices of items Ifurnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis • for progress payments during construction. Such prices will I Copies of Documents: include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit appli- Addition see SC2. 2 cable to each item of Work. 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten • copies(unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con- 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,CONTRACTOR I ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably neces- and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to sary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- furnished,upon request,at the cost of reproduction. Lions,certificates of insurance(and other evidence of insurance si which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably ll request)which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are Commencement of Contract Tinos;Notice to Proceed required to purchase and maintain in accordance with para- graphs 5.4,5.6 and 5.7. Addition see SC 2. 7 I 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirti- eth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,or,if a Notice Preconstruction Conference: to Proceed is given,on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. • r A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to 1 after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference Is I • • I attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as ap- cations and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be I propriate will be held to establish a working understanding issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop . Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for 3.3.Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical I Payment and maintaining required records. Societies;Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards,specifications,manuals or Initially Acceptable Schedules: codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or ments,at least ten days before submission of the first Applica- Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids I Lion for Payment a conference attended by CONTRAC:!OR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review (or,on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids),except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the sched- Contract Documents. ules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACI - TOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CON- adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No TRACTOR discovers any conflict, en-or, ambiguity or dis- progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the crepancy within the Contract Documents or between the I schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work _ any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, I Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGI- CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at NEER responsibility for the sequencing,scheduling or progress once,and,CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor.CONTRAC:IUR's paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the. schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrange- indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that ment for reviewing and processing the required submittals. CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGI- I CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to NEER for failure to report any such conflict,error,ambigu- ENGINEER as to form and substance. ity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reason- - ably should have known thereof. I 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment AMENDING, REUSE or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indi- I cated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6.the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of Intent the Contract Documents and: I 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, speci- 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- fication, manual. code or instruction (whether or not ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the I specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is Documents); or called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regu- law-of the place of the Project. lations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe Contract Documents would result in violation of such a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be con- Law or Regulation). strutted in accordance with the Contract Documents. AnyI Work,materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred No provision of any such standard,specification, manual, from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and trade usage as being required to produce the intended result responsibilities of OWN ER.CONTRACTOR orENGINEER, will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or em- I called for. When words or phrases which have a well- known ployees from those set forth in the Contract Documents,nor __ technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or describe Work,materials or equipment,such words or phrases any of ENGINEER's Consultants,agents or employees any shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifi- duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or 16 1 I • • - performance of the Work or any duty or authority to under- of the Drawings. Specifications or other documents(or copies I I take responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of para- of any thereof)prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER graph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Docu- or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of ments. such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on I extensions of the Project or any other project without written 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms"as consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written ordered," "as directed," "as required," "as allowed," "as verification or adaption by ENGINEER. approved"or terms of like effect or import arc used, or the I adjectives"reasonable, "suitable, "acceptable. 'proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judg- ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; ment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL • requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a Availability of lands: specific statement indicating otherwise).The use of any such Ili term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGI- 4.1.. _OWNER shall furnish, as-indicated in the Contract NEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the Documents,the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or rights-of--way and easements for access thereto,and such other authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provi- lands which are designated for the, use of CONTRACTOR. I sions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the -Upon reasonable written request,OWNER shall furnish CON- Contract Documents. TRACTOR with a correct statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for I Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. OWNER 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general I for additions,deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following with which CONTRACTOR will have to'comply in performing ways: the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by I 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments.If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on 3.5.2. a Change Order(pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in I ." 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive(pursuant to OWNER's furnishing these lands,rights-of-way or easements, paragraph 10.1). CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all I 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu- additional lands and access thereto that may be required for ments may be supplemented, and minor variations and devia- temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and lions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the equipment. following ways: I3.6.1. a Field Order(pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 4.2.Subsurface and Physical Conditions: • 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the IlSample(pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifica- 4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions:Those reports of explo- iidon(pursuant to paragraph 9.4). rations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to II the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and Reuse of Documents: 4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions:Those drawings of physical 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of structures at or contiguous to the site(except Underground -m the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER(i) Facilities)that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prepar- • shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any ing the Contract Documents. 17 • • 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGI- ' Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general NEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is accuracy of the"technical data"contained in such reports and required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract categories in paragraph 4.2.3., a Work Change Directive or a Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supple-' Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect I mentary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "tech- and document the consequences of such change. nical data," CONTRAC:IUR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER,ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:An equitable I Consultants with respect to: adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times,or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or de- for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited crease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, se- performance of,the Work;subject, however,to the following: quences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs loci- 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the dent thereto,or categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations• opinions and infor- mation contained in such reports or shown or indicated in 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to I such drawings,or paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or I conclu- sion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit interpretations,opinions or information. Price Basis,any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9;and 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Condi- 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any I lions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; or revealed either: 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of • • such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final I 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any . commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially bound under a negotiated contract;or inaccurate,or I 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could rea- 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the sonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of Contract Documents,or any examination,investigation,exploration,test or study I of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by the Contract Documents,or or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making I such final commitment;or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recog- 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written nized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. Contract Documents;then If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on CONTRACTOR shall,promptly after becoming aware thereof entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such and.before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER However,OWNER,ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consult- and ENGINEER in writing about such condition.CONTRAC- ants*shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, TOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any costs,losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in I Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until re- connection with any other project or anticipated project. ceipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly 43.Physical Conditions—Underground Facilities: I review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with re- 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated:The information and data shown • spect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on 18 1 I • • I information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations,and shall be respon- I 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such refer- sible for the accuracy or completeness of any such informs- ence points by professionally qualified personnel. tion or data;and ' 4.5. Asbestos,PCBs,Petroleum,Hazardous Waste or Radio- 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in active Material: . the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full respon . sibility for.(i)reviewing and checking all such information and 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, I data,(ii)locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material -in the Contract Documents,(iii)coordination of the Work with uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, indicated in Drawing` or Specifications or identified in the and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and I ,.Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any which may present a substantial danger to persons or property damage thereto resulting from the Work, exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials . . 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated:If an Underground Facility brought to the site by CONTRACTOR,hOR,Subcontractor.Suppli- :- _ is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which wasI ens or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CON 4.5.2. CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all TRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and Work in connection with such hazardous condition and in before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or per- . any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as re- forming any Work in connection therewith (except in an quired by paragraph 6.231,"and (ii) notify OWNER and emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner ENGINEER(and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concern- ' owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the ing the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any.CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such I existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER con- affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required dudes that a change in the Contract Documents is required,a permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as Iprovided in Article 10 to reflect and document such copse- special written notice: (i)specifying that such condition and quences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be respon- any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the sible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility resumption of Work,or(ii)specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be al- "and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the ' lowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price Contract Times,or both,to the extent that they are attributable or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not special conditions under which Work is agreed by CON- shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CON- .TRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim ' TRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitle- 4.5.3. If after receipt of such special written notice ment to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based I Contract Price or Contract Times,CONTRACTOR may make on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGiNEER's Consultants shall OWNER may order such portion of the Work that is in I not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims,costs,losses or connection with such hazardous condition or in such damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in af- fected area to be deleted from the Work. if OWNER and connection with any other project or anticipated project. CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the I amount or extent of an adjustment,if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Reference Points: Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have such I 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own lish reference points for construction which in ER's forces or others in accordance with Article 7. judgment are necessary to enable CON-TRACTOR to to proceed with the Work.CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying 4.5.4. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Reg- I out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established ulations,OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CON- reference points and shall make no changes or relocations TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGiNEER's 119 • • I Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents, companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the juris- ' other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of diction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or - them from and against all claims,costs,losses and damages insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. arising out of or resulting from such hazardous condition, Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such I provided that: (i) any such claim, cost, loss or damage is additional requirements and qualifications as may be pro- attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to vided in the Supplementary Conditions. injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Additions see SC 5 . 3 . 1 Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, 5.3.2. CONTRACIUR shall deliver to OWNER, with I and (ii) nothing in this subparagraph 4.5.4 shall obligate copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- OWNER to indemnify any person or entity from and against mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other the consequences of that person's or entity's own negli- evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other gence. additional insured) which CONTRACtUR is required to I purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. 4.5.5. The provisions of paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 are not OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to intended to apply to Asbestos,PCBs,Petroleum,Hazardous each additional insured identified in the Supplementary I Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the Conditions,certificates of insurance (and other evidence of site. insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other addi- tional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 hereof. I Revision see SC 5 . 3. 2 ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance: Additions see SC-5 . 1. 1 and 5 . 1. 2 1 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such Performance,Payment and Other Bonds: liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection I 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Pay- from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result ment Bonds,each in an amount at least equal to the Contract from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Con- all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Docu- tract Documents,whether it is to be performed or furnished by I ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor or Supplier,or by anyone year after the date when final payment becomes due,except as directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of I Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other them may be liable: Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Docu- 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability ments except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury. oc- Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable cupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC- I Reinsuring Companies"as published in Circular 570(amended) TOR's employees; by the Audit Staff, Bureau of-Government Financial Opera- tions, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury,sick- agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's ness or disease, or death of any person other than CON- I authority to act. TRACTOR's employees; 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- 5.4.4. claims for damages insured by customary personal TOR-is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any I do business is terminated in any state where any part of the person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR,or(ii) paragraph 5.1,CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter by any other person for any other reason; substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be I acceptable to OWNER. 5.4.5. claims for damages,other than to the Work itself, Replacement see SC 5 . 2 because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; I 5.3.Licensed Sureties and Insurers;Certificates of Insurance: and 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or :death of any person or property damage arising out of the I CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 20 I • • I The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to ance upon the Work at the site in the amount of the full be purchased and maintained shall: replacement cost thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs required by Laws and Regulations).This insurance shall: I 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of profes- 5.6.1. include the interests of OWNER. CONTRAC- sionalliability)OWNER,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Con TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the I Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as Supplementary Conditions,each of whom is deemed to have additional insureds,and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; I 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supple- 5.6.2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open mentary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least whichever is greater; ' include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings,falsework and Work in transit and shall 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; insure against at least the following perils fire, lightning, extended coverage,theft,vandalism and malicious mischief, ' 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering earthquake;collapse,debris removal,demolition occasioned CONTRAC;IUR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, 6.12,6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; and such other perils as may be specifically required by the - 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the Supplementary Conditions; I coverage afforded will not be cancelled,materially changed .• or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written 5.6.3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replace- notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and ' ` ment of any insured property (including but not limited to I to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemen- fees and charges of engineers and architects); tary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the 5.6.4. cover materials and equipment stored at the site or CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so pro- at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER I ' vide); prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Applica- 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at tion for Payment recommended by ENGINEER;and . all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correct- , ing, removing•or replacing defective Work in accordance 5.6.5. be maintained in effect until final payment is made with paragraph 13.12;and unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CON- 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, TRACTOR and ENGINEER with thirty days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, insurance has been issued. remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- _ 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and tions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, and one year thereafter). CONTRACTOR,Subcontractors,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Addition see SC 5 . 4 . 14 Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have OWNER's Liability Insurance: an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or I additional insured. 5.5. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Replacement see S C 5. 7 CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4,OWNER,at OWNER's . 5.8. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main- OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER tamed by OWNER in accordanc ired with paragraphs 5.6 and in- against claims which may arise from operations under the 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage Contract Documents. afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal ll Replacement see SC 5. 5 refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been Property Insurance: given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been - 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Con- issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with ditions,OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insur- paragraph 5.11. Replacement see SC 5 .6 21 i • I 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and 5.11.2.2. loss or damage to the completed Project or I maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of part thereof caused by,arising out of or resulting from fire CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the or other insured peril covered by any property insurance extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such iden- OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph I tified deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRAC:IUR, 14.10,after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of 14.8 or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the loss,damage or consequential loss referred to in this paragraph I purchaser's own expense. 5.11.2 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the Delete 5 . 10 insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of CON- 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other TRACTOR,Subcontractors,ENGINEER.ENGINEER'sCon- I special insurance be included in the property insurance policies sultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of provided under paragraphs 5.6 or 5.7,OWNER shall,if possi- any of them. ble, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds I Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at Delete 5. 12 the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance whether or not such other insurance has been procured by required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with 1 OWNER. OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear, subject to the require- ments of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. 5.11. Waiver of Rights: OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so I received,and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special policies purchased in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or 5.7 will protect OWNER,CONTRACTOR,Subcontractors, replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof 1 ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other per- and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate sons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to Change Order or Written Amendment. Delete 5. 13 be listed as insureds or additional insureds in such policies 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and 1 and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the contain provisions to.the effect that in the event of payment occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power.If such . of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of objection be made,OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement 1 recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the against each other and their respective officers, directors, parties in interest is reached,OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust I employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by by any party in interest,OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond such policies and any other property insurance applicable to for the proper performance of such duties. the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against 1 Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance;Option to Replace: and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplemen- 5.14. If either party(OWNER or CONTRACTOR)has any tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the under such policies for losses and damages so caused.None Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained I of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance non-conformance with the Contract Documents,the objecting held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any party shall so notify the other party in writing within ten days I policy so issued. after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.7.OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall 5.11.2. In addition, OWNER waives all rights against each provide to the other such additional information in respect CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENG1- of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If I NEER's Consultants and the officers,directors, employees either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and and agents of any of them,for: insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure I 5.11.2.1. loss due to business interruption,loss of use to purchase prior to the start of the Work,or of such failure to or other consequential loss extending beyond direct phys- maintain prior to any change in the required coverage.Without ical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such I peril, whether or not insured by OWNER;and other party's interests at the expense of the party who was 22 1 1 • • I required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall CONTRAC IOR will not permit overtime work or the perfor- be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. mance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. •Partial Utilization—Property Insurance: 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- , 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a ments, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- I portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion sibility for all materials,equipment,labor, transportation,con- of all the Work,such use or occupancy may be accomplished in struction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel. accordance with paragraph 14.10;provided that no such use or power, light, heat.telephone, water, sanitary facilities, tempo- occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the rary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary I. ' 'property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and comple- . -writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. tion of the Work. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insur- 6.5.' All materials and equipment shall be of good quality ance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of and new,except as otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- any such partial use or occupancy. merits. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. I _ 'If-required by ENGINEER, CONTRA( 1UR shall furnish satisfactory evidence(including reports of required tests)as to .•• ARTICLE 6—CONTRACIUR'S RESPONSIBILITIES - -•the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials • and equipment shall be applied,installed,connected,erected, :'used,cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier,except as otherwise provided in the Supervision and Superintendence: ' Contract Documents. I • 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise,inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently. devoting such attention Progress Schedule: thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be I ' necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Con- 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be for the means,methods,techniques.sequences and procedures adjusted from time to time as provided below: I of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for specific means, method, technique. sequence or procedure of acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) pro- construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly posed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not required by the Contract Documents.CONTRACTOR shall be change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjust- ', - ' 'responsible to see that the completed Work complies accu- ments will conform generally to the progress schedule then rately with the Contract Documents. in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. I 6.2._ CONTRAC IUR shall keep on the Work at all times _ during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and that will change the Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The - submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph I superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRAC- Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. TOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as I ' binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Addition see SC 6 .6 6.7. Substitutes and"Or-Equal"Items: Labor,Materials and Equipment: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is I specified or described in the Contract Documents by using 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,suitably qual- the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular ified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as Supplier, the specification or description is intended to I required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except specification or description contains or is followed by words as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or reading that no like, equivalent or "or-equal" item or no ' the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto,and except substitution is permitted, other items of material or equip- I ' as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,all Work at ment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be the site shall be performed during regular working hours and accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: I 23 • • I 6.7.1.1. "Or-Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole discre- construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by I tion an itcm of material or equipment proposed by CON- the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or TRACt0R is functionally equal to that named and suffi- utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or ciently similar so that no change in related Work will be procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CON- required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an TRACIUR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGI- , "or-equal"item,in which case review and approval of the NEER,in ENGINEER's sole discretion,to determine that the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by accomplished without compliance with some or all of the the Contract Documents.The procedure for review by ENGI- requirements I for acceptance of proposed substitute items. NEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation:ENGINEER will be allowed discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or I CONTRACTUR does not qualify as an "or-equal" item submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. _ under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a pro- ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or- posed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit suffi- equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized cient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be I to determine that the item of material or equipment evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or I by the ENGINEER will include the following as supple- other surety with respect to any "or-equal" or substitute. mented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Re- ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed - quests for review of proposed substitute items of material or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents(or anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not I equipment,CONTRACTOR shall first make written appli- ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submit- cation to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying ted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's functions and achieve the results called for by the general Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. I design, be similar.in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others: acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CON- ' TRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- time,whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in tractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including the Work will require a change in any of the Contract those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, contract with OWNER for work on the Project)to adapt against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reason- the design/to the proposed substitute and whether or not able objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or I the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against royalty.All variations ofjhe proposed substitute from that whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indi- 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the iden- ' cated. The application will also contain an itemized esti- tity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or organizations(including those who are to furnish the princi- indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including pal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to bcosts of redesign and claims of other contractors affected OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the I y the resulting change,all of which will be considered by Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. EN- and ENGINEER, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a GINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish addi- list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Condi- tional data about the proposed substitute. tions, OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed documents or the Contract Documents)of any such Subcon- , or-equal"or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR's tractor,Supplier or other person or organization so identified expense. may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall sub- 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures:If a mit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such 24 I I • • I substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor.Supplier or other patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular I person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right invention,design,process,product or device is specified in the of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its 6.9.1. CONTRAC:IUR shall be fully responsible to use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the I .OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors. Suppliers and other persons and organiza- payment of any license fee or royalty to others,the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract bons performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CON- Regulations, CONTRAL IOR shall indemnify and hold harm- I TRACIUR is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts less OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall the officers,directors,employees,agents and other consultants create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,Supplier or of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, other person or organization any contractual relationship losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any I I . between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcon infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in tractor,Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorpora- create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGI- tion in the Work of any invention,design,process, product or NEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due - device not specified in the Contract Documents. I any such Subcontractor,Supplier or other person or organi- zation except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. Permits: I 6.9.2. CONTRAL IUR shall be solely responsible for 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or struction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CON- furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and ' •••with CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR shall require all Sub- licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges • contractors,Suppliers and such other persons and organiza- and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, tions performing or furnishing any of the Work to communi- which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids,or,if there I cate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement.6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and CON- TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connec- the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- tions to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such 1 TRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any investment fees. specific trade. I6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- Laws and Regulations:contractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate 6.14.1.- CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or • with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and Ito Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier performance of the Work.Except where otherwise expressly • the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- required by applicable Laws and Regulations,neither OWNER ments for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER.Whenever nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CON- any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is TRACTOR'S compliance with any Laws or Regulations. I listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.6 or 5.7. the agreement between the 6.14.2: If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing • CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will con- or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or .: tain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives I all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting ENGINEER's Consultants and all other additional insureds for therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's pri- all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting mary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications I from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRAC- anysuch policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by TOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. any Subcontractor or Supplier,CONTRACTOR will obtain the i same. Taus: Patent Fees and Royalties: tic 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales,consumer,use I 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royal- and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance cordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of I 25 • • I the Project which are applicable during the performance of the the Work, these record documents. Samples and Shop Draw- . Work. ings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Use of Premises: - Safety and Protection: 1 ._ 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- 6.20. CONTRACT tOR shall be responsible for initiating, ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the opera- maintaining and supervising ail safety precautions and pro- lions of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and grams in connection with the Work.CONTRACTOR shall take 1 permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide permitted by Laws and Regulations,rights-of-way,permits and the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: easements,and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises 1 with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any dam- affected by the Work; age to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be I performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; • such owner or occupant because of the performance of the and Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other 1 party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitra- 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, tion or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CON- including trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways. TRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not desig- Regulations,.indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGI- nated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of 1 NEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or construction. indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and claim or action,legal or equitable, brought by any such owner Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of 1 or occupant against OWNER,ENGINEER or any other party persons or property or to protect them from damage.injury or indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon loss;and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify own- 1 ers of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, materials,rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work.At relocation and replacement of their property. All damage. 1 the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the pre- 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by mists as well as all tools,appliances, construction equipment CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other • and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any 1 leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by restore to original condition all property not designated for CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the 1 alteration by the Contract Documents. fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi- 1 structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the rectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. Supplier or other per- endanger it. son or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them).CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety 1 and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as Record Documents: all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with pars- 1 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the graph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise site one record copy of all Drawings,Specifications.Addenda, expressly provided in connection with Substantial Comple- Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Direc- tion). tives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifica- 1 tions (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. Safety Representative: These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and expe- 1 available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of rienced safety representative at the site whose duties and 26 I I • • I responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- maintaining maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and pro- ns, specified performance criteria, installation require- grams, ments,materials,catalog numbers and similar information . with respect thereto, I Hazard Communication Programs: 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and 6.22. CONTRA(;1OR shall be responsible for coordinating • installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,and i any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or 6.25.1.2. all information relative to CONTRA(:IUR's exchanged between or among employers at the site in accor- sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, tech- dance with Laws or Regulations. niques, sequences and procedures of construction and I safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Emergencies: CONTRACtOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings 1 •• 6.23.• In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of - and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent Contract Documents. thereto, CONTRA(;tOR, without special instruction or au- thorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CON- • written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CON- TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if TRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents with CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the respect to CONTRACTOR'S review and approval of that .I Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been submittal. caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action 6.25.3. At the time of each submission,CONTRACTOR . taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such vari- I a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to ations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted document the consequences of such action. may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, . such notice to be in a written communication separate from I 6.24.Shop Drawings and Samples: the submittal;and,in addition,shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. I ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Draw- - ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies ings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as re- . specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on quired by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quanti- will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals -ties,dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, will,after installation or incorporation in the Work,conform to materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materi- the information given in the Contract Documents and be I als and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, in methods,techniques,sequences or procedures of construction I 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to (except .where-a particular means, method, technique, se- - ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with quence or procedure of-construction is specifically and ex- said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample sub- pressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety I mittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and Supplier,pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of for_ which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR ' require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall I - the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The num- return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Draw- bers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in ings and submit as required new Samples for review and the Specifications. approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by I ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.?S. Submittal Procedures: 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw- 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sam- ings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from respon- ple,CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: sibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract c. 27 • • j Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called EN- 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or al y failure to I GINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of do so; submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept- ' Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.30.2.7. any inspection,test or approval by ethers;or 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is 6.30.2.8. anycorrectionofdejecrive WorkbyOWNER. I p required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Addition See SC 6 . 30 . 3 Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by Indemnification: I paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGI- NEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Reguta- at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. [ions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the II officers,directors,employees,agents and other consultants of Continuing the Work: each and any of them from and against all claims,costs,losses and damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges I 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere of engineers,architects,attorneys and other professionals and to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)caused with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Work,provided that any such claim,cost,loss or damage:(i)is I permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRAC- attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to TOR may otherwise agree in writing. injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),including the loss of use resulting therefrom,and I (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or 6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: omission of CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor,any Supplier, Addition - See SC 6 . 30. 3. any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone I - OWNER,ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that for whose acts any of them may be liable,regardless of whether all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regard- ' less of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.30.1.1. abuse,modification or improper maintenance or operation by 6.32. In any and all claims against pe persons other than CONTRACTOR,Sub- OWNER or ENGI- contractors or Suppliers;or NEER or any of their respective consultants,agents,officers, I directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. personal representative of such employee)of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization I 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's.obligation to perform and corn- furnish or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or plate the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents furnish any of the Work,or anyone for whose acts any of them shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an may be liable,the indemnification obligation under paragraph acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the I amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- gation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor,Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation Documents: I acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENG1- ' 6.30.2.3. recommendation of any progress or final NEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, payment by ENGINEER; employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial I Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRAC- TOR under the Contract Documents; Survival of Obligations: 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part 6.34. All representations,indemnifications,warranties and I thereof by OWNER; guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with 28 I I S . • I the Contract Documents,as well as all continuing obligations Coordination: indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final pay- ment,completion and acceptance of the Work and termination 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance or completion of the Agreement. of other work on the Project at the site,the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities I ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such author- Additions see SC 7. 5 ity and responsibility will be itemized;and IRelated Work at Site: 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. .7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the I • Project at the site by OWNER-s own forces, or let other Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Condi- direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Condi- tions,OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in tions similar to these, or have other work performed by respect of such coordination. utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be I performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR • ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) CONTRAC- I TOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 . and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or re- 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions,OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRAC- quires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as I to the amount or extent thereof. TOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection.whose status I owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the addi- under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former tional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe ENGINEER. access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the I introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under of such other work and shall properly connect and the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- 'coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided ments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. I cutting,fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and inte- 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and grate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not en- easements and providing engineering surveys to establish ref- danger any work of others by cutting, excavating or other- erence points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4.Paragraph I wise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of whose work will be affected.The duties and responsibilities subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical Iof CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CON- Documents. TRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and Delete 8. 5 such utility owners and other contractors. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.10. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of I CONTRACP0R's Work depends upon work performed by 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as others under this Article 7,CONTRACTOR shall inspect such indicated in paragraph 10.4. other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays,defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspec- d unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results tions,tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or I and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except suspend Work,see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other deals with.OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- work. TRACTOR under certain circumstances. 1 29 • 0 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not I control or authority over, nor be responsible for. CONTRAC- supervise.direct,control or have authority over or be respon- TOR's means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures sible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, se- of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident quences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of I Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfor- CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- mance:of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for cable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to perform.or furnish the Work in I accordance with the Contract Documents. Project Representative: 8.10. 'OWNER'S responsibility in respect of undisclosed 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive agree, ENGINEER will Materials uncovered or revealed at the site is set forth in furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGI- NEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. paragraph 4.5. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of • any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be 8.11. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish as provided in paragraph 9.13 and in the Supplementary CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrange- Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or ments have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGI- the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect NEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities I thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9-EN INE Clarifications ' G ER S STATUS DURINGand Interpretations: CONSTRUCTION • 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- OWNER's Representative: ments of the Contract Documents(in the.form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable 9.1. ENGINEER will•be OWNER's representative during the construction from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and period.The duties and responsibilities and the interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRAC- limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's repre- TOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written sentative during construction are set forth in the Contract clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Documents and shall not be extended without written consent Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable of OWNER and ENGINEER. to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as Visits to Site: pro- vided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals Authorized Variations in Work: appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGII - NEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the and qualified design professional the progress that has been Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRAC- do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the I TOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of such visits and observations. ENGINEER will endeavor for the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the benefit of OWNER to determine,in general,if the Work is the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EN- Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on GINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continu- CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. ous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract I for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a the basis of such visits and on-site observations, ENGINEER written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and - I will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. EN- GINEER's visits and on-site observations are subject to all the Rejecting Defective Work: limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set ' _ forth in paragraph 9.13,and particularly,but without limitation, 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or during or as a result of ENGINEER's on-site visits- or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or 30 1 0 • • 0 that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the the integrity of the design concept of the.completed Project as occurrence or event giving rise thereto,and written supporting I afunctioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspec- tion within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event lion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. submission of additional or more accurate data in support of I such claim,dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within Shop Drawings,Change Orders and Payments: thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal(unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render I 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of Shop Drawings and Samples,see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this inclusive. paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's' authority as to dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACIUR unless:(i)an appeal from ENGINEER's Change Orders, see Articles 10, II,and 12. decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC-A. "Dispute Reso- • 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to ." Applications for Payment, see Article 14. . lution'Agreement,-entered into•between OWNER and CON- . TRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into. a written notice I Determinations for Unit Prices: ". of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and 'ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision I classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRAC- and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in TOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the EN- a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or GINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such rendering a written decision thereon(by recommendation of an claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable I Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any CONTRACTOR. such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to I the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11,ENGINEER will not show partiality ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in I accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC-A, connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in "Dispute Resolution Agreement," entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16,or(ii)if good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, to any such claim. dispute or other matter(except any which a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a have been waived by the making or acceptance of final forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition ENGINEER's decision.unless otherwise agreed in writing by precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of I OWNER and CONTRACTOR.Such appeal will not be subject such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. .Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim,dispute or other matter pursuant to Article 16. i Decisions on Disputes: 9.13. Limitations on ENGlNEER's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the I requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibil- ity acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims. disputes and under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority J pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and or responsibility or the undertaking,exercise or performance Claims under Articles I I and 12 in respect of changes in the of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to create,impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER I ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such other person or organization, or to any surety for or em- claini,dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant ployee or agent of any of them. 1 31 • • I 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro- ' or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRAC- priate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER(or Writ- TOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or proce- ten Amendments)covering: dures of construction, or the.safety precautions and pro- I grams incident thereto,or for any failure of CONTRACTOR 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1,(ii)required because of furnishing or performance of the Work.ENGINEER will not acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) I furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- agreed to by the parties; ' ments. 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times ' 19.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts which are agreed to by the parties;and I or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier,or of any other person or organization perform- 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times • ing or furnishing any of the Work. which embody the substance of any written decision ren- illdered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; . 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,an nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance I bonds and certificates of inspection,tests and approvals and with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CON- . 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content TRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress I complies with the requirements of. and in the case of schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the •results certified indicate compliance with,the Contract Doc- 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of uments. the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents(includ- I ing, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGI- the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's respon- NEER's Consultants. Resident Project Representative and sibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be I assistants. . - adjusted accordingly. Addition see SC 10 . 6 ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE I 1—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensa- 10.1. I Without invalidating the Agreement and without tion (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- notice to any surety,OWNER may,at any time or from time TRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibili- to time,order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. ties and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the I a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Contract Price. Directive. Upon receipt of any-such document. CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change I will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjust- Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically pro- ment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice vided). delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty l0:2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the as to the extent,if any,of an adjustment in the Contract Price claim and stating the general nature of the claim.Notice of the or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered as a result of a Work Change Directive,a claim may be made within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event I therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the respect to any Work performed that is not required by the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All Contract Documents as amended,modified and supplemented claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 except in the case of an by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. involved.No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will 32 1 I i I be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER.All trade discounts, 11.2. rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materi- als and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CON- 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or TRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be I of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be obtained. determined as follows: 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Sub- ' 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit contractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontrac- prices contained in the Contract Documents,by application tors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1 through and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER 1 11.9.3, inclusive); who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually • - Cost of the Work Plus a fee,the Subcontractor's Cost of the agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as overhead and"profit not necessarily in accordance with "' CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraph 11.6.2); s paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit insofar as applicable. prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2,on the 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not I basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in. • • limited to engineers,architects,testing laboratories,survey- -- paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for ors;attorneys and accountants)employed for services spe- overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph °: cifically related to the Work. 11.6). I11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: Cost of the Work: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's em- I 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs ployees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper Work. performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed I to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and mainte- higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project,shall nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, include only the following items and shall not include any of the appliances,office and temporary facilities at the site and costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: • . :hand tools not owned by the workers, which are con- I 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ • ,,sumed in the performance of the Work,and cost less -market value of such items used but not consumed which of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under = ... remain the property of CONTRACTOR. schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and I CONTRACTOR.Such employees shall include without lirn- . • 11.4.5.3., Rentals of all construction equipment and itation superintendents, foremen and other personnel em- . machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from ployed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not • .-= CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agree- ' employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the ;ments approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGI- basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall NEER, and the costs of transportation. loading, unload- include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the ing, installation, dismantling and removal thereof—all in cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security accordance with the terms of said rental agreements.The I contributions,unemployment,excise and payroll taxes,work- rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall ers'compensation, health and retirement benefits,bonuses, cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the sick leave,vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.The Work. expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, I on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in 11.4.5.4. Sales,consumer,use or similar taxes related the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. I 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- and storage thereof,and Suppliers'field services requiredin gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to 'directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for I . CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CON- whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty TRACTOR with which to make payments,in which case the payments and fees for permits and licenses. I 33 • Ili I 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) 11.5.5.. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- ' caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACT IOR in rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any ` connection with the performance and furnishing of the of them may be liable,including but not limited to,the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible correction-of defective Work, disposal of materials or I amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in " equipment wrongly supplied and making good any accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have re- damage to property. suited from causes other than the negligence of CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or IOther overhead or general expense costs of any kind indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any :. of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settle- and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly ments made with the written consent and approval of included in paragraph 11.4. 1 ' OWNER.No such losses,damages and expenses shall be . included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRAC- determining CONTRACTOR's fee. If,however,any such TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: . loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRAC- U TOR is placed in charge thereof,CONTRACTOR shall be 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fiXbd•fee; or 4 paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various I 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facili- portions of the Cost of the Work: ties at the site. 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 I 11.4.5.8.; Minor expenses such as telegrams,long dis- and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen lance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, ex- percent; pressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, I the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts arc on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee Iis agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: - 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be I 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that TRACTOR'S officers,executives, principals(of partnership any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, ar- each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the - chitects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, pur- next lower tier Subcontractor; chasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, I clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; branch office for general administration of the Work and not 1 specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CON- classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically TRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a covered by paragraph 11.4.4 -all of which are to be consid- net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net I eyed administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee fee. by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in I including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for accordance with the Work and charges paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, against CONTRACTOR for delin- inclusive. quent payments. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined I 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown to- I 11.4.5.9 above). - gether with supporting data. 34 1 1 • • I Cash Alto 'wscrs: of having incurred additional expense or OWNER be- lieves that OWNER is entitled.to a decrease in Contract 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract of any such increase or decrease. Documents, and shall cause the Work so covered to be fur- nished and performed for such sums as may be_acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: I ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 11.8.1. ; the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- T .TOR(less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the • I site,and all applicable taxes;and 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any : 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and han- claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times(or Milestones) idling onthe site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making in and other expenses contemplated for the.allowances have the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly(but been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances ''•in'no event'later than thirty days)after the occurrence of the and no demand for additional payment on account of any of --•V event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the foregoing will be valid. the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence Prior to final payment,an appropriate Change Order will be (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim)and shall I . amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by beaccompanied by the claimant's written statement that the allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the adjusted. . •claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the • occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the I Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be determined by ENGI- 11.9. Unit Price Wont: NEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all adjustment in the Contract Times(or Milestones)will be valid II .or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price p�graph 12.1• . Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit I price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the the essence of the Agreement. Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of ' 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- I comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract : ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifica- Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRAC- tions of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will TOR.the Contract Times(or Milestones)wiU be extended in an • ill • be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an the control of CONTRACTOR shall include,but not be limited amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to to,acts or neglect by OWNER,acts or neglect of utility owners • "cover CONTRA("rOR's overhead and profit for each sepa- . ..or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by rately identified item. Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- Replace 11.93 with SC 11 .9 . 3 Lions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the 11.9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be Ifor an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.Article 11 if: 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- I 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and Sig- Milestones)due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER nificantly from the estimated quantity of such item indi- and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or cated in the Agreement;and Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be C0N'IRACIOR's sole and exclusive remedy for 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with such delay.In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRAC- respect to any other item of Work;and TOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization,or to any surety for or employee or agent of any 11.9.33. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRAC- of them,for damages arising out of or resulting from(i)delays TOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result caused by or within the control of C0NI'RAC:TOR, or (ii) i 35 • • , 1 delays beyond the control of both parties including but not approval.CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arrang- limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- ing and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any tions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and other contractors performing other work as contemplated by ENGINEER'S acceptance of materials or equipment to be Article 7. incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work: ARTICLE I3—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be 1 - CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if re- I quested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defectivebe Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowl- at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has edge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work inten- tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR'S may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. reasonable promptness in response to such notice. I Uncovering Work: Access to War 1 13.8. lfany Work is covered contrary to the written request 13.2. OWNER,ENGINEER,ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER,independent of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdic- CONTRACTOR's expense. tional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times I for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable' and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's re- ' quest, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for • observation,inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require. that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary 1 y - Tests and Inspections: labor,material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely no- defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such • rice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,tests uncovering,exposure,observation,inspection and testing and ' or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction(including but not personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); Replacement with SC 13. 3 and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an Contract Price,and,if the parties are unable to agree as to the I independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections,tests, amount thereof. may make a claim therefor as provided in or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: Article II. If.however,such Work is not found to be defective, Replacement with SC 13. 4 CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract 13.4.1. for inspections,tests or approvals covered by Price or an extension of the Contract Times(or Milestones),or 1 ' paragraph 13.5 below; both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, ob- servation,inspection,testing,replacement and reconstruction; _ 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or and,if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent 1 inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9;and vided in Articles 11 and 12. 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.- If Laws or Regulations of any public body having 13.10. If the Work is defective,or CONTRACTOR fails to jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof)specifically to be supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equip- 1 inspected,tested or approved by an employee or other repre- ment,or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that sentative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work,or any I tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection,or eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work 36 I 1 s • shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to pay'all claims, costs. losses and damages attributable to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such Ill surety or other party. defective Work(such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment. a Change Correction or Removal oJDefeaire Work: Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in • the Contract Documents with respect to the Work:and OWNER 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether Price,and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommenda- replace it with Work that is not defective.CONTRACTOR shall lion,an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to pay all claims,costs,losses and damages caused by or resulting OWNER. I ' from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all OWNER May Correct Defective Work: ' costs of repair or replacement of work of others). --13.14: If CONTRACTOR.fails within a reasonable time I 13.12.Correction Period after written notice' from ENGINEER to correct defective - Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CON- : 13.12.1. If within one year after the date of Substantial- • TRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the I V Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply •scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any V with any other provision of the Contract Documents.OWNER applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Doc may, after seven days' written notice. to CONTRACTOR, • uments or by any specific provision of the Contract Docu- V correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the • I menu,any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall pro- shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance ceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and with OWNER's written instructions: (i)correct such defec- remedial action,OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from live Work,or,if it has been rejected by OWNER,remove it all or part of the site,take possession of all or part of the Work, in from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any possession of CONTRACTiOR's toolsr appliances, construe- damage to other Work or the work of others resulting tion equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the- I therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency' OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR'but which arc stored where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the representatives,agents and employees, OWNER's other con- I - rejected Work removed and replaced,and all claims,costs, tractois and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants ac- • losses and damages caused by or resulting from such re- cess to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and moval and replacement(including but not limited to all costs; of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by • Idamages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such ' . CONTRACTOR. ;" rights and remedies will be-charged against CONTRACTOR -and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; •: 13.12.2. In special circumstances where a particular item - and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the I of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substan-: Contract Price:and,if the parties are unable to agree as to the tial Completion of all the Work,the correction period for that amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in provided in Article 11.Such claims,costs,losses and damages • the Specifications or by Written Amendment. will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or Ireplace- ment of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other removal or replacement of C0NTRAC.'IOR's defective Work. jWork resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER • additional period of one year after such correction or re- of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. moval and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. ! - ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND Acceptance of Defective Work COMPLETION } ill . 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal ands of final payment. Schedukof Values: V replacement of defective Work,OWNER(and,prior to recommendationENGI- NEER' nt,also ENGINEER) 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in prefers to accept it,OWNER may do so.CONTRACTOR shall paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and 3 7 III a I J ^ 1 wi!I be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated. acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in actor- 1 Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units tom- dance with the Contract Documents(subject to an evalu- pleted. ation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon • Substantial Completion. to the results of any subsequent Application for Progress Payment tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final I determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Replacement with SC 14 . 2 Price Work under paragraph 9.10.and to any other quali- 14.2; At least twenty days before the date established for fications stated in the recommendation). and each progress payment (but not more often than once a 1 month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by being entitled to such payment appear to have been CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to of the Application and accompanied by such supporting . observe the Work. I documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equip- However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER • ment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably. will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) 1 - stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing,. exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and Contract Documents or(ii)that there may not be other matters I clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC- • equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to and other arrangements to protect OWN ER's interest therein, withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. I all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,in- uage with respect to progress payments will be as eluding final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is stipul ated in the Agreement. responsible for CONTRACTOR's means,methods,techniques, 1 sequences or procedures of construction,or the safety precau- COMRAC7i9R's Warranty ojTitle: Lions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- - 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to cable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in 1 all Work,materials and.equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will accordance with the Contract Documents. pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or 1 ' clear of all Liens. any part of any payment if.in ENGINEER's opinion,it would . be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recom- Review of Applications for Progress Payment: mend any such payment,or. because of subsequently discov- 1 Revision see SC 14 . 4 ered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to recommendation of payment and present the Application to protect OWNER from loss because: 1 OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi• 14.7.1. the Work is defective,or completed Work has caring in writing ENGINEER'S reasons for refusing to recom- been damaged requiring correction or replacement, mend payment. In the latter case,CONTRACTOR may make 1 the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- days _after presentation of the Application for Payment to ten Amendment or Change Order, OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct deft c- recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sere- live Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph I tence of paragraph 14.7)become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 13.14,or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the oc- 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment re- currence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 1 quested in an Application for Payment will constitute a repre- 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. sentation by ENGINEER to OWNER,based on ENG IN EER's OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount on-site observations of the executed Work as an experienced recommended by ENGINEER because: 1 and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and" 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on schedules,that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge.infor- account of CONTRACTORs performance or furnishing of mation and belief: the Work._ I 38 • I 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where_CONTRA(.tOR has delivered a ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER'S issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion.ENGINEER's specific Bond satisfactory, to OWNER to secure the aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and I satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, CONTRACTOR until final payment. .14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRAC- set-off against the amount recommended,or TOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, I 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs - 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 • I inclusive: Pernal Utilization: but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any sub- notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the,reasons stantially completed part of the Work which:(i)has specifically for ' been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes -withheld,or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and .a scpa- CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWN- rarely functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used ER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant inter- ference with CONTRACTOR'S performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Com- pletion of all the Work subject to the following: Substantial Completion: 1 • .. : . 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER _ part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for I and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially its intended use and substantially.complete. If CON- complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRA(- TRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substan- TOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a : tially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER certificate of Substantial Completion.Within a reasonable time and ENGINEER that such part of-the Work is substan- 11 thereafter, OWNER. CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall Bally complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- - make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of icate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work sub- CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and stantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers I in writing giving the reasons therefor.If ENGINEER considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and the Work substantially complete,ENGINEER will prepare and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Corn- . certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the I pletion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items '' OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider I during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to that par of the Work to be substantially complete. ENGI- NEER provisions of the certificate or attached list. If. after NEER'will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writ- considering such objections. ENGINEER concludes that the ' ing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers Work is not substantially complete. ENGINEER will within ' that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the I fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,stating the reasons respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that therefor. If,after consideration of OWNER's objections. EN- part of the Work and the division of responsibility in I GINEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGI- respect thereof and access thereto. NEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Sub- 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part stantial Completion(with a revised tentative list of items to be of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with I completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after insurance. consideration of any objections from OWNER.At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion - ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a Find Inspection: written recommendation as to division of responsibilities Pend • - , ing final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the i respect to security,operation,safety, maintenance, heat, utili- entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete. ENGI- ties,insurance and warranties and guarantees.Unless OWNER NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON- and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all I 39 III • ,. 1 particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is CONTRACTOR. I incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as arelrecessary to complete such Work or 14.14. If. through no fault of CONTRACTOR. final com- remedy such deficiencies. pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms.OWNER shall.upon receipt of CONTRAC IOR's • final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGI- Final Application for Payment NEER. and without terminating the Agreement. make pay- ; ment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor- completed and accepted.If the remaining balance to be held by rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and the retain-age stipulated in the Agreement. and if Bonds ha'e operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds. certifi- been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1. the written con- cates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4. sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that certificates of' inspection, marked-up record documents (as portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be ``provided in paragraph 6.19)and other documents.CONTRAC- submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Appli- , TOR may make application for final payment following the cation for such payment. Such payment shall be made under procedure for progress payments. The final Application for the terms and conditions governing final payment. except that Payment shall be accompanied(except as previously delivered) it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. by:(i)all documentation called for in the Contract Documents. I including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13,(ii)consent of the surety,if any.to final Waiver of Claims: payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment v.ill waivers(satisfactory to OWNER)of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or constitute: waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER. CONTRAC- TOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against I CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all CONTRACTOR.except claims arising from unsettled Liens. labor,services,material and equipment for which a Lien could from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursu- be filed,and(ii)all payrolls, material and equipment bills and ant to paragraph 14.11. from failure to comply with the other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees - or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have specified therein,or from CONTRACTOR's continuing oh- been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or ligations under the Contract Documents:and Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full. 14.15.2. a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against I CONTRACTOR may%furnish a Bond or other collateral saris- OWNER other than those previously made in writing and factory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. still unsettled. Final Payment and Acceptance: - ARTICLE IS—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the TERMINATION I Work during;,construction and final inspection. and ENGI- NEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been OWNER May Suspend Work: I completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will. 15.1. At any time and without cause. OWNER may sus- within ten days after receipt of the final Application for pend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and I of payment and present the Application to OWNER for pay- ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will he ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is so fixed.CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the I acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Oth- Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times,or both. erwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR TRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles I I recommend final payment,in which case CONTRACTOR shall and 12. I make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. . Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Applica- tion and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form OWNER May Terminate: and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and I notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGI- 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the NEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to following events: 40 I 0 • I 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (in- oftermination in performing services and furnishing labor, eluding,but not limited to,failure to supply sufficient skilled materials or equipment as required by the Contract Docu- workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to ments in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and ' adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); • 15.4.3. for all claims,costs,losses and damages incurred I 15.2.2. if CONTRAC:IOR disregards Laws or Regula- in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, bons of any public body having jurisdiction; Suppliers and others;and 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to IENGINEER;or termination. . 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any sub- CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of I . ,stantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; • anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. . OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR(and the surety. if any,)seven days' written notice and to the extent permit- I . ted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of ' - CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: CONTRACTOR,exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's ..15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the I tools,appliances, construction equipment and machinery at- .:Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used OWNER or under an order of court or other public author- by CONTRACTOR(without liability to CONTRACTOR for ity. or ENGINEER.fails to act on any Application for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materi- Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER I als and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such I any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agree- balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, ment and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the I resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and dam- remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application ages exceed such unpaid balance.CONTRACTOR shall pay for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and - OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR I damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGI- - any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may NEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by - upon-seven day's written notice to OWNER and ENGI- ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that - NEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions I OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for • of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CON- the Work performed. TRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so ter- for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRAC- minated by OWNER,the termination will not affect any rights TOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing -or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of I moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION I 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes terminate the Agreement. In such case,CONTRACTOR shall between them that may arise under this Agreement, such I be paid(without duplication of any items): dispute resolution method and procedure,if any,shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC-A,"Dispute Resolution Agreement,"to be 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effec- on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has I tive date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums been reached,and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, for overhead and profit on such Work; 9.11, and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise \ 41 • • 1 such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the act of the other party or of any of the other party' .employees Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of or agents or others for whose acts the other parry is legally any dispute. liable,claim will be made in writing to the other pzrty within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. Giving Node: Cumulative Remedies: - 1 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General requires the giving of written notice,it will be deemed to have Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to the parties hereto,and,in particular but without limitation,the a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CON- whom it is intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or TRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30. 6.31. 6.32, 13.1, certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies known to the giver of the notice. available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a Computation of Times: limitation of,any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude provisions of the Contract Documents. and the provisions of the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day the Contract Documents in connection with each particular made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, duty,obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured Professional Fees and Court Costs Included: 1 from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. 17.5. Whenever reference is made to"claims,'costs,losses Notice of Claim: and damages," it shall include in each case,but not be limited • to,all fees and charges of engineers,architects,attorneys and 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute damage to person or property because of any error,omission or resolution costs. 1 1 1 1 [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] • 1 1 • 1 42 1 I I I I I I - SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL CONDITIONS I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I ll 0 0 llSUPPLEMENT TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS IIThe following Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1990 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions aII which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. SC-1 Definitions and Abbreviations: llIn addition to the provisions of Article 1, the following supplemental definitions apply: "Owner" shall mean the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, acting thorough its duly II authorized representatives. Address -.City of Fayetteville,. .113..West Mountain, Fayetteville, AR 72701. II "Engineer" shall mean the City of Fayetteville. Engineering Division. (telephone 501-575-8206) . Note "OWNER", "ENGINEER" and "OWNER and ENGINEER" may be used interchangeably. "Resident Project Representative" shall be the .authorized.representative of the II "Engineer". "Surety" or "sureties" shall mean the bondsmen or.party or, parties who have made il the fulfillment of the contract by bonds, and whose signatures are attached to such bonds. "Advertisement" shall mean the all legal publications pertaining to the work of this contract. il II "Plans" shall mean, collectively, all of the drawings pertaining.to the contract and made a part thereof, and also such supplementary drawings as the Engineer may Iissue from time to time in order to clarify the drawings, or for the purpose of showing changes in the work as authorized under the section "Modifications and Alterations, " or for the showing of details which are not shown thereon. "Grade" as used in these_ specifications shall mean and indicate the established I elevations of the paving, flow lines of sewers and other appurtenances as shown on the plans on file in the Engineer's office. Whenever the following abbreviations are used, they shall have the corresponding II meaning as shown below: AASHTO - American Association of State Highway Officials ACI - American Concrete Institute I AGA - American Gas Association AHTD - Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department ASHTD - Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction il ANSI - American National Standards Institute APA - American Plywood Association ASA - American Standards Association ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials I AWG - American Wire Gage AWPA - American Wood Products Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA - American Water Works Association I GSA - General Services Administration, U.S. Government. 1 il 1 ! . 1 NHBA - National Builders Hardware Association NEC - National Electric Code NEMA - National Electric Manufactures Association NFPA - National Fire Protection Association NPT - National Pipe thread SEC - Standard Building. Code (also SSBC) SPA -'Southern Products Association UL - Underwriters Laboratories A - Ampere cfm - cubic feet per minute CGMP - corrugated galvanized metal pipe DIP - ductile iron pipe gpm - gallons per minute Hp - horsepower MGD - million gallons per day N.C. - normally closed N.O.-, - normally open ppm - - parts per million •1 psi - pounds per square inch PVC - polyvinyl chloride (pipe) R - motor starter relay RCP - reinforced concrete pipe rpm :, - revolutions per minute T.D. - time delay TDH - total dynamic head V - volt SC-2 Preliminary Matters Add the following to immediately follow paragraph 2.2 of the General Conditions. SC-2.2 Copies of Documents: Article 2.2 of the General Conditions shall be amended to read that Not less than five (5) bound copies of the proposal, contract, and stipulations shall be prepared and submitted to the OWNER for execution, each containing an exact copy of the CONTRACTOR'S proposal as submitted, the Bond or Bonds properly executed and the Contract signed by both parties thereto. However, the CONTRACTOR and the surety executing the bond shall not date the contract or the bond upon submission or execution by the OWNER. These documents will be dated the date the OWNER executes the contract. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to two (2) copies of the contract documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. SC 2.7. Furnishing of Insurance Data. Delete all references to OWNER supplied and OWNER delivered insurance. SC-5 Bonds and Insurance: SC5.1 Performance, Payment and other bonds: Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions which reads as follows: SC5.1.1 Resident Agent. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment bonds as provided for by Article 5 of the General Conditions executed by a resident local agent who is licensed by the Arkansas State Insurance Commissioner to represent the surety company executing said bonds, and filing with such bonds 2 1 I • • II his power-of-attorney. The mere countersigning of the bonds by a resident agent shall not be sufficient. No employers' liability, public liability or workmen's collective insurance policy shall be written in any casualty company not authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas. These policies shall II likewise be issued by a resident local agent licensed by the Insurance Commission of the State of Arkansas. II SC5.1.2 Additional information. The Contractor shall provide the bonds as described in these sections within ten (10) days after the receipt of the NOTICE OF AWARD. II For contracts in excess of $100,000.00 the bonds shall be issued by a bonding company listed by the A.M. BEST Rating Book as follows: (1) contracts in excess of $100,000.00, but less than $1,000,000.00 - "B+" IIrating or higher and contract amount may not .exceed.2.0%.of.: the:policyholder's surplus. (2) contracts in excess of $1,000,000.00 - "A" rating or higher and contracts IImay not exceed 2.0% of the policyholder's surplus. The expense of all bonds shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. I sc 5.2. Delete paragraph 5.2 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following new paragraph 5.2: II SC 5.2. If at any time a surety on any such bond is declared bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the State of Arkansas or is removed from the above list of surety companies, the CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days after notice from the bond company that conditions are as described in this sentence and/or II after notice from the OWNER to do so, substitute an acceptable bond or bonds in such form and sum and signed by other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the OWNER. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. No further payment shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or II II sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the OWNER. SC-5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance. SC5.3.1 Add the following new paragraph immediately paragraph raPh 5.3.1 of after the General Conditions which reads as follows: g ll The CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and-payment bonds as provided for by Article 5 of the General Conditions executed by a resident local -agent who is licensed by the Arkansas State Insurance.Commissioner.to represent the surety li I company executing said bonds, and filing with such• bonds, his ,power-of-attorney. The mere countersigninq of the bonds by a resident agent shall not, be No employers' liability, public liability or workmen's collective insurance policy shall be written in any casualty company not authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas. These policies shall likewise be issued by a resident II local agent licensed by the Insurance Commission of the State of Arkansas. ll SC5.3.2 Delete the second sentence of paragraph 5.3.2 ("OWNER shall deliver to Contractor. . .") in its entirety. SC5.4. CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance: llAdd the following paragraphs immediately after .the respective paragraphs II 3 II • • contained in paragraph 5.4 of the General Conditions: i g ph SC5.4.14 • .. . . • The, limits for liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or the greater where required by law: Workers Compensation: 1) State: Statutory 2) Applicable Federal: Statutory 3) Employer's Liability: $100,000.00 each occurrence Comprehensive General Liability: i $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit Policies will include premise/operations, products, completed operations, -independent contractors, explosions, collapse, underground hazard, Broad Form contractual, personal injury, with employment exclusion deleted and broad form property damage. i Comprehensive Automobile Liability Bodily Injury: i $1,000,000.00 Each person - $2,000,000.00 Each occurrence Property Damage: $500,000.00 . Each occurrence or a combined single limit of $2,000,000.00. SC5.5 OWNER'S Liability Insurance. Delete paragraph 5.5 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 5.5. OWNER'S and ENGINEER'S Contingent Protective Liability Insurance. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER and their agents and employees from and against all losses and claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, recoveries, judgements of every nature and description brought or recovered against them by reason of omission or act of the CONTRACTOR, his agent(s) , employees, subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, in the execution of the Work or guarding of it. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain in the name of the OWNER and ENGINEER (either as co-insured or by endorsement) , and shall maintain and pay the premiums for such insurance in an amount not less that $2,000,000.00 for property damage and bodily injury limits, and with such provisions as shall protect the OWNER and ENGINEER from contingent liability under this contract. SC5.6 Property Insurance. Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 4 I 1 • i 1 SC 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC 6.6 - Progress schedules. ' Add a new paragraph 6.6.3. immediately following paragraph 6.6.2 which shall read:. An updated schedule, in the format specified in the Technical Specifications, ' shall be. required with each submittal for progress payment by the CONTRACTOR. Failure to provide an accurate schedule (and/or updated schedule) shall be reason for: OWNER to refuse progress payment to CONTRACTOR. SC 6.30 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee. 1 SC 6.30.3 - One Year Warranty. Add a new paragraph 6.30.3 immediately following paragraph 6.30.2 which shall read: ' For a period of one year, or longer if specified by special guarantees or by law, the Contractor shall at the Contractor's expense make all repairs and replacements necessitated by defects in the materials, workmanship or prosecution 1 of the Work supplied under this contract, and pay for any damage to other works or property resulting from such defects. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and Engineer harmless from any liability of any kind arising from said defects. The effective date for the beginning of the one year warranty period will be as 1 decided by the Engineer and will be either the date of the Engineer's recommendation for Final Payment in accordance with Article 14.13, Final Payment and Acceptance, or the date of Substantial Completion as specified in Article 1 14.8. The Contractor shall make all repairs or replacements promptly upon receipt of written order for the repairs or replacements from the Owner. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs or replacements promptly, the Owner may perform the ' work and the Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall be liable for all costs thereof. ' SC 7 OTHER WORK SC 7.5 Separate CONTRACTOR Claim. Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.4 of the General Conditions which shall read as follows: 1 SC 7.5. Should CONTRACTOR cause damage to the Work or property of any separate contractor (or separate party) at the site, or should any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work at the site be made by any separate 1 contractor (or separate party) against CONTRACTOR, OWNER or ENGINEER, or any such person, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other separate contractor (or separate party) by agreement or otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by 1 Laws and Regulations, .indemnify and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out 1 of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any separate contractor (or separate party) against OWNER or ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. Should a separate contractor (or separate party) cause damage to the Work or property of CONTRACTOR or should the 1 performance of Work by any separate contractor (or separate party) at the site give rise to any other claim, CONTRACTOR shall not institute any action, legal 1 • 6 i • • 1 5_6 Property Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain until final payment property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations) but not less than an amount equal 1 _ to the total bid price. This. insurance shall include the interestof OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S consultants in the Work (all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties) , shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse, flood, and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) . If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when 'such portions of the Work are to be included in an application for payment. The polices of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with this paragraph 5.6 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the OWNER '=by certified mail and will contain wavier provisions in accordance with General Condition paragraph 5.11.2. SC5.7 Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in •its entirety and insert the following in its place: ' • SC5.7 Other Insurance. The CONTRACTOR is to protect the OWNER against all loss during the course of the Contract. If, due to the nature of the Project, insurance coverage other than that specified is needed by the CONTRACTOR to protect the OWNER against all losses, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the determination of and procurement of any additional insurance needed. SC5.8 Delete paragraph 5.8 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: ' SC 5.8. Policies shall also specify that insurance provided by CONTRACTOR will be considered primary and not contributory to any other insurance available to the OWNER or the ENGINEER. , All polices will provide for 30 days written notice (certified mail shall be required) prior to any cancellation or non-renewal of insurance policies required under the Contract. Any such wording as "will endeavor" or "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the Company. . ." shall be deleted from the certificates. SC5.10. Delete paragraph 5•.10 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC5.12. Receipt and Application of Proceeds. Delete paragraph 5.12 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC5.13. Delete paragraph 5.13 of the General Conditions in its. entirety. ' 1 5 I • • or equitable, against OWNER or ENGINEER or permit any action against them to be - maintained and continued in CONTRACTOR'S name for benefit in any court or before any arbitrator which seeks to impose liability on, or recover damages from OWNER or ENGINEER on account of such damage or claim. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any ' time in performing or furnishing Work by any act or neglect of a separate contractor (or separate party) and OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in Contract Time attributable thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an Extension of Time in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. An extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR'S exclusive remedy with respect to OWNER and ENGINEER for any delay, disruption, interference or hindrance caused by any separate contractor (or separate party) . This paragraph does not prevent recovery from OWNER or, ENGINEER for activities ' that are their respective contractual responsibilities. SC-8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC 8.5 - Delete paragraph 8.5 of the General Conditions in it's entirety. SC 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Add a new paragraph 10.6 immediately following paragraph 10.5 of the General Conditions to read: 10.6. Limits of Authority. CONTRACTOR shall note and abide by the following OWNER'S and ENGINEER'S limits of authority for changes in the Work which require a change in the Contract Price and Contract time. Except in the case of extreme emergency to protect public safety, public welfare or substantial Work, the following limits of Authority to the OWNER and ENGINEER shall apply: • ' Engineer's Representative - No authority. Engineer - No authority. Mayor - $20,000.00 (Accumulative) . ' All accumulative changes which result in Contract Price changes in excess of $20,000.00 shall require the formal approval of the Fayetteville City Council. SC 11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE. ' SC 11.9. Unit Price Work. Paragraph 11.9.3 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: 11.9.3 The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 11.9.3.1 if the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 25 percent or more of the Contract Price and the variation of the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs by more ' than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 11.9.3.2. if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.9.3.3 if CONTRACTOR believe that it has incurred additional expense as a result thereof; or 7 • • 1 11.9.3.4 if OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles OWNER to an adjustment- in unit price; then 11.9.3.5 either OWNER or CONTRACTOR make a claim for and adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect(s) of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. SC-13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK. _ _. ._ , . _ SC 13.3 Tests and Inspections. Paragraph 13.3 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is• substituted in its place: SC 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER proper notification as detailed below and cooperate with the testing and inspection of the Work. SC 13.3.1. All tests require a minimum notice of 24 hours. The 24 hours is a minimum only, the exact time for testing and required inspections shall be determined by the Engineer. SC 13.3.2. All field tests required for a project shall be witnessed by the City Engineering Division representatives in the presence of the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, or their approved representatives. SC 13.4 Paragraph 13.4 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in its place: SC 13.4. CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all tests as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of all equipment, materials, labor, testing procedures and lab work for all tests as outlined in these specifications. ENGINEER shall have the right to approve or reject CONTRACTOR'S proposed lab based upon sound Engineering principles. Copies of all testing reports must be forwarded directly to the Engineer by the testing laboratory. OWNER shall provide all inspection services required by the Contract Documents and normally associated with the diligent progress of the Work (Except as detailed in paragraphs 13.4.1,2,3. ) Prior to final acceptance by OWNER, the project shall be subject to a final inspection by designated representatives of the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 14 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION. SC 14.2 Application for Progress Payment. Paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions•is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in its place: SC 14.2.1. Monthly estimates will be prepared to include all work accomplished for the period ending the third Friday of each month; or SC 14.2.2. Progress payments will be prepared at regular intervals, as scheduled by joint consent of the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER at the pre-construction conference. SC 14.2.3. The ENGINEER, based upon data gathered during the construction process, will make an estimate of the value of the Work done and materials furnished in place during the previous estimate period. The CONTRACTOR shall 8 . 1 1 ' • furnish to the ENGINEER such detailed information including invoices from material suppliers as the ENGINEER may request to aid in the preparation of the progress payment estimate. All payment requests are subject to retainage as ' determined by the ENGINEER. Retainage shall be 10% of said estimate until 50% of the work has been fully completed. At 50% completion, further partial payments shall be made to the contractor in full with no additional retainage unless the ENGINEER determines that the project is not progressing satisfactory, in which case additional retainage may be retained to a maximum of 10%. When the work is substantially completed, any retained amount may be paid to the contractor except the OWNER shall retain an amount sufficient to cover any work not yet completed. The release of retainage will be determined by the ENGINEER. ' If the OWNER or ENGINEER shall at any time fail to make the CONTRACTOR a monthly estimate at the time herein specified, such failure shall not be held to violate or void the Contract. Note, the failure of the Contractor to provide an accurate and current schedule update shall be reason to reject CONTRACTOR'S request for progress payment. SC 14.4. Review of Applications for Progress Payment. ' Delete the last sentence of paragraph 14.4 of the General Conditions and replace with the following: After the required internal reviews and processing by the City of Fayetteville, the City will diligently proceed to make payment to the contractor, in•accordance wit ' the approved payment request, within 30 days. All efforts will be made to make payments within the 30 day period, but the City cannot guarantee the 30 days maximum time. r 1 1 I I 1 • • EXHIBIT GC-A to General Conditions of the Agreement Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR ' Dated For use with EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 ed. ) ' DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is ' amended to include the following agreement of the parties : 16 . 1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question ' between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as ' provided by paragraph 14 . 15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of this Article 16 . This agreement so to arbitrate and ' any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court ' having jurisdiction. 16 . 2 No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9 . 11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have ' presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9 . 11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renderers a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the ' arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9 . 10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand ' has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9 . 10 . ' 16 . 3 Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made ' within the thirty-day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16 . 2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when • • institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations . 16 . 4 Except as provided in paragraph 16 . 5 below, no ' arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless : 16 . 4 . 1 . the inclusion of such other person or entity is ' necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16 . 4 . 2 . such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and ' 16 . 4 . 3 . the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to the arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not ' specifically identified in such consent. 16 . 5 Notwithstanding paragraph 16 .4 if a claim, dispute ' or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER of CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and ' CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6 . 11 as a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. ' Nothing in this paragraph 16 . 5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ' ENGINEER or ENGINEER's consultants that does not otherwise exist . 16 . 6 The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction ' thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16 . 7 OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first ' submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ( "disputes" ) , to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the ' Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16 . 1 through 16 . 6, ' unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice ' • • one of the parties . The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16 .2 and 16 . 3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the ' termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. I I i i 1 1 1 I I I I i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I • ! STREET AND STORM DRAI NAGE IMPROVEMENTS ' FOR THE INTERSECTION OF TOWNSHIP AND N. COLLEGE ' GENERAL NOTES: ' UTILITY RELOCATIONS: The utility owners will be responsible for all necessary utility relocations within the right-of-way limits unless otherwise specified. However, the Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the ' location of all underground utilities prior to any excavation work, and coordinating with the utility owners as necessary. The Contractor shall ' notify the Engineer and the Owner immediately in the event of any conflict between the plans and any existing utilities. EARTHWORK: ITEM 240 -The items Excavation, Embankment, and Undercut shall be performed as indicated in the Specifications, and paid for as indicated on the Bid Proposal Form. Undercut shall consist of the removal and replacement of any unsuitable material below the plan subgrade elevation as directed by the Engineer. Excavation and Embankment will be paid for as a lump sum under the item EARTHWORK on the Bid Proposal Form. GENERAL NOTES-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 I 1 I I I DIVISION 2 I I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 ' • • ITEM 202 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 202-t1 DESCRIPT ION: ' This item shall consist of clearing and grubbing, including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated on the plans or as ' required by the Engineer. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground ' of the designated areas of all trees, stumps, down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such ' material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal ' from the project of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise. 202-2.1 MATERIALS: None. ' 202-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. General: ' The areas denoted on the plans to be cleared and grubbed under this item shall be staked on the ground by the Engineer unless specified otherwise. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory ' distance in advance of the grading operations. All spoil materials removed by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of ' by removal to approved disposal areas. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on 1 slopes of embankments or channels. When placed on slopes or channels, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which ' cannot be used in construction, and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windows or piles adjacent to ' or within the project limits. The manner and location of the disposal of ' TS-202-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • materials shall be e subj ct to the approval of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. When the Contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the project limits at his own expense, he shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner for the use of private property for this purpose. Blasting shall be prohibited. ' The removal of existing structure and utilities required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless ' otherwise shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered and must be removed or relocated the Contractor shall advise the Engineer who will ' notify the proper local authority or Owner and attempt to secure prompt action. ' B. Clearing and Grubbing: The Contractor shall clear and grub the staked or designated areas of all objectionable materials. Trees unavoidably falling outside the specified limits must be cut up, removed, and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. In order to minimize damage to trees that are to be left standing, trees ' shall be felled toward the center of area being cleared and grubbed. The Contractor shall preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be ' removed. In the areas indicated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed. Tap roots and other projections over 1-1/2 inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches. Fences shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the Engineer. ' Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and the wire and posts stored on the project if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority. ' Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be removed shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site as specified in Item 207, "Common Excavation". ' All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in ' layers to the density required in Item 207. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in ' TS-202-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • 1 excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth p p of the proposed excavation. ' 202-4.1 TE STING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and Short Title Material and Short Title None None 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 ' TS-202-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • ITEM 203 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF STRUCTURES 203-1.1 DESCRIPTION: ' This work shall consist of the removal and satisfactory disposal of curb and curb and gutter; portland cement or asphalt concrete driveways, ' parking areas, sidewalks, and steps; concrete pavement; existing fence; guard rail; retaining walls; manholes; catch basins; concrete or masonry basements, foundations, or slabs; tanks and lines; approach slabs and ' gutters; and old culverts, all of which are not designated or permitted to remain. The work may also include demolishing and/or removing from the site remaining buildings, or portions thereof, which are more particularly ' described in the plans and/or Special Provisions, together with all appurtenances, either attached or detached, including but not limited to canopies, porches, awnings, piping, poles, attached signs, auxiliary buildings, or sheds. 203-2.1 GENERAL: ' The attention of the bidder is directed to the necessity for careful examination of the entire site to determine, at the time of bid preparation, ' the full extent of work to be accomplished. The entire site shall be cleared of all man-made obstructions and debris, of whatever nature, and prepared in all respects for the construction of the proposed facilities. ' The Contractor shall not unnecessarily interfere with the use of any ' adjacent sidewalks, streets, or roads. Salvage materials in buildings to be demolished and materials in other ' man-made obstructions will become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the job site. The Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner because of the absence of any pre-existing buildings, materials, equipment, or fixtures from the items to be removed. Moveable buildings remaining for the Contractor's disposition may be removed from the project site intact if the Contractor so elects, or they may be demolished in place with the removal of resulting material and debris. I TS-202*page* Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • 203-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The disposal of all materials and debris shall be in accordance with the requirements of Item 202. All surface items such as curb, curb and gutter, driveways, parking areas, walks, steps, pavement, and walls shall be separated or broken away from the adjacent part of any structure designated to remain in place by a vertical saw cut along the line designated by the Engineer. The edge of the structure left in place shall be approximately vertical with no abrupt changes in alignment. Any damage to or removal of the structure designated to remain in place shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. Holes, ditches, or other abrupt changes in elevation caused by the removal operations that could obstruct drainage or be considered hazardous or unsightly shall be backfilled compacted, and left in a workmanlike condition. Old culverts or parts thereof that interfere with the new construction shall be removed. Steel and timber superstructures and abutments, and the tops of all concrete and masonry box culverts that are to be abandoned ' shall be removed entirely. Concrete and masonry abutments, shall be removed entirely or broken down to an elevation at least 2' below the subgrade elevation. ' Where old box culverts or culverts are pipe to be extended or otherwise ' incorporated into the new work, only such part of the old structure shall be removed as to provide a proper connection to the new work. The connecting edges or joints shall be cut, chipped, and trimmed to the required lines and grades without weakening or damaging the part of the structure to be retained. ' Work required in cutting back an existing concrete box culvert that is to be extended shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable drawing and/or detail. For a pipe culvert extension, the headwall and the ' attached end joint of concrete pipe or the flared end section on all types of pipe shall be removed to accommodate the extension. This work will not be paid for directly but will be considered included in the items involved in the culvert extension. Pipe culverts, the tops of which are located within 3' of the elevation of ' the finished roadway, shall be removed. Pipe culverts at lower elevations, if in suitable condition in the judgment of the Engineer, may be ' TS-202-*page* Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • abandoned in place, in which case the headwalls dwalls shall be removed and the ends of the culvert plugged by means of concrete or large dumped ' rock plugs, at not cost to the Owner. Material from old culverts, determined by the Engineer to have salvage value, shall become the property of the Owner. Salvaged material shall be carefully removed to avoid damage and shall be placed in neat piles of ' like material outside the construction limits but within the right-of-way or boundary of the project. Other salvaged material shall be disposed of by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer. ' At the Contractor's option, and to the extent compatible with property progress of the work, the removal of existing masonry may be coordinated with the grading operation. Broken concrete, stone, brick, and like material may be placed in embankments in parallel layers, with no material closer than 12" to the subgrade surface. The voids shall be completely filled with suitable material and thoroughly compacted. The material may be used in the construction of riprap, tree wells, and similar structures. When used as riprap, broken concrete shall meet the requirements of Item 228. Trenches resulting from the removal or demolition of old culverts shall be filled with approved material placed in layers in accordance with Item 240. Existing basements, sumps, pits, septic tanks, or wells that are outside ' the construction limits shall be backfilled as soon as feasible. Backfill shall be compacted to the extent practicable. Masonry and broken concrete, free of organic matter, may be used for such backfill to an elevation not less than 2' below finished elevation. The area shall be dressed and left in a neat condition. ' Masonry foundations shall be obliterated or if in fill sections, may be left in place if covered by not less than 2' of embankment. Floor slabs left in ' place shall be shattered and left in a permeable condition. Broken concrete, free of protruding reinforcing steel, may be placed in embankment in accordance with Item 240. Tanks shall be removed form the site and the resulting excavation backfield as specified above. Extreme care shall be exercised to avoid ' inadvertently cutting any buried fuel lines that may be under pressure. Fuel tanks shall be purged before removal. I TS-202-*page* Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • 203-3.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: ' The method of measurement of each item will be in accordance with the units of measure herein specified. The quantities shown on the plans will ' be considered as the final quantities and no further measurement will be made unless, in the opinion of the Engineer or upon evidence furnished by the Contractor, substantial variations exist between quantities shown ' on the plans and actual quantities due to changes in alignment or dimensions or to apparent errors. The removal and disposal of the various items covered by this specification will be measured by the linear foot, square yard, or each as designated in the Proposal. Backfill material and compaction thereof will be measured and paid for as provided in Item 240 for the applicable item. ' 203-3.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT: ' Work completed and accepted under this item and measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price bid for the specific items, which price shall be full compensation for removing, clearing, salvaging, storing, and disposing of all materials removed; and for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. TS-202-"page"' Copyright® 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ITEM 216 PIPE CULVERTS 216-1.1 DESCRIPTION: ' This item shall consist of the construction of pipe culverts and flared end sections for pipe culverts in accordance with these specifications, of the ' type, size and dimensions called for in the Bid Schedule and shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 216-2.1 MATERIALS: Materials and design requirements for the several types of pipe culverts and flared end sections shall conform to the following: ' A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: The pipe may be of either bell and spigot or tongue and groove design ' unless one type is specified on the plans. The strength test requirements shall be the D-Ioad to produce a 0.01 inch crack and the ultimate load specified for the appropriate type and class of pipe. 1. The manufacture and furnishing of circular pipe shall be in ' accordance with ASTM C 76. 2. The manufacture and furnishing of arch shaped pipe shall ' be in accordance with ASTM C 506. 3. Joints shall be composed of either cement mortar (3 parts ' concrete sand to 1 part Portland Cement) or cold applied preformed plastic gaskets unless one type is specified on the plans. ' Cold applied preformed plastic gaskets shall conform to AASHTO N 198, Type B. 1 When a primer is recommended by the manufacturer to be used in connection with the plastic gasket, the material in the primer shall comply with the requirements as specified by the manufacturer. 1 ' TS-216-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • B. Corrugated Steel Pipe: ' The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated steel pipe shall be in 9 PP accordance with AASHTO M 36, as amended below, and AASHTO M 218. ' AASHTO M 36 is amended as follows: Add to section 24: The field inspection will be made by the Engineer. ' The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer an itemized statement of the sizes and lengths of culvert pipe in each shipment. This inspection will include an examination of the culvert pipe for deficiencies in lengths of sheets used, nominal specified diameter, net length of finished culvert pipe and any evidence of poor workmanship as outlined above. The inspection may include the taking of samples for chemical analysis and ' determination of weight of spelter coating. The pipe making up the shipment shall meet the requirements of these specifications and if 25% of the pipe in any shipment fails to meet these requirements, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the Engineer so elects, he may have the material inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the shop where fabricated. He may require from the mill the chemical analysis of any heat. The inspection, either in the mill or in the shop, shall be made under the direction of the ' Engineer. The Engineer will have free access to the mill or shop for inspection and every reasonable facility shall be extended to him for this ' purpose. The inclusion of any material or pipe which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of the entire lot. ' The metal will not be accepted until after the sheet manufacturer's certified analysis and manufacturer's guarantee have been passed upon ' by the Engineer and accepted. The identification brands shall be placed on the sheets by the manufacturer of the sheets in such manner that when the sheets are rolled into culverts such identification shall appear on the outside of each section of pipe. Pipe having any sections not so stamped will be rejected. ' The kind of base metal shall be designated independently on the brand or trademark so as to clearly identify the base metal furnished with one of the kinds enumerated in AASHTO M 218. The designation of the kind of ' TS-216-2 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • NEEMcCLELLAND PO. Box 1229 ' CONSULTING Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1229 501-587-1303 DESIGNED TO SERVE I ENGINEERS, INC. MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 501-443-9241 ' LABORATORY TEST RESULTS JOB NUMBER: FY973815 PROJECT: TOWNSHIP ROAD,CRAFTON-TULL&ASSOCIATES ' DATE: APRIL 9,1997 B S DESCRIPTION DEPTH WATER LL PL PI USC AASHTO SIEVE ANALYSIS %FINER UDW Uc # # CONTENT 3IN. 3/4 IN. NO.4 NO.10 NO.40 NO.200 tsf ' r31 1 BROWN&TAN SILTY 1.0-2.5' 15.3 21 15 6 SC A-4(0) 100 100 83.8 78.3 72.6 49.6 117.4 2.85 CLAYEY SAND W/GRAVEL 2 RED&BROWN SANDY 2.5.4.0' 20.6 38 15 23 CL A-6-(8) 100 100 85.7 78.7 73.0 51.8 ' LEAN CLAY B 2 1 BROWN CLAYEY GRAVEL 0.5-2.0' 12.4 36 17 19 GC A-2(2) 100 74.2 61.0 52.0 41.0 25.9 WITH SAND ' 2 BROWN&GRAY SANDY 2.0-3.5' 24.6 38 18 20 CL A-6(6) 100 94.0 82.5 76.2 68.1 50.4 LEAN CLAY W/GRAVEL • 1 OPW LAB'MATERIAL-GEO 7815.WB2 • AASHTO Accredited - Inspected by AMRL & CCRL ' • • base metal may be accomplished by placing on the sheets the initials of p the exact name of the base metal as follows: ' CBPI for copper pp bearing r g pure iron ' CS for copper steel C. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated aluminum pipe shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 196. D. Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of bituminous coated corrugated metal pipe shall meet the requirements of (b) above for steel pipe. In addition the pipe shall be completely coated inside and out with an asphalt cement. The asphalt shall be 99% soluble in trichloroethylene. The pipe shall be coated uniformly to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inches, measured on the crests of the corrugations. The asphalt shall adhere to the metal, shall ' not chip off in handling and shall protect the pipe from deterioration, as evidenced by successfully meeting the following test requirements: ' 1. Stability Test: The asphalt shall not lose its stability when subjected to the highest summer temperature as indicated by passing the test performed as follows: Parallel lines shall be drawn along the valleys of the corrugation of a representative sample of coated pipe ' and the specimen placed on end in a constant temperature oven, with the parallel lines in a horizontal position. The temperature of the specimen shall be maintained within 2°F of 150°F for a period of four hours. At the end of this time no part of any line shall have dropped more than 1/4 inch. 2. Imperviousness Test: The asphalt coating shall be impervious to liquids as indicated by ' passing the test performed as follows: A 25% solution of sulphuric acid or of sodium hydroxide, or a saturated salt solution, shall be held in the valley of a corrugation for a period of 48 hours during ' TS-216-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • S which time no loosening or separation of the bituminous material from the galvanizing shall have taken place. E. Bituminous Coated and Paved Corrugated Metal Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing h g of bituminous coated and paved ' corrugated metal pipe shall meet the requirements of (b) above for steel pipe. F. Polyethylene Pipe: The manufacture and furnishing of polyethylene pipe shall be according ' to AASHTO M 294, Type S. Polyethylene pipe shall have a corrugated outer shell with an essentially smooth wall waterway. Couplings and fittings supplied or recommended my the pipe manufacturer shall be used. The flared end section shall be of the same material as the culvert pipe for a given installation except that the metal for steel end sections shall be ' of the gauge shown on the plans. 216-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A. Depth of Excavation: ' Excavation shall be carried to a depth where foundation materials are satisfactory to the Engineer regardless of the elevations shown on the ' plans and foundations shall be inspected and approved prior to placing any part of the structure. ' Pipe culverts under the roadbed shall be so placed that the minimum depth of cover at the shoulder for pipe of any diameter or type shall be not less than one foot. ' B. Forming Bed for Pipe: ' Where the pipe is to be laid below the ground line, a trench shall be excavated to the required depth and to the minimum width practicable for working conditions. The bottom of the trench shall be shaped as shown ' on the plans to conform to the bottom of the pipe and afford a uniformly firm bed. Recesses shall be excavated to receive the bells where bell and spigot pipe is used. Soft or yielding material shall be removed and ' replaced with gravel or other suitable material which shall be compacted ' TS-216-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 41) thoroughly into place with mechanical equipment. Where rock is encountered, the trench shall be excavated to a minimum depth as shown ' on the plans and backfilled with suitable martial, which shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical equipment. ' Where pipe is not laid in a trench, a uniformly firm bed shall be made as specified above for the bottom of the pipe. ' C. Laying Pipe: The pipe laying shall begin at the downstream end and bell or groove ends of concrete pipe and outside circumferential laps of corrugated metal pipe shall be placed facing upstream. Corrugated metal pipe shall ' be placed with longitudinal laps or seams at the sides. Pipe which is not in true alignment or which shows settlement after laying shall be taken up and re-layed by the Contractor without extra compensation. ' D. Joining Pipe: The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. 1. When Portland Cement mortar is selected by the Contractor to seal concrete pipe joints, the following procedure shall be used: Before succeeding sections of pipe are laid, the lower portion of the bell or groove of the preceding pipe shall be plastered on the inside with mortar of sufficient thickness to bring the inner surfaces of the abutting pipes flush and even. After the pipe is laid, the remainder ' of the joint shall be filled with similar material and sufficient additional material shall be used to form a bed around the joints. The inside of the joint shall be wiped and finished smooth. After the initial set, the mortar on the outside of the joint shall be protected by means of an approved covering. ' 2. When cold applied preformed plastic gasket is selected by the Contractor to be used to seal concrete pipe joints, the following procedure shall be used: The pipe joint surface shall be cleaned and the primer (if recommended by the manufacturer) brushed on and allowed to dry. The protective wrapping shall be removed from ' one side of the rope. The rope shall be laid strip side up on the surface of the pipe joint and the strip pressed firmly to the surface of the pipe joint end to end continuing around the entire circumference of the joints. The remaining protective wrapping TS-216-5 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • a I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I A • shall be removed and pipe forced into connection until material fills the joint space. ' To insure an even and well filled joint the final joining of the pipe PP shall be accomplished by either pushing or pulling by mechanical ' means each joint of the pipe as it is laid in an approved manner. In cold weather when directed, the joint material shall be warmed in ' a hot water bath, or by other approved methods, to the extend required to keep the material pliable for placement without breaking or cracking. ' E. Field Strutting: Where required by the plans, the vertical diameter of round flexible pipe ' shall be increased 5% by means of jacks applied after the entire line of pipe has been installed on the bedding but before backfilling. The vertical elongation shall be maintained by means of sills and struts or by horizontal struts as specified. Only horizontal ties shall be used on paved invert pipe. ' Ties and struts shall be left in place until the embankment is complete and compacted, unless otherwise directed. These construction specifications shall equally apply in the case of relayed conduits. In addition, all conduit salvaged for relaying shall be cleaned of all foreign material prior to reinstallation. ' F. Backfilling: 9 ' Backfilling around the pipe shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. The material shall be placed alongside the pipe in ' layers not to exceed four inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95% of the maximum density, as determined by AASHTO T 99, for the full depth of the pipe. Special care shall be taken to compact the fill under the haunches of the pipe. The fill shall be brought up evenly in each side for the full length of the pipe to avoid displacement. The berm of thoroughly compacted material on each side of the pipe shall be as wide as the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipe damaged during construction operations shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. I ' TS-216-6 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I Ill 216-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: I Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHTO T 99, Density ASTM C 76, Reinforced Concrete IPipe Culverts ASTM C 506, Reinforced Concrete IAsh Pipe Culverts AASHTO M 198, Type B Joints for IConcrete Pipe Gaskets I AASHTO M 36 Corrugated Steel Pipe C.M.P. I . AASHTO M 218 Base Metal AASHTO M 196 Corrugated I Aluminum Pipe I I I I I I I I I TS-216-7 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • IITEM 217 DROP INLETS AND JUNCTION BOXES 217-1.1 DESCRIPTION: IThis item shall consist of the construction of drop inlets or junction boxes, with rings and covers or grates and frames, in accordance with these I specifications, of the type, size and dimensions shown on the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. I217-2.1 MATERIALS: A. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 for Class S concrete. IB. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3. C. Masonry units shall conform to the following requirements: II1. Clay Brick - AASHTO M 114, Grade SW. 2. Concrete Brick -ASTM C 55, Grade S. I 3. Concrete Masonry Blocks -ASTM C 139. 4. Concrete Masonry Blocks (Hollow) ASTM C 90, Grade U-11. 1 5. Structural Tile -ASTM C 34, Grade LBX. D. Steel for welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the Irequirements of ASTM A 36. I E. Iron castings for rings and covers, grates and frames, and other appurtenances, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 30A. Bearing surfaces between rings and covers or grates and frames I shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter area of contact. I F. Red lead ready-mixed paint shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 72, Type 1. Aluminum paint shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 69. I I I TS-217-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • 217-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: ' Drop junction and boxes shall be constructed with reinforced concrete. Non-reinforced poured in place circular drop inlets may be used if approved by the Engineer. ' A. Concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, finished and cured in accordance with DIVISION 3 Class S concrete. B. Concrete shall not be poured until the Engineer has inspected the forms and the placement of reinforcing steel and rings or frames. C. Walls shall be constructed to form a tight joint with the floor and around the inlet and outlet pipes. Pipes shall be cut flush with the inside surfaces of the wall. Utility lines that are carried through the walls shall be protected in an approved manner to avoid damage. Faces of drop inlets shall be poured as a part of the curb in order to preserve the proper alignment. D. Mortar for masonry units shall be mixed in the proportion of 1 part Portland Cement to 2 parts concrete sand in a water-tight box until the mixture has a uniform color. Water shall then be added as the mixing continues until the mortar has a consistency that can be handled and ' spread with a trowel. Mortar that is not used within 30 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar will not be permitted. E. Masonry units shall be laid in full courses with full mortar joints not more than 1/2 inch wide. Courses shall be level and adjoining courses shall break joints a near 1/2 unit as possible. At least one course in every ' seven shall be composed of headers. No spalls or bats shall be used except for shaping around irregular openings or when unavoidable to finish out a course. The outside face of walls shall be plastered with a 1/2 inch thick mortar coat. F. Metal rings or frames shall be set accurately to the finished elevations so ' that no subsequent adjustments will be necessary. They shall be set in a ' TS-217-2 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • full mortar bed with firm bearing on the walls or securely fastened to the forms so no movement will occur when concrete is placed around them. ' G. Welded steel grates and frames shall be welded with 1/4 inch welds ' completely around the joints. H. Metal rings and covers and grates and frames shall be given one shop ' coat and one field coat of red lead paint and one field coat of aluminum paint, as directed. I. Backfilling around structures shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods. The material shall be placed alongside the structure in layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 for the full depth of the structure. J. Structures shall be cleaned of any accumulation of silt, debris or foreign matter of any kind, and shall be reasonably free of such accumulations at the time of final inspection. 217-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: ' Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHTO T 99 Density Class S Concrete, Division 3 ASTM A 36 Structural Steel ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ' ASTM C 34 Structural Clay Tile Grade LBX ASTM C 55 Concrete Building Block, Brick Grade A ASTM C 90 Hollow Masonry Block Grade U-11 ' ASTM C 139 Concrete Masonry Block AASHTO M 69 Aluminum Paint AASHTO M 72 Red Lead Paint Type 1 AASHTO M 114 Clay Brick, Grade SW ' TS-217-3 Copyright O1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • ITEM 225 SEEDING 225-1.1 DESCRIPTION: ' This item shall consist of furnishing and applying fertilizer, seed and water in accordance with these specifications at locations shown on the plans, ' or as directed. The work under this item shall be accomplished as soon as practicable after the grading has been completed in order to deter erosion of the embankment and slopes. ' 225-2.1 MATERIALS: Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, uniform in composition, free flowing ' and suitable for application with mechanical equipment. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in labeled containers which conform to current state fertilizer laws and bear the name, trademark, and warranty of the producer. The seed shall be labeled in accordance with current rules and regulations of the State Plant Board, shall have a minimum of 98% pure seed and 85% germination by weight, and shall contain no more than 1% weed seeds. A combined total of 50 noxious weed seeds shall be the maximum amount allowed per pound of seed with the following exceptions: Johnson grass seed, wild onion seed, wild garlic seed, field ' bindweed seed or nut grass seed will not be allowed in any amount whatsoever. Seed which has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage will not be acceptable. ' Seed shall be an equal mixture of creeping red fescue and Kentucky blue grass applied at the rate of 20 pounds per acre. Fertilizer shall be ' 10-20-10, or the equivalent amount of plant food, and shall be applied at the rate of 500 pounds per acre. ' 225-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Areas to be seeded shall be dressed to the shape and section shown in ' the plans. All topsoil shall be replaced prior to any preparations for seeding. The area shall be loose, free of large clods or rocks and excessive moisture. ' TS-225-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • Fertilizer shall be uniformly incorporated into the soil to a depth of at least two inches. ' Seed may be broadcast by hand seeders or b approved power by pp equipment. Either method shall result in uniform distribution and no work ' shall be performed during high winds. The area seeded shall be lightly firmed with a cultipacker immediately after broadcasting. 225-4.1 METHOD OF PAYMENT: Seeding shall be paid for at the lump sum contract price. ' TS-225-2 Copyright® 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ITEM 240 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 240-t1 DESCRIPTION: ' This item shall consist of excavating, removing, and satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the limits of the work required in ' accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions and typical section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the Engineer. ' All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and backfilling, as indicated on the plans or as ' directed by the Engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the ' embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or wasted as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grade indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sources at locations on site or from offsite areas if an item for offsite borrow is listed in the proposal form. 240-2.1 MATERIALS: Classification: ' All material excavated shall be defined as "Unclassified Excavation" unless, in the proposal form, prices asked and bids are taken for "Rock Excavation", "Common Excavation". ' Pavement removed which contains less than 12 inch thick concrete and/or asphalt shall be considered as unclassified excavation. ' "Rock Excavation". as provided in the proposal shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate ' deposits which are so firmly cemented they present all the characteristics of solid rock which cannot be removed without drilling and blasting. All boulders containing a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard will be ' classified as "Rock Excavation". ' TS-240-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • "Embankment", as prov ided ided in this specification shall include all material ' excavated and placed to attain the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. ' "Compacted Embankment", as provided in this proposal shall include all material compacted after excavation and placing, meeting minimum density requirements as specified, to attain the grades indicated on the ' plans or as directed by the Engineer. All embankment beneath areas to be paved shall be treated as "Compacted Embankment". t "Compacted Subgrade", as provided in this specification, shall include all material on the top of subgrade in areas to be paved. The material shall be compacted to the depth and density specified to meet the grades ' indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Frozen condition of any of the different classified materials taken from ' excavation does not constitute a basis for a claim for higher classification or for extra work on the part of the Contractor. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: 240-3.1 GENERAL: ' The rough excavatio n n shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain ' the specified depth of subgrade densification shown on the plans. Likewise, on embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall be as shown on the plans. Should the Contractor, through negligence or other fault, excavate below the designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with approved materials, in an approved manner and condition, at his own expense. The Contractor shall have complete control over the excavation, moving, placing, and disposition of all material. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in waste areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in subgrades but ' shall be handled and placed as directed. After excavation to subgrade, the embankment and/or subgrade material ' shall be laboratory tested in accordance with ASTM D 424. After excavation to subgrade, the embankment and/or subgrade material ' shall be laboratory tested in accordance with ASTM D 424. In sections where soils are encountered which have a Plasticity Index of ' between 10.0 and 20.0 the crushed stone base shall have a thickness of TS-240-2 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • eig ht (8) inches. In sections where the soils have a Plasticity Index of greater than 20.0 the top two (2) feet of the subgrade shall be removed and replaced with upgraded material; or the top six (6) inches of the subgrade shall be treated with lime. The Contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No payment will 1 be made for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those designated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the ' Contractor, shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and seeded and mulched if specified. ' If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or g , underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures or parts thereof, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, satisfactorily repair all damage 1 to such facilities or structures which may result from any of his operations during the period of the contract. 240-3.2 EXCAVATION: Excavation shall be performed as indicated on the contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be made so that the requirements for formation of embankment can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the Engineer ' has taken cross-sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. When selective grading is specified or required as indicated on the q plans, the excavated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement TS-240-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I • • subgrades as determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. I This material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the project as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. I Selective excavation shall be required of Unclassified Excavation to allow for proper placement of materials in the embankments. Rock and rubble with dimensions in any direction greater than 12 inches shall be I separated from the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. IThose areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor, shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches, as I directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and seeded and mulched if specified. IIf, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. IRock, shale, hard pan, loose rock, boulders, existing foundations and pavement,or other material unsatisfactory for subgrades, roads, I shoulders, intermediate areas, or any areas intended for embankment shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth I shown on the plans, or as specified by the Engineer, below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade I foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. All I material so excavated shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" as provided in the proposal. The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as I specified, obtained from the grading operations or borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation time. When rock cuts are made Iand refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage.I The Contractor shall make the distributio n as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade I to avoid haul will not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor ITS-240-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary, as the ' work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. ' Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of as directed; however payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak ' which the Engineer determines to be avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation", in which case unavoidable overbreakage from slides will be classified as such. ' The removal of existing utilities required topermit the orderl y progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies unless otherwise shown on the plans. In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved, herein defined as ' "Compacted Subgrade," shall be compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when not otherwise shown to be a minimum depth of 6 inches. Compacted density shall not be less than 95% of the maximum ' density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 180. Any unsuitable materials encountered ' shall be removed and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation." No payment or measurement for payment will be made for "Compacted Subgrade". ' No payment or measurement for payment will be made on suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the ' project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred ' loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. ' TS-240-5 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • Blasting, when necessary, will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the protection and safety of all persons, the work, and the I property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Any approvals given will not relieve the Contractor I of his responsibility in blasting operations. 240-3.3 DITCH EXCAVATIONS: IDitch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction, or any other I type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory ' material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed. Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be I constructed prior to the starting of adjacent excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section, as designated. IDitches const ructed on the project shall be maintained to the required I cross section and shall be kept free from debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. Where necessary, sufficient openings shall be provided through spoil banks to permit drainage from adjacent lands. I Unless an item is included in the bid proposal form, separate payment will not be made for ditch excavation. 240-3.4 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA: I Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the I requirements in Item 202. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the I construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon Iwhich the embankment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disk, harrow, or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying shall be done I approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and I disposed of as directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill ITS-240-6 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I 1 • • material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area 1 compacted as required in the specifications. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to 1 1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankment at the unit price bid for "Unclassified Excavation." No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under ts section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage hi or used will be paid for under the respective item of work. 240-3.5 STRIPPING: All vegetation such as brush, hea vy sods, heavy growth of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the 1 area upon which fill material is to be placed shall be stripped or otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and in no case shall such objectionable material be allowed in or under the fill areas. No direct 1 payment will be made for stripping unless a separate item is listed in the proposal for Stripping Complete. ' 240-3.6 PLACEMENT OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL: 1 All material excavated and placed as fill, to attain the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall herein be termed "Embankment", with no compaction other than that obtained by distributing equipment movement over the entire fill area, excluding the compaction requirements for "Compacted Embankment". 1 Payment for the placement and compaction of"Embankment" and Compacted Embankment" shall be inclusive to the cost of"Unclassified Excavation." 240-3.7 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS: Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 6 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading g operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata 1 shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be TS-240-7 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other ' objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and other material permitted or used in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. ' Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, ' or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. In areas designated as "Compacted Embankment" on the plans or by the Engineer, the moisture content of the materials in the horizontal layers shall be maintained at 0% to 3% above optimum moisture content prior to ' rolling to obtain a compaction of 95% as determined by the Modified Proctor Test. This level of moisture shall be maintained until the next layer is placed. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when ' necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall ' be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently ' distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of "Compacted Embankment" materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will 1 be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, correction, adjustments,and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to properly construct the embankment. ' Rubble or rock deposited by the Contractor in areas designated as compacted embankment shall be deposited in loose lifts not to exceed 8 ' inches in depth. The greatest dimension of any single piece of rubble or rock shall not exceed 18 inches in any direction. The deposited rubble or rock shall be completely choked to eliminate all voids which cohesive or ' non-cohesive soils and the total compacted to the requirements as cited above. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 90% of the maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by the AASHTO compaction control tests T 99. In embankment areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved, herein defined as "Compacted subgrade", shall be compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when not otherwise shown to a minimum depth of 9 ' inches. Compacted density shall not be less than 95% of the maximum ' TS-240-8 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • • density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control 1 tests specified in AASHTO T 180. Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation". No payment for measurement for payment will be made for "Compacted Subgrade." 1 Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be compacted by mechanical means. 1 On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. ' During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the 1 entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated 1 with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the 1 deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. 1 When rock (or rubble and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Rock fill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and form a dense, compact mass. Rock or ' boulder shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Engineer. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has become displaced due to carelessness or 1 negligence on the part of the Contractor. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such 1 material is directed by the Engineer in order to produce the specified subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". Any stockpiling must be 1 approved in writing by the Engineer prior to excavation. 1 TS-240-9 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • • ' 240-3.8 HAUL: No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the ' work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. ' 240-3.9 EQUIPMENT: The Contractor may use any type of earth-moving, compaction and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the ' construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the Contractor and as approved by the Engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The Contractor shall ' furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. 240-3.10 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE SELECTED SUBGRADE: On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. If no depth is specified the depth shall be 12 inches. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have ' been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 95% density as is determined by the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 180. Any irregularities or depressions that ' develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to ' a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. The material shall be placed at 0% to 3% above optimum moisture and maintained at his level until the next layer is ' constructed. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily ' when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the Engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be ' TS-240-10 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • 1 removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and Idisposed of as directed by the Engineer. All times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will I drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case I will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be scarified, reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the I subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course or pavement shall be laid thereon. 1 240-3.11 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES: In areas designated on the plan as having existing utilities to remain in Iservice or to be relocated by others, the Contractor shall be responsible for developing and maintaining sufficient earth overburden to protect I these utilities. Any utilities not so protected will be repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense. Utilities relocated to new positions within the work area shall also be so protected. I240-3.12 TOLERANCES: I In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16 foot straightedge applied parallel at right angles to the centerline, it I shall not show any deviation in excess of 2 inches from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, I reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such I smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.06 of a foot from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and I reshaping. 240-3.13 TOPSOIL: IWhen topsoil is specified or required,p as shown on the plans or under a I topsoiling item, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of the specified item ITS-240-11 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • or shall be approved pp ved by the Engineer. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be laced in its proper and final section of finished construction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within pavement areas and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or embankment. ' Upon completion of grading operations as specified topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in the specified item. The Engineer shall set grade stakes for grading operations in both cut and fill so that the topsoil will be placed at the finished plan elevation unless specified otherwise. ' No direct payment will be made for topsoil unless a topsoil item is included in the proposal form. The quantity removed and placed or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation." When topsoil is paid for under excavation, no payment shall be made for the same work under a topsoil item. ' When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer to produce the specified soil structure, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". 240-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT: Test and Short Title Material and Short Title ' AASHTO T 99, Density AASHTO T 180, Density ASTM D 424-P.L. & P.I. of Soils I I ' TS-240-12 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I • • ITEM 241 LINED PIPE UNDERDRAIN 241-1.1 DESCRIPTION: IThis item shall consist of constructing geotextile lined underdrains using pipe, geotextile lining, and granular filter material in accordance with I these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. I241-2.1 MATERIALS: A. The types of pipes for underdrains shall conform to the following Irequirements: Corrugated Polyethylene Tubing: II. The tubin g shall be the heavy duty type and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 252, modified as follows: I Subsection 5.1.4 of Section 5, Manufacture, is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor: I The water inlet perforations shall be cleanly cut so as not to I restrict the inflow of water, and uniformly spaced along the length and circumference. The slots shall be not more than 1/8 inch wide and the length of each slot shall not exceed I 10% of the nominal circumference of the tubing except that the maximum slot length or 3 inch tubing shall be 1-1/4 inches. Slots shall be placed in center of the valleys. I2. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe: IThe pipe shall be extruded from virgin ABS complying with ASTM D 1788 and the classification used shall be ABS 2-2-3 defined therein. IFittings shall be of the same ame composition and have the same Iphysical properties as the pipe and shall not restrict flow. The pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.125 I inches. Dimensional measurements are to be made in accordance with ASTM D 2122. ITS-241-1 Copyright® 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • I ' Perforations shall be approximately circular and cleanly cut and shall have nominal diameters not less than 3/16 inch nor more than 3/8 inch and shall be arranged in at least two rows parallel to the axis of the pipe. 3. Corrugated Steel Pipe: ' The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated steel pipe shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 36, as amended ' below, and AASHTO M 216. AASHTO M 36 is amended as follows: ' Add to Section 24 - The field inspection p n will be made by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer an itemized statement of the sizes and lengths of culvert pipe in each shipment. This inspection will include an examination ' of the culvert pipe for deficiencies in lengths of sheets used, nominal specified diameter, net length of finished culvert pipe and any evidence of poor workmanship as outlined above. The inspection may include the taking of samples for chemical analysis and determination of weight of spelter coating. The pipe making up the shipment shall meet the ' requirements of these specifications, and if 25% of pipe in any shipment fails to meet these requirements, the entire shipment may be rejected. ' If the Engineer so elects, he may have the material inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the shop ' where fabricated. He may require from the mill the chemical analysis of any heat. The inspection, either in the mill or in the shop, shall be made under the direction of the Engineer. ' The Engineer will have free access to the mill or shop for inspection and every reasonable facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. The inclusion of any material or pipe which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of the entire lot. ' The identification brands shall be placed on the sheets by the manufacturer of the sheets in such manner that when the sheets are rolled into culverts, such identification shall TS-241-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • appear on the outside of each section of pipe. Pipe having ' any sections not so stamped will be rejected. The kind of base metal shall be designated independently ' on the brand or trademark so as to clearly identify the base metal furnished with one of the kinds enumerated in AASHTO M 218. The designation of the kind of base metal ' may be accomplished by placing on the sheets the initials of the exact name of the base metal as follows: ' CBPI for copper bearing pure iron. CS for copper steel. ' B. Granular filter material shall meet the requirements for Course Aggregate in Class A concrete as follows: ' The course aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or gravel. A course aggregate consisting of a combination of crushed stone and gravel shall be used only when specifically approved by the Engineer. Crushed stone shall consist of clean, tough, durable fragments of rock of uniform quality. The stone shall have a percent of wear of not more than 40 (Los Angeles Test) and when subjected to five ' cycles of the soundest test (Sodium Sulphate) shall have a loss not to exceed 12%. Gravel shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated pebbles, crushed or uncrushed, having a percent of wear ' of not more than 40 (Los Angeles Test) AASHTO Designation T-96. When tested by laboratory methods the amount of deleterious substances will not exceed the following limits: ' Maximum Permissable Percentage Of Weight Removed by decantation 1% ' Coal and lignite 0.25% Clay lumps 0.25% Soft fragments 5% Total deleterious substances 5% ' TS-241-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • Coarse aggregate size shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following grading I requirements: I Class A ITotal retained on 1-1/4" sieve 0% Total retained on 3/4" sieve 25-65% ITotal retained on 3/8" sieve 79-90% Total retained on #4 sieve 95-100% ICoarse aggregate from any one source shall not vary as to maximum size and shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the representative sample submitted by the IContractor, with the further provision that an aggregate furnished from any one source having a variation in fineness modulus I greater than 20 points either way from the fineness modulus of the representative sample submitted by the Contractor will not be accepted under the specification. IC. Geotextile fabrics for liners shall be nonwoven fabrics meeting the following requirements as a minimum or maximum as applicable: IProperty Test Procedure Value I weight, oz/sq.yd. ASTM D 1910 4.1 min. thickness, mils. ASTM D-1777 40 min. tensile strength, lbs. ASTM D-1682 115 min. I elongation, % ASTM D-1682 110 max. Mullen Burst strength psi. ASTM D-751 220 min. I coefficient of permeability, cm/sec. 0.10 min. I 241.3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Trenches shall be excavated to a width equal to the outside diameter of Ithe pipe plus one foot, and to a depth of approximately 4 inches below the grade established for the flow line of the ground water, unless otherwise Idirected. ITS-241-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • Following excavation of the trench the non-woven geotextile liner shall be placed in the trench. The liner shall be of sufficient width to cover the bottom of the trench, up the side and back across the top of the underdrain system with a minimum lap of one (1) foot. The height of the 1 underdrain system shall be as shown on the plans or as stated in the method of measurement and basis of payment. 1 A minimum 3-inch bedding layer of granular filter material shall be placed and compacted in the bottom of the trench for its full width and length. Pipe of the type selected by the Contractor and of the size specified shall be embedded firmly in the bedding material with perforations down and the pipe sections joined securely with the appropriate coupling fittings or bands, or joint filler. The upgrade end of pipe installations shall be closed ' with suitable plugs to prevent entry of soil materials. The downgrade end shall be connected to a drop inlet, junction box or other drainage structure to insure positive drainage. ' After the pipe installation has been insp ected and approved, granular backfill material shall be placed to a depth as shown on the plans or ispecified but in all cases the granular material shall be to a minimum height of twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. The top four (4) ' inches of backfill shall be topsoil. 241-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: ' Test and Short Title Material and Short Title None ASTM D 1788 ASTM D 2122 AASHTO M 36 AASHTO M 218 AASHTO T 96 Los Angeles Test ASTM D 1910 ASTM D 1777 ASTM D 1682 ASTM D 751 I I i TS-241-5 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I • S ITEM 250 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL I 250-1.1 DESCRIPTION: IA. Based Straw Ditch Checks. This item consists of constructing small dams across swales, draws, or ditches to reduce the velocity of storm water Irunoff. Ditch checks shall be constructed at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. IB. Silt Fence. This item consists of placing and securing a geotextile fabric to an existing support system or constructing a self-supporting geotextile fence where shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer for the I purposes of impeding the flow of water carrying silt toward existing streams and/or across adjacent property; redirecting the flow of silt-laden water to a sediment basin; and/or routing clean water through the I construction area. I 250-2.1 MATERIALS: A. Straw for baled straw ditch checks shall consist of bales of rice, oats, I barley, wheat, or rye straw, or of available grasses, free of an excessive amount of noxious weeds. Bales shall be a minimum of 750 mm (30") in length. Straw in an advanced state of decomposition will not be Iacceptable. B. Geotextile fabric for silt fence shall comply with the requirements as Ishown on the plans. Supports for the fabric shall be of any material of sufficient strength and durability to support the fabric when loaded with silt for the entire time the barrier is needed for service. 250-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: IA. General: The Contractor shall actively maintain the areas or items constructed I under this subsection from the time of their completion until final stabilization of the area has been accomplished. Additional work and materials required because of loss from erosion or other causes I beyond the Contractor's control will be paid for unless they were required due to Contractor's negligence, in which case the maintenance shall be at Ino cost to the Owner. TS-250-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • Temporary p rary erosion control items and devices shall be removed, or may ' remain in place as directed by the Engineer, after final stabilization has been achieved. After items have been removed, the affected areas shall be graded to conform to the adjacent contours, unless otherwise directed ' by the Engineer. Following this removal and grading, permanent stabilization shall be established in these areas. ' Disposal, when required, shall be according to the requirements of Section 201. Salvageable materials will become the property of the Contractor. ' B. Bales for baled straw ditch checks shall be installed so that the bindings are oriented around the sides of the bales and not along the tops and ' bottoms. The bales shall be keyed into the ground a minimum of 100 mm (4") and securely held in place by staking, wiring, and/or other methods that will prevent floating and/or displacement. No gaps shall be left ' between bales. The number of bales required and the specific arrangement of them will vary with the conditions at each site. Bales that become displaced shall be retrieved and re-installed, if suitable. Bales ' that become unserviceable in their original location shall be removed and replaced. ' C. Geotextile fabric for silt fence shall be attached to the supporting system in such manner that it will remain attached and fully supported for the ' entire time the barrier is needed for service. The fabric toe shall be buried to secure the base as shown on the plans. Splices shall be securely fastened. ' 250-4.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT: Erosion control devices shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price. I ' TS-250-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • ITEM 260 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 260-1.1 DESCRIPTION: IUnless otherwise provided, the road, while undergoing improvements, shall be kept open by the Contractor to all traffic. When so provided on I the plans, the Contractor may bypass traffic over an approved detour route. The driving surface of the detour shall include a minimum of one (1) inch of asphalt surface course per the requirements of ITEM 1912 and IITEM 1913. The Contractor shall keep the portion of the project being used by public traffic, whether it is through or local traffic, in such condition that will permit the safe, continuous flow of two-way traffic at all Itimes. When a part of the plans or when approved by the Engineer, areas where the nature of the work restricts or prohibits two-way flow, one-way operation may be maintained by using flaggers or timed signalization. IThe Contractor shall also provide and maintain in a safe condition temporary approaches or crossings and intersections with trails, roads, streets, businesses, parking lots, residences, garages, farms, etc. The I Contractor shall bear all expense of maintaining traffic over the section of road undergoing improvement, and of construction and maintaining such I approaches, crossings, intersections, and other features as may be necessary, without direct compensation, unless a pay item for this work is included in the Contract. IThe Contractor is not responsible for general snow and ice removal. Snow and ice removal will be performed by State, County, or City forces, I consistent with its snow and ice removal procedures, for the entire length of the route within which the project is located. Work required other than the normal blading of snow and ice, salting, or application of grit, I necessary to clear or make passable the main roadway, shall be accomplished by the Contractor. I260-2.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT: Maintenance of traffic shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price. I I I ITS-260-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 DIVISION 3 1 • 1 ITEM 301 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1 301-1.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of concrete in bridges, culverts, and miscellaneous 1 structures, including the concrete portion of steel, timber, stone masonry, precast, prestressed, and composite structures, prepared and constructed in accordance with these Specifications and conforming to lines, grades, 1 dimensions, and designs shown on the Plans. Concrete shall consist of approved portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and any approved chemical admixtures mixed in the proportions specified for 1 the various classes of concrete. 301-2.1 MATERIALS: 1 The materials used in concrete shall conform to the requirements 1 specified below. No materials shall be used which contain foreign matter, frost, or lumps or crusts of hardened substances. 1 A. Cement: Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 85. Unless otherwise specified, Type I shall be furnished. 1 Type II cement shall be used for Class B and B(AE) concrete. During the cool season of the year, the Engineer may approve the use of Type I cement in lieu of Type II cement for Class B and B(AE) concrete. Upon ' approval of the Engineer, Type III cement may be used in the manufacture of prestressed concrete products. 1 Cement furnished in sacks shall weigh not less than 94 pounds net per sack. The use of cement salvaged from used or discarded sacks will not be allowed. 1 The mixing or alternate use of differe nt brands of cement will not be permitted. Cement placed in storage shall be suitably protected. Loss in 1 quality occurring during the storage period will be cause for rejection. If the cement furnished produces erratic results under the field conditions incident to the placing of the concrete, or in regard to the strength of the finished product, or in the time of the initial or final set, the Contractor shall, without notice from the Engineer, cease the use of that brand of 1 cement. 1 TS-301-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • • B. Fine A ggregate: The fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable ' particles of natural sand or other approved inert material with similar characteristics. ' When determined necessary by visual observation, the amount of deleterious substances will be tested by laboratory methods and will not exceed the following limits: ' Maximum Permissible Percent by Weight ' Coal & lignite (AASHTO T 113) 0.25 Clay lumps (AHTD Test Method 302) 0.5 ' Removed by decantation (AASHTO T 11) 2 Soft and flaky particles 2 (AHTD Test Method 302) All fine aggregate shall be free from m injurious amounts of organic impurities. Aggregates shall be subjected to testing in accordance with AASHTO T 21. Should AASHTO T 21 produce results which indicate that the sand may possibly contain injurious organic compounds, mortar strength test specimens shall be tested in accordance with AHTD Test Method 530. ' Fine aggregate shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested ' in accordance with AASHTO T 27: Percent Passing 3/8" 100 #4 95 - 100 ' #8 70 - 95 #16 45 - 80 #30 20 - 60 #50 5 - 30 #100 0 - 5 ' Fine aggregate from any one source shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the representative sample with the further provision that aggregate supplied from any one source having a variation in fineness modulus greater than 20 points either way from the fineness modulus of the representative sample will not be TS-301-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • accepted. When approved by the Engineer, the source of fine aggregate may be changed in all work except bridge superstructures, but the mixing or alternate use of different sources of fine aggregate will not be permitted. C. Coarse Aggregate: The coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or gravel. Crushed stone shall consist of clean and durable fragments of rock of uniform quality. The stone shall have a percent of wear or not more than 40 by Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96), and, when subjected to 5 cycles of the Soundness Test (Sodium Sulfate, AASHTO T 104) shall have a loss not to exceed 12%. Gravel shall consist of clean, hard, 1 durable, uncoated aggregate, crushed or uncrushed, having a percent of wear of not more than 40 by Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96). ' When determined necessary by visual observation, the amount of deleterious substances will be tested by laboratory methods and will not exceed the following limits: Maximum Permissible Percent by Weight ' Coal & lignite (AASHTO T 113) 0.25 Clay lumps (AASHTO T 112) 0.25 Soft Fragments (AASHTO T 112) 5 Total deleterious substances 5 Removed by decantation (AASHTO T 11) 1 The maximum percentage by weight removed by decantation (AASHTO T 11) from crushed stone coarse aggregate may be increased to 1.5% ' provided the percent loss (AASHTO 11) from the fine aggregate does not exceed 1.0%. ' Coarse aggregate size shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 27: I I I TS-301-3 Copyright CO 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • ' Class A, A(AE). S. S(AE), and Seal Concrete: Percent Passing 1-1/4" 100 3/4" 35 - 75 ' 3/8"#4 10 - 30 0 - 5 Class B and B(AE) Concrete: Percent Passing 3" 100 1-1/4" 35 - 65 I3/4"#4 15 - 40 0 - 5 ' Coarse aggregate from any one source shall not vary as to maximum size and shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the ' representative sample, with the further provision that aggregate furnished from any one source having a variation in fineness modulus greater than 20 points either way from the fineness modulus of the representative ' sample will not be accepted. When approved by the Engineer, the source of coarse aggregate may be changed in all work except bridge superstructures, but the mixing or alternate use of different sources of ' coarse aggregate will not be permitted. D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, salts, or other deleterious substances, and shall not contain more than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides. ' Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing but water from other sources shall be sampled and tested before use in concrete. Tests will be made in accordance with AASHTO T 26. 1 Where the source of water is relatively shallow, it shall be maintained at such depth and the intake so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. 1 TS-301-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • E. Admixtures: ' 1. General: Admixtures shall be used to improve certain characteristics of the concrete when specified on the Plans or may ' be used when requested by the Contractor and approval is given by the Engineer. The Contractor's request shall be supported with the Manufacturer's certified formulation of the proposed admixture ' and with sufficient evidence that the proposed admixture has given satisfactory results on other similar work. Permission to use the admixture may be withdrawn at any time by the Engineer when satisfactory results are not being obtained. Admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Admixtures shall ' be compatible with each other, as advised by the Manufacturer. The admixture dosage rate range as recommended by the Manufacturer shall be used. Should the dosage rate for any ' admixture not yield desirable characteristics in the concrete, the dosage of admixture used shall be based on test results obtained by trial batches. Admixtures shall be added to the mixing water by means of a mechanical dispenser which will accurately meter the additive ' throughout the mix water cycle. The dispenser shall be constructed and connected so that the Inspector can make ready ' determination of the amount of admixture entering the mixing water. ' 2. Air Entraining Agent: Air-entraining agent, when specified or approved, shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO M 154. The Contractor shall submit evidence based on tests made in a ' recognized laboratory to show that the air-entraining admixture conforms to the requirements of AASHTO M 154 for 7 and 28 day compressive strengths and resistance to freezing and thawing, ' except as provided in the following paragraph. Tests for bleeding, bond strength, and volume change will not be required. A recognized laboratory is any State highway, FHWA, or cement concrete laboratory regularly inspected by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards. Tests may be made upon samples taken from a ' quantity submitted by the Contractor for use on the project or upon samples submitted and certified by the Manufacturer as representative of the admixture to be supplied. ' TS-301-5 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • An exception to the requirements in the preceding paragraph is the ' case of admixtures which are manufactured by neutralizing Vinsol resin with caustic soda (sodium hydroxide). When the Contractor proposes to use such an admixture he shall submit a certification ' concerning the admixture in the following form: "This is to certify that the product (trade name) as ' manufactured and sold by the (company) is an aqueous solution of Vinsol resin that has been neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The ratio of sodium hydroxide to Vinsol resin is one part of sodium hydroxide to (number) parts of Vinsol resin. The percentage of solids based on the residue dried at 105°C is (number). No other additive or chemical ' agent is present in this solution." When the Contractor proposes to use an air-entraining admixture ' which has been previously approved, he shall submit a certification stating that the admixture is the same as that previously approved. If an admixture offered for use is essentially the same (with only minor differences in concentration) as another previously approved material, a certification will be required stating that the product is ' essentially the same as the approved admixture and that no other admixture or chemical agent is present. ' 3. Retarding Agent: In order to permit the retarding of the set and extend the finishing time of concrete, a retarding agent shall be used when specified on the Plans or may be used when permission for its use is requested by the Contractor and such permission is given by the Engineer. The retarding agent shall be a Type B or Type D admixture as defined in AASHTO M 194. The Contractor ' shall support his request with a Manufacturer's certified formulation of the proposed agent and with sufficient evidence that the proposed agent has given satisfactory results on other similar work. Permission to use the agent may be withdrawn at any time by the Engineer when satisfactory results are not being obtained. ' The agent shall be free of chlorides. When air-entrained concrete is specified, the air-entraining agent and the retarding agent shall be so incorporated that the air content of the concrete shall fall ' within the percentage range stipulated in the specifications. When air-entrained concrete is not specified, the concrete to which the retarding agent has been added shall have an air content not ' greater than 3 percent. TS-301-6 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • S • No compensation will be made for furnishing and incorporating the agent in the mix. No additional compensation will be made for furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the concrete involved. ' 4. Other Admixtures: The use of other admixtures will be considered by the Engineer on a case basis upon written request from the Contractor. If approved, the admixture used shall be furnished at ' no additional cost to the State. F. Fly Ash: Fly ash used in concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM ' C 618, Class C or F. Mixing of Class C and Class F fly ashes will not be permitted. The use of fly ash will not be permitted unless upon written approval of the Engineer. ' 301-2.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: ' The handling and storage of concrete aggregates shall be such as to prevent segregation and contamination with foreign materials. ' Coarse and fine aggregates shall be separated by bulkheads or stored in separate stockpiles sufficiently removed from each other to prevent the material at the edges of the piles from becoming intermixed. Coarse aggregate stockpiles not confined by bulkheads or bins shall be built up in layers not to exceed 4' in height and each layer shall be completely in place before beginning the next. Coning or building up of stockpiles by depositing material in one place will not be permitted. In order to control the gradation of the large aggregate for Class B and B(AE) concrete, it may be necessary that the Contractor stockpile the aggregate in two or more gradation ranges, blending by weight as required to obtain the specified gradation. ' There shall be adequate aggregate stockpiled to allow representative sampling sufficiently in advance of any placement to determine its ' acceptability, with the minimum amount being that required to adequately complete the planned placement. Cement shall be stored in suitable weather-proof buildings or silos which will protect the cement from dampness. Provision for storage shall be ample and the shipments of cement as received shall be separately stored in such a manner as to provide easy access for the identification and inspection of each shipment. Stored cement shall meet the test requirements at any time after storage when a re-test is ordered by the ' Engineer. TS-301-7 Copyright©1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • so I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' • • On small jobs, storage in the open 1g p n may be permitted by written ' authorization from the Engineer, in which case a raised platform and ample waterproof covering shall be provided. ' 301-2.3 CLASSES OF CONCRETE: Seven classes of concrete are provided for in these specifications, 4 ' classes of non air-entrained concrete and 3 classes of air-entranced concrete. The appropriate class of concrete shall be used in the part of the structure as specified or where designed by the Engineer. the classes ' are as follows: Non Air-Entrained Concrete Air-Entrained Concrete Class A Class A(AE) Class B Class B(AE) ' Class S Class S(AE) Seal ' The following requirements shall govern unless otherwise shown on the Plans: Class A or A(AE) concrete shall be used in wingwalls and miscellaneous construction. Class B or B(AE) concrete shall be used in mass concrete. ' Class S or S(AE) concrete shall be used in retaining walls, box culverts, footings, piers, bents, columns, abutments, and super-structures, including girders and beams, floor slabs, and concrete railings. Seal concrete shall be used for concrete deposited under water. ' 301-2.4 CLASSIFICATION AND PROPORTIONING: A. Mix Design: ' 1. The concrete mixture shall be proportioned to insure a workable and durable concrete for the various classes, as specified in Table ' 301-1. For all classes of concrete except B and B(AE), the concrete ' materials shall be proportioned as determined by the Engineer ' TS-301-8 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 • • using the Absolute Volumes method in accordance with the requirements for the Class specified. The Engineer will not perform any pre-bid testing of materials. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate acceptable materials sources unless the sources are so noted in the Plans or Special Provisions. The Contractor will not perform any pre-bid testing of materials. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate acceptable materials sources unless the sources are so noted in the Plans or Special Provisions. 1 The Contractor shall make available to the engineer all aggregates, cement, and additives which he proposes to use in the mix sufficiently in advance of the first pour to allow for review of the ' Concrete Mix Design. The Contractor and/or his concrete supplier will establish a mix design which will be suitable for each class of concrete, except B and B(AE), to be supplied for the Project. The mix design for each class of concrete shall be approved by the Engineer and will 1 remain in effect unless modified in writing by the Engineer. 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 TS-301-9 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 I • • TABLE 301-1 ICLASS OF CONCRETE ICHARACTERISTIC A A(AE) B B(AE) S S(AE) Seal Minimum 2100 2100 3000 3000 3500 4000 2100 I Compressive Strength (psi at 28 days) IMinimum Cement 5.5 5.5 * * 6.5 6.5 6.0 Factor (bags Iper cu. yd) Maximum Net 6.5 6.5 * * 5.5 5.5 6.5 I Water Content Per Bag (94 lb) of Cement I (Gallons) Slump Range 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 4-8 I (Inches) Air Content -- 5 + 2 -- 5 + 2 -- 5 + 2 -- I Range (%) * As determined by trial batch. Maximum water-cement ratio is 0.49. In I addition, Class B and B(ae) shall obtain 3500 psi compressive strength in the trial batch at 90 days. I ** Class S or S(AE) concrete for use in prestressed concrete members shall have a minimum compressive strength of 5000 psi (28 days) or as shown I on the Plans. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 1 inch. I I I ITS-301-10 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • 2. Class B and B(AE): The Contractor shall develop a trial batch for ' Class B or B(AE) concrete. The mix design shall produce a workable and durable concrete with the strength requirements specified in Table 301-1 and shall have a low heat of hydration ' when placed in large quantities. the materials shall be proportioned and test specimens submitted to the Engineer for testing and approval. Several mixes may be submitted, and the ' mix to be used on the job chosen from the results. Approved admixtures must be included in the trial batch. Fly ash, if approved in writing by the Engineer, conforming to ASTM C 618 may be substituted for a part of the type II Cement not to exceed 120 pounds per cubic yard, and shall be included in the calculation of the water-cement ratio. Ninety-day test specimens will be required ' for the trial batch. For construction purposes, the sampling and testing will comply with standard procedures for sampling and testing. ' B. Trial Batches: Mix proposed designs ro g p p d by the Engineer or the Contractor for all Class S(AE) concrete shall be tested by trial batches using the specific materials, including admixtures that are intended for use on the job. The Contractor shall prepare a batch of at least 2 cubic yards. This ' batch shall be sampled and tested by the Engineer for compliance with the specifications for slump, air content, and compressive strength. A mix design may be approved with respect to compressive strength when at ' least two test cylinders show the minimum required strength value at any age between 7 days and 28 days, inclusive. ' In lieu of the above procedure, the Contractor may prepare trial batches in a laboratory in accordance with AASHTO T 126. These trial batches shall be accomplished by the Contractor under the observation of the ' Engineer. Sampling and testing will be conducted by the Engineer. With the approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may retain an ' independent laboratory or a Registered Professional Engineer to prepare and test trial batches. In this case, trial batch information and laboratory results shall be furnished to the Engineer along with a statement certifying ' that the testing was performed in accordance with the Specifications. All trial batches required by these Specifications or developed at the ' option of the Contractor shall be accomplished by the Contractor and shall be subject to the review and approval of the Engineer. ' C. Compressive strengths for all classes of concrete will be determined from test cylinders made in accordance with AASHTO T 23. If the strength TS-301-11 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • required for the class of concrete being produced is not obtained with the I minimum cement content specified, additional cement shall be used at no extra cost to the Owner. I When air-entrained concrete is specified, the air-entrainment shall be accomplished by adding to the mixing water the proper amount of air-entraining agent in solution. The Contractor shall determine the I amount of admixture required to produce an air content within the range specified. The amount of air entraining agent shall be adjusted by the Contractor during production as necessary to keep the air content within the range specified. D. Fly Ash: Fly ash may be used, if approved in writing by the Engineer, as I a partial replacement not exceeding 25 percent by weight for the cement in all classes of concrete except Class B or B(AE) concrete. Class B or B(AE) concrete shall meet the requirements specified in 401-2.4(B) 1 above. Mixtures with fly ash shall meet the same requirements as mixtures without fly ash. Fly ash will not be allowed as a substitute for high early strength or blended cements. Class F fly ash shall not be used in bridge deck concrete placed between October 15 and April 1. When fly ash is used, the total weight of both cement and fly ash will be used in Idesign calculations. When the Contractor elects to use fly ash as a partial replacement for the I cement in Class S or Class S(AE) concrete, the proposed mix design shall be tested by the preparation and testing of trial batches in accordance with 301-2.4(B) above. Trial batches will not be required for I Class A or Class A(AE) concrete. 301-2.5 SAMPLING AND TESTING: IDuring the progress of work, concrete test specimens will be made ebyan approved testing laboratory. ISlump will be determined using AASHTO T 119. Air content will be determined using AASHTO T 152. ICompressive strength specimens will be 9 p made in accordance with AASHTO T 23 and tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22. I Specimens for determinin g when forms may be removed, when a structure may be put in service, or when concrete piling may be driven will I be cured, as early as practicable, in the same manner as the concrete in the structure and in accordance with AASHTO T 23. TS-301-12 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • 301-2.6 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS: ' Materials will be measured by weighing, except as otherwise specified or where other methods are specifically authorized by the Engineer. ' Aggregates shall be measured separately and accurately by weight. Measuring devices shall be operated in a manner which will consistently weigh the cement within ±1% and the individual aggregates within ±2% of ' the required weight. Measuring devices shall be so designed and plainly marked that the weights can be accurately and conveniently verified for the quantities of each component actually being used. ' Cement in standard packages (sack) need not be weighed, but bulk cement shall be weighed. ' The mixing water shall be measured by weight 9 or by volume. The water measuring device shall be accurate to within 1%. Scales shall be satisfactory to the Engineer ngineer and shall be inspected, adjusted, and certified. ' Where volumetric mea surements are authorized by the Engineer for the projects where the amount of concrete is small, the weight proportions shall be converted to equivalent volumetric proportions. In such cases, suitable allowance shall be made for variations in the moisture condition of the aggregate, including the bulk effect in the fine aggregate. When the aggregates contain more water than the quantity necessary to ' produce a saturated surface-dry condition, representative samples shall be taken and the moisture content determined for each kind of aggregate. ' 301-2.7 MIXING CONCRETE: Concrete shall be thoroughly mixed in a mixer of an approved size and ' type which will insure a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the mass. ' The concrete shall be mixed only in the quantity required for immediate use. Concrete that has developed an initial set shall not be used. Re-tempering concrete will not be permitted. ' Concrete may be proportioned and mixed d in a stationary central plant and hauled to the point of delivery in agitator trucks of approved type or in non-agitating equipment, when approved by the Engineer; proportioned in a stationary central plant and mixed in approved transit mix trucks enroute ' TS-301-13 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • S to the poi nt nt of delivery; or mixed completely in transit mix trucks at the ' point of delivery, following the addition of mixing water. The Engineer shall be furnished the Manufacturer's rated capacity of each ' mixer and agitator, along with the recommended speed of rotation for the various uses of each mixer. Truck mixers and agitators shall be equipped with means by which the number of revolutions of the drum, blades, or ' paddles may be readily verified. Mixers and agitators shall not be charged in excess of the Manufacturer's ' rated capacity. Concrete shall be delivered and discharged from the truck mixer or agitator into the forms within 1-1/2 hours after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement. In hot weather, or under other conditions ' contributing to quick setting the cement, the maximum allowable time may be reduced by the Engineer. Each batch shall be accompanied by a time slip issued at the batch plant. ' Plants and transit mix trucks shall be equipped q peed with adequate water storage and a device for accurately measuring and controlling the amount ' of water used in each batch. When a stationary mixer is used, a mechanical means shall be provided for automatically preventing the discharge of the mixer until the materials have been mixed for a period of ' not less than one minute. ' Truck mixers shall be capable of combining the ingredients of the concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass, and of discharging the concrete within the specified range of consistency. The concrete shall ' be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation specified by the Manufacturer as the mixing speed. The pick-up and throw-over blades in the drum of all mixers shall be maintained in satisfactory condition to assure thoroughly mixed concrete. ' Agitators shall be capable of maintaining the concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass of discharging the concrete within the specified range of consistency. ' When approved in writing by the Engineer, concrete may be transported p rted in approved non-agitating equipment. Bodies of this equipment shall be ' smooth, watertight, metal containers equipped with gates that will permit control of the discharge of the concrete. Covers shall be provided for protection against the weather. The concrete shall be delivered in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and discharged within the specified TS-301-14 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • range of consistency. Placement in forms shall be completed within 30 minutes after introduction of the mixing water to the cement. Concrete shall be mixed according to the Mixer Manufacturer's Specifications in order to obtain an acceptable mass of concrete. During the period of mixing, the mixer shall operate at the Manufacturer's recommended mixing speed. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the ' speed designated by the Manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. ' If additional mixing water is required to maintain the specified slump, and is added with the permission of the Engineer, approximately 20 revolutions of the mixer drum at mixing speed shall be required before discharge of any concrete. The entire contents of the mixer, including wash water, shall be removed from the drum before the addition of materials for a succeeding batch. There shall be sufficient capacity and transporting equipment to insure continuous concrete delivery at the rate required. ' If the concrete furnished produces erratic results relative to consistency, strength, or time of initial or final set, the Contractor shall cease the use of that concrete until corrections are made to insure work of the specified quality. 301-2.8 HANDLING AND PLACING CONCRETE: A. General: The Contractor shall provide sufficient supervision, manpower, equipment, tools, and materials to assure proper ' production, delivery, placement, and finishing of the concrete for each placement in accordance with the minimum placement rates as specified herein. ' Placement Sizes Minimum Placement Rate Cubic Yards Cubic Yards Per Hour ' 0 - 25 15 25 - 50 20 50 - 75 25 Over 75 30 The interval between batches of concrete shall not exceed 20 minutes. TS-301-15 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • If th e Contractor fails to meet the minimum placement rate, the Engineer may reject the work. Further placements of a similar nature and size will not be permitted until corrective measures have been taken to assure the Engineer that the minimum ' placement rate will be met. In preparation for the placing of concrete, construction debris and extraneous matter shall be removed from the interior of forms. Struts, stays, and braces, serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape and alignment pending the placing of concrete, shall ' be removed when the concrete placement has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. 1 1. Conveying: Concrete shall be placed to avoid segregation of the materials and the displacement of the reinforcement. The use of long troughs, chutes, and pipes for conveying ' the concrete to the forms will be permitted only when authorized by the Engineer. In case of inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the Contractor shall, without notice from the Engineer, cease the use of that conveyor until such corrections in procedure are ' made to insure work of the quality specified. Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal lined. ' Where steep slopes are required, the chutes shall be equipped with baffles or be in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Aluminum chutes, troughs, and ' pipes shall not be used for depositing concrete. Chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from ' coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water after each run. Water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the structure. When placing operations involve dropping the concrete more than 5', it shall be deposited through approved pipes. Walls of 10" thickness or less may be placed without the use of pipes, provided the concrete can be placed without segregation. ' 2. Placing: Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not more than 18" thick except as hereinafter provided. When 1 less than a complete layer is placed, it shall be terminated in a vertical bulkhead. Each layer shall be placed and TS-301-16 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • S consolidated before the preceding batch has taken initial set ' to prevent injury to the green concrete and avoid surfaces of separation between the batches. Each layer shall be consolidated so as to avoid the formation of a construction ' joint with a preceding layer which has not taken initial set. Concrete in footings shall be placed in the dry unless ' natural conditions prohibit. In that case, concrete shall be placed in accordance with a dewatered enclosure. Pumping from the interior of any foundation enclosure shall be ' performed in such a manner as to prevent the movement of water through the fresh concrete. No pumping will be permitted during the placing of concrete unless it is ' performed from a suitable sump separated from the concrete work. The pumping shall continue until the placement of the concrete is complete. In order to separate water from th e he concrete, it will be ' permissible to utilize polyethylene sheeting or tarpaulins to maintain a physical barrier between the water and the concrete. ' When the placing of concrete is temporarily discontinued, the concrete, after becoming firm enough to retain its form, ' shall be cleaned of laitance and other objectionable material to a sufficient depth to expose sound concrete. To avoid visible joints as far as possible upon exposed faces, the top surface of the concrete adjacent to the forms shall be smoothed with a trowel. Where a "feather edge" might be produced at a construction joint, an inset form shall be used ' to produce an edge thickness of not less than 6 inches. Immediately following the discontinuance of placing ' concrete, accumulations of mortar splashed upon the reinforcing steel and the surfaces of forms should be removed. Dried mortar chips and dust shall not be puddled into the concrete. If the accumulations are not removed prior to the concrete becoming set, care shall be exercised not to damage or break the concrete-steel bond at or near ' the surface of the concrete while cleaning reinforcing steel. After initial set of the concrete, the forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall be placed on the ends of projecting reinforcing bars. ' TS-301-17 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • 3. Consolidating: All concrete, except seal concrete, during ' and immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly consolidated. This shall be accomplished by mechanical vibration subject to the following provisions: a. The vibration shall be internal unless special authorization of other methods is given by the Engineer. b. Vibrators shall be of a type and design approved by ' the Engineer. They shall be capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete at rated frequencies of not less than 4500 impulses per minute. ' c. The intensity of vibration shall be such as to visibly ' affect a mass of concrete over a radius of at least 18 inches. d. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of vibrators to properly compact each batch immediately after it is placed in the forms and shall have in reserve at all time sufficient vibratory equipment to guard against shutdown of the work because of the failure of equipment in operation. ' e. Vibrators shall be manipulated to thoroughly work the concrete around the reinforcement and embedded ' fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms. Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and ' in the area of freshly deposited concrete. The vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn out of the concrete slowly. The vibration shall be of sufficient ' duration and intensity to thoroughly consolidate the concrete, but shall not be continued so as to cause segregation. Vibration shall not be continued at any ' one point to the extent that localized areas of grout are formed. ' Application of vibrators shall be at points uniformly spaced and not farther apart than twice the radius ' over which the vibration is visibly effective. TS-301-18 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • f. Vibration shall not be applied directly or through the reinforcement to sections or layers of concrete which have hardened to the degree that the concrete ceases to be plastic under vibration. It shall not be used to make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great as to cause segregation, and vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete in the forms. When epoxy coated reinforcing steel is used. The Contractor shall exercise caution when placing and vibrating concrete to prevent any damage to epoxy coated bars. In order to prevent the vibrator from damaging the coated bars, the head shall be covered with a sheet of rubber or a similar material as approved by the Engineer. g. Vibration shall be supplemented by such spading as is necessary to insure smooth surfaces and dense concrete along form surfaces and in corners and locations impossible to reach with the vibrators. h. These provisions shall apply to precast products except that, if approved by the Engineer, the Manufacturer's methods of vibration may be used. B. Box Culverts: Concrete in walls and top slabs shall not be placed less than 24 hours after the concrete in previous placements has set. Provision shall be made for bonding the walls to the bottom slab or footing and the top slab to the walls by means of roughened longitudinal keys. Before concrete is placed in the walls or top slabs, the bottom slab, footing, or walls shall be thoroughly cleaned of extraneous material and the surface bond prepared in accordance with Subsection 301-2.11. No horizontal construction joints will be allowed in any wall of a box culvert unless provided on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. However, in the construction of box culverts 6' or less in height, the walls and top slab may be constructed as a monolith. C. Bridge Substructures: Concrete in columns shall not be placed less than 24 hours after the concrete in footings has set and shall be placed in one continuous operation, unless otherwise directed. The concrete shall be allowed to set at least 24 hours before the caps are placed. When friction collars or column dowels are used TS-301-19 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • to support cap forms, the concrete for the columns shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi before the concrete is I placed for the cap. I Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, no concrete shall be placed in the superstructure until the column forms have been stripped sufficiently to determine the character of the concrete in Ithe columns With proper handling to avoid damage to the concrete, and at the I option of the Contractor, structural steel may be erected 48 hours after completion of the caps. Depositing of concrete in the deck that will be place dead load on the cap will not be permitted until I the cap has been in place at least 7 days and has the minimum specified compressive strength. ID. Bridge Superstructures: For concrete in bridge deck slabs, when a longitudinal concrete strike-off is used, the rate of placement and consolidation shall be adequate to assure that no concrete will take Iits initial set before the entire placement is complete. Sufficient concrete shall be placed ahead of the strike-off to fully load the beam or girder prior to strike-off. When a transverse concrete I strike-off is used, the rate of placement and consolidation shall be adequate to assure that no concrete will take its initial set closer I than 100' behind the strike-off. This may require the use of a retarding agent. I Concrete shall be deposited in a manner which will insure uniform loading of the span. For continuous spans, the concrete placing sequence shall be shown in the Plans. Concrete in slab spans I shall be placed in one continuous operation for each span unless otherwise provided. I Concrete in girders shall be deposited uniformly for the full length of the girder and brought up evenly in horizontal layers. Concrete in girder haunches less than 3' in height shall be placed at the I same time as that in the girder stem, and the columns or abutment tops shall be cut back to form seats for the haunches. Whenever any haunch of fillet has a vertical height of 3' or more, the abutment Ior columns, the haunch, and the girder shall be placed in three successive stages; first, up to the lower side of the haunch; second, to the lower side of the girder; and third, to completion. I ITS-301-20 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • For haunched continuous girders, thegirder stem (including� 9 haunch) shall be placed to the top of stem. Where the size of the member is such that it cannot be made in one placement, vertical construction joints shall preferably be located within the area of ' contraflexure. Concrete T-beam or deck girder spans may be placed in one ' continuous operation. Concrete in parapet or barrier walls, curbs, and sidewalls which are ' not placed monolithically with the deck slab shall not be placed less than 72 hours after the concrete in the deck slab has set. ' E. Concrete Placement Intervals: Use of the minimum time intervals and compressive strengths provided above relative to expediting of subsequent concrete placements shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for attaining the minimum compressive strengths for the class of concrete specified. ' 301-2.9 PUMPING: Concrete may be placed by pumping. The equipment for pumping shall be arranged and operated so that no vibrations result which might damage freshly placed concrete. The Contractor will be permitted to furnish coarse aggregate for concrete which is to be pumped in a size smaller than that specified for the ' appropriate class in Subsection 301-2.4 provided that a suitable mix can be produced which will conform to the requirements for the class specified. ' Where concrete is conveyed and placed by mechanically applied pressure, the equipment shall be adequate in capacity for the work. The operation of the pump shall be such that a continuous stream of concrete without air pockets is produced. When pumping is completed, the concrete remaining in the pipe, if it is to be used, shall be ejected in such a manner that there will be no contamination of the concrete or separation of the ingredients. ' Concrete for slump and air content requirements shall be obtained at the discharge end of the pipe. ' The use of aluminum pipe as a conveyance for the concrete will not be permitted. ' TS-301-21 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • I301-2.10 DEPOSITING CONCRETE UNDER WATER: IConcrete shall not be deposited in water except where shown on the Plans or with the approval of the Engineer. Concrete deposited in water shall be Seal Concrete. IThe supply pp y of concrete shall be maintained at the rate necessary to raise the elevation over the entire seal by a minimum of 1' per hour or an 1 approved retarder shall be used as necessary for lesser placement rates. I For parts of structures under water, seal concrete shall be placed continuously from start to finish. The surface of the concrete shall be kept as nearly horizontal as practicable. The Contractor shall provide I equipment and personnel to sound the top of the seal in the presence of the Inspector in order to verify the location of the seal at all times. Previously placed seal concrete shall not have taken its initial set prior to Ithe placement of adjacent concrete. Concrete shall be carefully placed by means of a tremie or other I approved method. Still water shall be maintained at the point of deposit. Concrete shall be deposited in such a manner that the planned horizontal concrete flow shall be no more than 15 feet. This shall be accomplished I by locating the points of deposit in such a manner as to provide for a maximum flow distance of 15 feet. IA tremie shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not less than 10", constructed in sections having flanged couplings fitted with gaskets and an approved foot valve. The tremie shall be supported so as to permit Irapid lowering when necessary to retard or stop the flow of concrete. The discharge end shall be closed at the start of the work so as to prevent I water entering the tube and shall be entirely sealed. The tremie tube shall be kept sufficiently full to prevent the loss of the concrete seal. When a batch is dumped into the tube, the flow of concrete shall be I induced by slightly raising the discharge end, always keeping it in the deposited concrete. If at any time the seal is lost, the tremie shall be raised, the discharge end closed for a new start and then lowered into I position with the discharge end in the previously deposited concrete. Aluminum tremies will not be permitted. I De-watering may proceed when the seal concrete has been allowed to cure for a minimum of 72 hours at a water temperature above 45 degrees F. All laitance or other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed from the Iexposed surfaces which are to support other structural loads. I TS-301-22 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • Prior to the placement, the Contractor shall adv ise the Engineer of his methods for complying with these requirements. ' 301-2.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: A. General: Construction joints shall be made only where located on Plans or shown in the Placement Schedule, unless otherwise ' approved by the Engineer. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has ' hardened, the forms shall be re-tightened. The placing of concrete shall be carried continuously from joint to joint. ' The face edges of all joints which are exposed to view shall be carefully finished true to line and elevation. ' If not detailed on the Plans, or in the case ofemergency, construction joints shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. Shear keys or inclined reinforcement shall be used where necessary to transmit shear or bond the two sections together. Where shear keys or inclined reinforcement is not provided, the concrete shall be roughened as directed. ' B. Bonding: The surface of the hardened concrete shall be roughened in a manner that will not leave loosened particles of aggregates or damaged concrete at the surface. It shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter ' and laitance, and saturated with water. 301-2.12 FALSEWORK: ' Details ails for each unit of falsework construction for bridge span and ' overhang support systems, complete with dimensions, design calculations, and kind and condition of materials, shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to construction for informational and record purposes. ' These details shall be prepared and/or approved by a Registered Professional Engineer. Construction of the falsework shall be in accordance with the details submitted to the Engineer for informational ' purposes. The Contractor shall be responsible for the results obtained by the use of the falsework design. ' For designing falsework, a weight of 150 pounds per cubic foot shall be assumed for green concrete. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads without appreciable settlement or deformation. Falsework shall be set to give the finished structure the camber specified. ' TS-301-23 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • Falsework which cannot be founded on a satisfactory footing shall I be supported on piling which shall be spaced, driven, and removed as ' specified in the Contractor's falsework details. 301-2.13 FORMS: A. Standard Forms: Forms shall be mortar-tight and of sufficient rigidity to ' prevent distortion due to the pressure of the concrete and other loads incident to the construction operations. Forms shall be constructed and maintained so as to prevent warping and the opening of joints due to shrinkage of the lumber. The forms shall be substantial and unyielding and shall be so designed ' that the finished concrete will conform to the proper dimensions and contours. The design of the forms shall take into account the effect of vibration of concrete as it is placed. ' Forms for exposed surfaces shall be made of dressed lumber or plywood of uniform thickness, steel, or other approved materials which will provide a smooth surface, and shall be mortar-tight. Forms shall have a 3/4" fillet at all sharp corners unless otherwise directed. In the case of projections, such as girders and copings, forms shall be given a bevel or draft to ' insure easy removal. Metal snap-ties within the forms shall be so constructed as to permit their ' removal to a depth of at least 1" from the face of the concrete. Fittings for metal snap-ties shall be of such design that, upon removal, the cavities ' which are left will be of the smallest possible size. Metal inserts or anchorages within the forms shall be so constructed as to ' permit their removal to a depth of at least 1"from the face of the concrete or be covered by being embedded a minimum of 1" in the concrete. In case ordinary wire ties are permitted, all wires, upon removal of the forms, shall be cut back at least 1/4" from the face of the concrete. All cavities shall be filled with cement mortar and the surface left sound, ' smooth, even, and uniform in color. Forms shall be set and maintained true to the line designated until the ' concrete is sufficiently hardened. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the forms shall be re-tightened. Forms shall remain in place for the periods specified in Subsection 301-2.14. When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any way, either ' TS-301-24 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • before or during the placing of concrete, the Engineer shall order the work stopped until the defects have been corrected. ' The shape, strength, rigidity, waterti watertightness, and surface smoothness of 99 , re-used forms shall be maintained at all times. Any warped or bulged lumber must be re-sized before being re-used. ' For narrow walls and columns, where the bottom of the module is inaccessible, the lower portions of the forms shall be so constructed to facilitate cleaning out of extraneous material immediately before placing ' the concrete. Forms shall be cleaned before being set to line and grade and shall be oiled prior to placing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of the forms. Materials or methods used in oiling the forms shall not result in the discoloration of the concrete. In lieu of the conventional stationary forms, concrete parapet rail may be constructed by using an extrusion machine or other equipment specifically ' designed for constructing cast-in-place concrete parapet rail, provided the finished barrier is true to line and grade and the concrete is properly consolidated. ' B. Permanent Steel Deck Forms: An approved type of galvanized steel form, complying with the requirements shown on the Plans and these Specifications, may be used as an alternate to conventional removable forms for forming the bridge deck between the exterior beams or girders. These forms shall be designed to provide not less than the minimum ' concrete cover shown on the Plans for all reinforcing bars in the bottom of the slabs. The effective design depth of slab shall be maintained over the entire area of the deck. Provision shall be made to provide encasement of top flanges of beams or girders in compression except where shear connectors are provided. ' Detailed plans of proposed permanent steel deck forms shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer before work of forming the bridge deck is started. The approval of the Contractor's Plans shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor of any responsibility for the results obtained by the use of these approved Plans. Construction shall be in accordance with the approved Plans. All material and elements of the permanent steel deck form units shall be ' fabricated from steel conforming to ASTM A 446 (Grades A through E) having a coating class of G 165 according to ASTM A 525. Thickness TS-301-25 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 s • and grade of form sheets and form supports shall be pp designated on the Shop Drawings. In no case shall thickness be less than 22 gauge for 1 sheets and 16 gauge for form supports. 1 Permanent steel forms shall be designed on the basis of the dead load of the form, reinforcement, and the plastic concrete plus 50 psf for construction loads. Unit working stresses shall be in accordance with the standard specifications for construction loads and the unit stress in the steel sheet shall be not more than 0.725 of the specified minimum yield strength of the material furnished but not to exceed 36,000 psi. Maximum deflection shall be calculated using the weight of plastic concrete, reinforcement, and forms, or 120 psf, whichever is greater. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/180 of the form span or 1/2" whichever is 1 less. The form span for design and deflection shall be the clear distance between supports plus 2", but not less than the clear distance between the flanges of the supporting beams less 4" measured parallel to the form ' flutes. Physical design properties shall be computed in accordance with 1 requirements of the latest edition of AISI Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. All reinforcement shall have a minimum concrete cover of 1 inch. Bars in the bottom layer of the main reinforcement shall be approximately centered over the valleys of the forms when necessary to achieve the ' minimum 1" concrete cover. The distance from the top of the slab to the bottom layer of main slab reinforcement shall be not less than that shown 1 on the Plans. Permanent steel forms should not be used in panels where longitudinal 1 slab construction joints are located between stringers. All forms shall be installed in accordance with detailed fabrication plans ' submitted to the Engineer for approval. The fabrication plans shall clearly indicate locations and methods of attachment where the forms are supported by steel beam flanges subject to tensile stresses and without 1 shear connectors. Form sheets shall not be permitted to rest directly on the top of the ' stringer or floor beam flanges. Sheets shall be securely fastened to form supports and shall have a minimum bearing length of 1" at each end. Form supports shall be placed in direct contact with the flange or stringer ' or floor beam. All attachments shall be made by welds, bolts, clips, or other approved means. However, welding of form supports to flanges of 1 TS-301-26 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 1 • S steels other than ASTM A 36, A 441, A 588, and A 572 of a weldable grade and to those portions of a flange subject to tensile stresses shall 1 not be permitted. Welding shall be accomplished by certified welders and in accordance with ANSI/AASHTO/AWS D1.5-88. Except that 1/8" fillet welds will be permitted. 1 Provisions shall be made to keep the panels at an acceptable 1 temperature before placement of concrete. Calcium Chloride or any other admixture containing chloride salts shall 1 not be used in the concrete placed on permanent steel deck forms. After the deck concrete has been placed for a minimum of 2 days, the 1 following inspection procedure shall be followed: The forms shall be tested for soundness of the concrete and bonding of 1 the forms to the concrete by striking the form a sharp blow with a geologist hammer. As a minimum, the forms shall be struck at 10' intervals parallel to and 6" from the edge of the steel beam, and at 10' 1 intervals along the centerline of each bay between the beams in an X pattern with those along the beams, and at random points on a semicircle or circle, as applicable, with approximately 2' radius from the above 1 points. They shall be struck in other places as directed by the Engineer to define any suspicious or defective area. Areas where efflorescence is evident shall be thoroughly investigated. 1 The Contractor shall furnish all facilities such as ladders, scaffolding, etc., that will provide for a thorough inspection of the forms. 1 The striking of the forms shall be accomplished p in such a manner and at a 1 time that the sound is clearly audible. Properly bonded sheets attached to sound concrete will emit a clear rig when struck a sharp blow with a hammer. Honeycomb concrete and/or unbonded areas will give a 1 different sound such as a thud or clatter. The forms shall be removed full width between beams whenever the Engineer suspects that honeycomb or unbonded areas exist so that the Engineer may make a visual 1 examination of the concrete surface. Any defective concrete shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1 Where the use of the hammer as a testing device is neither practical nor feasible, the forms may be tested after the deck has been placed a 1 minimum of 10 days using a rifle firing 22 caliber short special gallery type ammunition in lieu of the hammer. The angle of incidence between the 1 TS-301-27 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 1 • • plane normal to the forms and the trajectory of the bullet shall be held to a minimum. 1 If sheets are properly bonded to sound concrete, a very light dent will be P P Y 9 1 made in the metal and the spelter coating will not be damaged. A plainly visible bright spot will remain around the dent. 1 If a small void or slight honeycomb exists behind the form, a deep dent, with metal cracked in the bottom of dent, will result. 1 If honeycomb exists, a clean hole approximately 1/4" in diameter will result. The actual depth of void can be seen when viewed through a transit or telescopic sights. Where this is the case, the form shall be 1 removed full width between beams so that the Engineer may make a visual examination of the concrete surface. Any defective concrete shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete to the satisfaction of the 1 Engineer. The amount of sounding and form removal may be reduced at the 1 Engineer's discretion, after a substantial amount of slab has been constructed and inspected, if the Contractor's methods of construction and the results of the inspections as outlined above indicate that sound 1 concrete is being obtained throughout. If the Contractor varies his procedures significantly, the initial inspection 1 procedure shall be used to verify that the new conditions are yielding desirable results. 1 Any forms which must be removed because of unsatisfactory test results shall be removed by a metal saw or air-carbon-arc gouging with minimum 1 damage to the concrete. The cut in the forms parallel t the corrugations shall be located in a non-horizontal lap section of the corrugation. The cuts parallel to the beam shall be through the supporting angles taking ' care not to damage the structural steel beams. All concrete which is found defective or is damaged in removing a section 1 of the form for inspection shall be repaired to match the adjacent concrete in section and color. All repair work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1 Payment for forms will be made and fully covered under the unit price bid for superstructure concrete. No direct or additional payment of any kind 1 will be made because of the use of these forms. Payment will be made for Class S(AE) concrete in place in the bridge decks on the basis of the 1 TS-301-28 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • • thickness specified on the Plans not including any excess thickness used and not including any concrete in portions of haunches which may be omitted because of the use of these forms. 301-2.14 REMOVAL OF FALSEWORK AND FORMS: In the determination of the time for the removal of falsework and forms and the discontinuance of heating, consideration shall be given to the location and character of the structure, the weather and other conditions influencing the setting of the concrete, and the materials used in the mix. Removal of falsework and forms shall be in accordance with the following schedule: ' Minimum Strength Time Requirement Bottom Forms for Deck Slabs, 7 days Min. Spec. • Beams, and Caps Top Slabs of RC Box Culverts 7 days 80% Spec. Forms for Columns and 24 hours N/A Vertical Walls Side Forms for Footings, 12 hours N/A Beams, and Caps Side Forms for Parapets, Median 6 hours N/A Barriers, and Curb Faces 1 ' Forms on surfaces which will require a Class 2 finish in accordance with Subsection 301-2.18 shall be removed at the earliest time permitted under these Specifications in order to begin finishing operations. ' Forms and their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer. Supports shall be removed in such a manner as to permit the concrete to uniformly and gradually take the stresses due to its own weight. Methods of form removal likely to cause overstressing of or damage to the concrete shall not be used. I TS-301-29 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • • 301-2.15 WEATHER AND TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS AND PROTECTION OF CONCRETE: ' When the ambient te mperature at the placement site is 85 degrees F. and rising, an approved retarding agent shall be required in all concrete used in bridge superstructures. A retarding agent will not be required in concrete used for bridge deck curb, parapet, railing, posts, sidewalks, or median treatment provided they are not placed monolithically with the deck itself. 1 When the internal temperature of the plastic concrete in bridge decks reaches 85 degrees F., the Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to insure that the temperature of succeeding batches does ' not exceed 90 degrees F. Concrete batches with temperatures in excess of 90 degrees F. will be rejected. This method used to control the concrete temperature shall be approved in writing by the Engineer. The ' temperature of the plastic concrete shall be determined immediately prior to its being deposited in the forms by inserting a thermometer to a depth consistent with the capabilities of the thermometer being used to obtain a ' true reading. Prior to beginning placement, the Contractor shall insure that sufficient materials, labor, and equipment are available during placement to implement the previously approved cooling process. The maximum mix temperature for all Class B and nd B(AE) concrete at time of placing shall be 75 degrees F. This requirement will be strictly adhered ' to and any concrete delivered to the job site which does not meet this provision will be rejected. Methods used to meet this requirement shall ' be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Methods that may be used to meet this provision include using ice in the mixing water, storing cement and aggregates in cool or shaded locations, and/or watering down of ' coarse aggregates. Cooling by watering of fine aggregates will not be allowed. ' No concrete shall be placed unless the temperature of the concrete is more than 50 degrees F. when placed. If heating of the ingredients is necessary to meet this criterion, it shall be accomplished by a method such as dry heat or steam and not by direct flame. Water shall not be heated to more than 180 degrees F., and shall be combined with the aggregate before the addition of cement. Frozen aggregates may not be ' used. After concrete is placed, it shall be protected by insulated forms, blankets, enclosing and heating, and/or any other method approved by the TS-301-30 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • Engineer which will maintain ain the temperature adjacent to the concrete at a ' minimum of 50 degrees F. for at least 5 days. For Class B and B(AE) concrete, forms shall remain in place 4 days after ' placing any time the temperature is below 40 degrees F. or forecast to drop below 40 degrees F. In addition, exposed top surfaces of the concrete shall be protected with an insulated blanket. The surface of the ' concrete shall not be saturated when it is exposed to freezing air temperatures. The Contractor shall have available and ready for immediate use sufficient materials and equipment for maintaining the temperature of the concrete as required above. Concrete that has been frozen or damaged due to weather conditions shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. ' 301-2.16 CURING CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES: ' A. Materials: Materials used in curing concrete shall conform to one of the following types: ' 1. Burlap-polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. ' 2. Polyethylene sheeting shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. 3. Copolymer/synthetic blanket shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. Copolymer/synthetic blankets shall be a ' composite of a copolymer membrane material coated over a layer of absorbend nonwoven synethic fabric weighing at least 6 ounches per square yard, uniform in appearance, and free from ' visible defects. 4. Other approved sheeting materials shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 171. 5. Membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 148 of the type approved by the Engineer. B. Application: The exposed concrete, immediately after finishing, shall be covered with one of the curing materials listed above and shall be kept continuously and thoroughly wet for a period of not less than 5 days after TS-301-31 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • the concrete is placed. Membrane curing does of require the application of additional moisture, except as required for bridge roadway surfaces. ' All Class B and B(AE) concrete shall be cured by free moisture. Water ' curing shall be provided for all exposed surfaces for a period of 14 days. Membrane curing compound shall not be used on surfaces requiring a ' Class 2 finish. Clear membrane curing compound shall be used as an interim cure for concrete bridge roadway surfaces and shall be applied immediately after final finishing. Final curing of bridge decks shall be by mats or blankets and shall be begun immediately after completing the surface test ' specified in Subsection 301-2.18, Class 5. The mats or blankets shall be kept continuously and thoroughly wet for a period of 5 days after the concrete is placed. ' When membrane curing is used, the exposed concrete shall be thoroughly sealed by applying the membrane curing colution immeditely after the free water has left the surface. The concrete inside the forms shall be sealed immediately after the forms are removed and necessary finishing has been done. For uniform application in the field on vertical Iconcrete suraces, the specified rate of application may be achieved by two coats applied at an interval of approximately 1 hour. ' The Contractor shall provide satisfactory equipment and means to properly control and assure the direct application of the curing solution on ' the concret surface so as to result in a uniform coverage at the rate of 1 gallon for each 125 square feet of area. If rain falls on the newly coated concrete before the film has dried sufficiently to resist dmage, or if the film is damaged in any other manner, a new coat of the solution shall be applied to the affected portions equal in curing value to that specified above. 301-2.17 EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS: Joints shall be constructed according to the details shown on the Plans. ' A. Joint Materials: 1. Materials for filling and sealing expansion joints shall be as shown ' on the Plans and shall conform to the following requirements, as applicable: I TS-301-32 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • a. Type 1 fil ler joint shall be a uniform mixture of sawdust and ' asphalt material in the proportion of one part asphalt to four parts sawdust, by volume. Asphalt material used shall be either MC-250 or Ss-1 in accordance with Subsection ' 403.03. When this material is specified, the joint shall be filled to within 1" of the pavement surface. The top 1" shall be sealed with a material complying with the requirements of AASHTO M 173. ' b. Type 2 joint filler shall be preformed, non-extruding, and resilient type, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 153 Type I (sponge rubber) to type III (self-expanding cork), ' except that the Type III (self-expanding cork) shall have a minimum expansion of 135% and be within + 0.1" of the specified plan thickness. 2. The material for filling and sealing longitudinal, warping, contraction, and other specified joints shall be as shown on the ' Plans and shall conform to the following requirements: a. Backer rod filler for Types 3, 4, and 5 joint shall be of 1 resilient material approximately 1/8" larger in diameter than the width of the joint to be sealed. The rod shall be ' compatible with the sealant or any component of the joint sealant system. No adverse reaction shall occur between the backup material, sealant, and primer. No bond shall occur between the backup material and the sealant system for Types 3 and 4 joint sealer. b. Type 3 joint sealer shall be a one part silicone formulation which does not require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid ' cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. ' c. Type 4 joint sealer shall be a one part silicone formulation which does require a primer for bond to concrete. The compound shall be compatible with concrete. Acetic acid ' cure sealants are not acceptable. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. ' d. Type 5 joint sealer shall be a hot poured elastomeric joint sealant. The material shall meet the requirements of TS-301-33 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • AASHTO M 282 A( STM D 3406). The appendix of that ' specification shall be considered a part of this Specification. The material shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. ' e. Type 6 joint sealer shall be a 2 component cold poured, synthetic polymer, meeting the requirements of ASTM D ' 1850 with the exception of penetration which shall not exceed 100 and resilience (both original cured sample and oven aged) which shall be a minimum of 70%. The material ' shall be one listed on the Department's Qualified Products List. ' f. Type 7 joint filler shall be a hot poured elastic type meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 173. B. Open Joints: Open joints shall be placed in the locations shown on the Plans and shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping or breaking the corners of the concrete. Reinforcement shall not extend across an open joint unles specified on the Plans. 1 C. Filled Joints: Poured expansion shall p joints be constructed similar to open joints. When premolded types are specified, the filler sahll be in the ' correct position when the concrete on the second side of the joint is placed. A joint sealer is required in addition to the joint filler. The cavity ' for the sealer shall be formed by the insertion and subsequent removal of a wood strip, metal plate, or other approved material. When required, adequate water stops of metal, rubber, or plastic shall be carefully placed ' as shown on the Plans. All faces of the joint to be sealed shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand blasting, water blasting, or other approved methods prior to placing the joint seal material. ' 1. Poured joint sealer shall meet the requirements. 2. Preformed expansion joint filler, non-extruding and resilient types, ' shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 153 tuype I (sponge rubber) or Type III (self-expanding cork), except that the Type III (self-expanding cork) shall be required to have a minimum expansion of 125% and be within ±0.1" of the specified plan thickness. ' TS-301-34 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • D. Steel Joints: Pl ates, angles, or other structural shapes shall be ' accurately shaped, at the shop, to conform to the section of the concrete floor. The fabrication and painting shall coform to the requirements of the Specifications covering those items. When called for on the Plans or in ' the Special Provisions, the material shall be galvanized in lieu of painting. Care shall be taken to insure that the surface in the finished plane is ture ' and free of warping. Positive methods shall be employed in placing the joints to keep them in correct position during the placing of the concrete. The opening at expansion joints shall be that designated on the Plans at 60 degrees F., and care shall be taken to avoid impairment of the clearance in any manner. ' E. Felt Joints: Joint material and bearing pads shall consist of a roofing felt saturated and coated on both sides with asphalt, and coated on one side with powdered mineral matter such as talc or mica, and sahll conform to ASTM D 224. Where Standard Drawings indicate the use of 45# roofing felt, this material shall meet or exceed the requirements for ASTM D 224 Type I. F. Water Stops and Flashing: Water stops and flashing p shall be furnished and placed as provided on the Plans. They shall be spliced, welded, rsoldered, or otherwise joined to form continuous watertight joints and shall conform to the following requirements: 1 1. Copper water stops and flashing shall conform to ASSHTO M 138, unless otherwise specified on the Plans. Sheet copper shall meet ' the embrittlement test of Section 10 of AASHTO M 138. 2. Rubber water stops shall be formed from synthetic rubber made ' exclusively from neoprene, reinforcing carbon black, zinc oxide, polymerization agents, and softeners. This compound shall contain not less than 70% by volume of neoprene. The tensile strength shall not be less than 2750 psi with an elongation at breaking of 600%. The Shore Durometer indication (hardness) shall be between 50 and 60. After 7 days in air at 158 degrees + 2 ' degrees F. or after 4 days in oxygen at 158 degrees + 2 degrees F. and 300 psi pressure, the tensile strength shall be not less than 65% of the original. ' The water stops shall be formed with an integral cross section in suitable molds so as to produce a uniform section with a ' permissible variation indimension of 1/32" plus or minus. No splices will be permitted in straight strips. Strips and special TS-301-35 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • I connection pie ces ces shall be wel cured in a manner such that any I cross section shall be dense, homogeneous, and free from all porosity. Junctions in the special connection pieces shhll be full molded. During the vulcanizing period, the joints shall be securely I held by suitable clamps. The material at the splices shal be dense and homogeneous throughout the cross section. I 3. Polyvinylchloride water stops shall be manufactured by the extrusion process from an elastomeric plsatic compound, the base resin of which shhll be polyvinylchloride (PVC). The compound I shall contain any additional resins, plasticizers, stbilizers, or other materials needed to insure that, when the material is compounded, it will meet the performance requirements given in this ISpecification. No reclaimed PVC or other material shall be used. The water stops shall be of the size and shape shown on the I Plans. They shall be dense, homogeneous, and without holes or other defects. IThe material shall comply with the following physical requirements when tested under the indicated ASTM test method. ISpecific Gravity ASTM D 792 1.35 max. Durometer Hardness ASTM D 2240 75+ 5 Tensile Strength ASTM D 412 1800 psi min. I Elongation ASTM D 412 350% Cold Brittleness ASTM D 7 -35°F IStiffness in Flexture ASTM D 747 350 psi min. The Manufacturer shall be responsible for the testing, either in his I own or a recognized commercial laboratroy, and shall submit three certified copies of test results. I 301-2.18 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES: A. General: Surface finishes shall be classified as follows: IClass 1. Ordinary Surface Finish Class 2. Rubbed Finish IClass 3. Sprayed Finish Class 4. Exposed Aggregate Finish Class 5. Tined Bridge Roadway Surface Finish IClass 6. Broomed Finish Class 7. Grooved Bridge Roadway Surface finish ITS-301-36 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ' All concrete shall be given a Class 1, Ordinary Surface Finish. In addition, if further finishing is required, such other types of finish will be as specified herein. The following surface shsall be given a Class 2 finish except when a Class 3 finish is specified in the Plans: ' All Structures. Exposed surfaces of retaining walls, surfaces of concrete rails, rail posts, rail end posts, rail bases, and parapets, including the ' outside face. Highway Grade Separation Strucrures and Railroad Underpasses. Surfaces above finished ground of piers, columns, abutments, and retaining walls; the outside vertical surfaces of parapets, slabs, and girders; and the underneath side of the overhang outside the exterior ' beam. At the option of the contractor, a Class 3 finish may be used on all surfaces requiring a Class 2 finish provided the same class of finish is used on the entire job. Sidewalks shall be given a Class 6 finish. ' Curbs shall be given a Class 2 or Class 6 finish. Bridge roadway surfaces shall be given a Class 5 finish unless Class 7 finish is specified on the Plans. B. The various classes of surface finish are defined as follows: ' 1. Class 1, Ordinary Surface Finish: Immediately following the removal of forms, fins, and irregular projections shall be removed ' from all surfaces except from those which are not to be exposed or are not to be waterproofed. On all surfaces, the cavities produced by form ties and all other holes, broken corners or edges, and other defects shall be thoroughly cleaned, and after having been thoroughly saturated with water, shall be carefully pointed and trued with a mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in the ' proportion of 1:2. Mortar used in pointing shall be not more than 1 hour old. The concrete shall then be rubbed or sprayed, if required, and cured as specified under Subsection 301-2.16. ' Construction and expansion joints in the completed work shall be ' TS-301-37 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • left carefully tooled and free of mortar and concrete. The joint filler ' shall be left exposed for its full length with clean and true edges. The resulting surfaces shall be true and uniform. Repaired ' surfaces, the appearance of which is not satisfactory to the Engineer, shall be rubbed as specified under Class 2 finish. ' Exposed surfaces not protected by forms shall be struck off with a straightedge and finished with a wood float to a true and even surface. The use of additional mortar to provide a plastered or grout finish will not be permitted. The tops of caps in the area of the bridge seat shall be finished ' with a steel trowel or by grinding to a smooth finish and true slope at the proper elevation. 2. Class 2, Rubbed Finish: After removal of forms, the rubbing of ' concrete shall be started as soon as its condition will permit. Immediately before starting this work the concrete shall be thoroughly saturated with water. Sufficient time shall have elapsed before the wetting down to allow the mortar used in the pointing of rod holes and defects to thoroughly set. Surfaces to be finished ' shall be rubed with a medium coarse carborundum stone, using a small amount of mortar on its face. The mortar shall be composed of cement and fine sand mixed in proportions used in the concrete ' being finished. Rubbing shall be continued until form marks, projections, and irregularities have been removed, voids filled, and a uniform surface has been obtained. The paste produced by this ' rubbing shall be left in place at this time. After concrete above the surface being treated has been cast, the ' final finish shall be obtained by rubbing with a fine carborundum stone and water. This rubbing shall be continued until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color. ' After the final rubbing is completed and the surface has dried, it shall be rubbed with burlap to remove loose powder and shhll be ' left free from all unsound patches, paste, powder, and objectionable marks. ' 3. Class 3. Sprayed Finish: The material for sprayed finish shall be a commercial papint type texturing product produced specifically for TS-301-38 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • this purpose, andnon-alkyd p shall consist of a synthetic non resin containing meca, perlite, non-biodegradable fibers, and durable tinting pigments. The material shall meet the requirements of AHTD Test Method 806. Testing and Certification. All testing shall be performed by a ' qualified commercil testing laboratory acceptable to the Department. Prior to use, certified test results from the commercial independent testing laboratory on accelerated weathering, ' chemical analysis of formulation, and physical properties listed in AHTD Test Method 806 will be furnished to the Engieer. Testing of the formulation by a commercial independent testing laboratory will be required every five years or whenever the performance is not satisfactory. Complete re-testing will be required when the formulation changes. Infrared spectra of the synthetic resin binder ' will be provided with the original certification and each re-test. Each shipment of the satisfactorily tested product shall be ' accompanied by a certificate from the Manufacturer attesting that the commercial product furnished conforms to the same formula as that previously subjected to the specified tests, and approved. ' Copies of the test reports shall be attached to the Certificate. ' Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the color of the sprayed finish shall be concret gray, equal or close to Shade 36622 of the Federal Color Standard 595A. ' Surfaces to be coated shall be free from efflorescence, flaking, coatings, dirt, oil, and other foreign substances. The sprayed finish ' shall not be applied over surfaces cured with membrane curing compound until 30 days has elapsed from applciation of the membrane. Prior to appliction of spray finish, the surface shall be ' free of moisture, as determined by sight and touch, and in a condition consistent with the Manfuactuer's published recommendations. The spray finish shall be applied at a rate of 1 gallon per 50 square ' feet with hevy duty spray equipment, such as 4:1 ratio pump or larger, capable of maintaining a constant pressure as necessary for proper application. ' TS-301-39 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • The completed finish sh all hall be tightly bonded to the structure and ' shall present a uniform appearance and texture equal to or better than that required for rubbed finish. If necessary, an additional coat or coats shall be applied to produce the desired surface texture and uniformity. Upon failure to adhere positively to the structure without chipping or cracking, or to attain the desired surface appearance, the coating shall be removed from the structure and the surface given a rubbed finish, or another approved finish satisfactory to the Engineer. 4. Class 4, Exposed Aggregate Finish: This type of finish shall be produced by scrubbing the surface of green concrete with stiff wire or fiber brushes, using a solution of muriatic acid in the proportion ' of 1 part acid to 4 parts water, or by sand blasting, until the cement film or surface is completely removed and the aggregate particles are exposed. The amount of aggregate exposure will be specified on the Plans or designated by the Engineer. Any surface treated with muriatic acid shall be thoroughly washed with water to which a small amount of ammonia has been added to remove all traces of the acid. The resulting surface shall be an even pebbled texture. 5. Class 5, tined Bridge Roadway Surface Finish: the concrete bridge ' roadway surface shall be given a finish with a burlap drag, followed by tining. ' The surface shall be finished by dragging a seamless strip of damp burlap over the full width of the roadway surface. The burlap drag shall consist of sufficient layers of burlap and have sufficient length ' in contact with the concrete to slightly groove the surface, and shall be moved forward with a minimum bow of the lead edge. The drag shall be kept damp, clean, and free of particles of hardened concrete. The tining shall be terminated with a transition in depth 18" from 1 the gutter line. 6. Class 6, Broom Finish: After the concrete has been deposited in ' place, it shall be consolidated and the surface shall be struck off by means of a strike board, floated, and broomed. An edging tool shall be used on edges and expansion joints. The surface shall ' not vary more than 1/4" under a 10' straightedge. The surface shall have a granular or matte texture. TS-301-40 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • S 7. Class 7, Grooved Bridge Roadway Surface Finish: Following straightedging in accordance with Subsection 301-12.19 and after ' all excess moisture has disappeared, the concrete shall be given a finish with a belt or a burlap drag, prior to the grooved finish. The belted finish shall be accomplished by two applications of a soft, flexible belt of approved composition of from 8" to 12" in width. ' The belt shall be moved forward with a combined transverse and longitudinal motion, the longitudinal advance being very slight for the first belting, but with a sweeping motion for the final belting. Care shall be exercised that the belting operation does not work the crown out of the deck surface. Just before the concrete attains its initial set, the surface shall be given the final belting with the Ipurpose of producing a uniform surface of roughened texture. The burlap drag finish shall be accomplished by dragging a ' seamless strip of damp burlap over the full width of the surface. The burlap drag shall consist of sufficient layers of burlap and have sufficient length in contact with the concrete to slightly groove the ' surface and shall be moved forward with a minimum bow of the leading edge. the drag shall be kept damp, clean, and free of particles of hardened concrete. The bridge roadway surface shall be grooved perpendicular to the centerline wth grooves extending across the slab to within 18" of the gutter lines. ' The grooves shall be cut into the concrete using a mechanical sawing device which will leave grooves 1/8" to 3/16" in depth and spaced on 1/2" to 3/4" centers. Grooving blades shall be 0.75" to ' 0.125" wide. Sawing shall not be performed before the end of the normal curing. Residue from the grooving operations shall be removed and the bridge deck thoroughly cleaned. Residue shall not be permitted to enter drainage facilities or streams. 1 TS-301-41 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 I • • IITEM 304 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS I 304- 1.0 DESCRIPTION: IThis item shall consist of the construction of a concrete sidewalk to the depth and section as shown on the plans, and in conformity with the i locations, lines, and grades shown on the plans, or as directed. 304-2.0 MATERIALS: ICement, aggregates, and water shall conform to the requirements of DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE for Class B Concrete. ill 304-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: IA. Subgrade Preparation: I The bottom of the excavation or the top of the fill shall be known as the pavement subgrade and shall conform to the lines, grade, and cross sections shown in the plans. IAll soft and yielding material and portions of the subgrade that will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed and Ireplaced with suitable material. The subgrade shall be brought to a firm and unyielding condition I by compacting it to uniform density. Soil should be compacted at, or slightly above, standard optimum moisture. I All utility trenches and structure excavations shall be backfilled to natural or finished grade with granular material as soon as conditions permit. All backfill shall be compacted with mechanical Itampers in layers not over six inches in compacted thickness to densities similar to that of surrounding soils. IConcrete shall not be placed on a soft, spongy, frozen, or otherwise unsuitable subgrade. The subgrade shall be moist when concrete is placed. I I ITS-304-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • S ' B. Concrete Placement: Ready-mixed concrete hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators ' shall be deposited in place within 90 minutes from the time water is added to the mix. Before placing concrete, free standing water, snow, ice, or other foreign materials shall be removed from the subgrade. All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned, secured in position, and coated with a ' form-release agent. Concrete shall be placed, struck off, consolidated, and finished to ' plan grade with a mechanical finishing machine, vibrating screed, or by hand-finishing methods when approved. Pavement shall be pitched to area drains or perimeter areas to remove water. C. Thickness and Slope: Sidewalks shall be a minimum of four (4) inches thick with four (4) inches of compacted SB-2 base underneath. Sidewalks shall slope one-fourth (1/4) inch per foot toward the street unless existing topography requires a slope toward the property line. D. Finishing: After concrete has been struck off and consolidated, a bullfloat may be used to remove any high or low spots. Bullfloat use shall be confined to a minimum. A final skid-resistant finish shall be made with a burlap drag or broom. ' E. Curing: ' Concrete shall be cured by protecting it from loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical injury for at least three days after placement. After all free water has disappeared from the ' surface, a liquid membrane-forming compound or other approved curing material shall be uniformly sprayed on all exposed surfaces. Rate of application shall be in accordance with manufacturer's ' recommendations. ' When concrete is being placed in cold weather and the temperature may drop below 35°F, straw, hay, insulated curing ' TS-304-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • S blankets or other suitable material sha ll be provided along the line of work to prevent freezing of concrete. Concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. ' F. Joints: Unless shown on the project drawings, a jointing plan shall be ' prepared by the Contractor and approved before paving begins. Maximum joint spacing shall be the width of the sidewalk installed. Control joints or contraction joints shall be formed by one of the following methods: sawing, forming by hand, forming by premolded filler, or using full depth construction joints. Joint depth shall be a ' minimum of one-fourth the slab thickness. Handformed joints shall have a maximum edge radius of 1/4 inch. Sawing of joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit ' sawing without excessive raveling. All joints shall be completed before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occur. All such joints shall be completed within 24 hours of placing the concrete. Joints shall ' be continuous across the slab. Expansion joints shall be made of three quarter (3/4) inch felt and ' shall be spaced at maximum one hundred (100) foot intervals. Expansion joints and contraction joints shall be spaced so that they align with the joints in any adjacent concrete curb and gutter. I ' TS-304-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • ITEM 310 REINFORCING STEEL FOR STRUCTURES ' 310.01 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of reinforcing steel and miscellaneous accessories ' of the quality, type, size, and quantity designated, which shall be furnished and placed in concrete structures in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the details shown on the Plans, or as directed. 310.02 MATERIALS: A. Bar Reinforcement: Bar reinforcement for concrete in sizes up to and including #18 shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A ' 615 or A 617. B. Wire and Wire Fabric: Wire shall conform to the requirements for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement, of ASTM A 82. ' Wire fabric, when used as reinforcement in concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185. The type of wire fabric shall be approved by the Engineer. ' C. Bar Mat Reinforcement: ' Bar mat reinforcement for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 184. ' D. Epoxy Coating: When specified, reinforcing steel bars shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 775 using a coating material which shall meet the requirements of Annex Al of ASTM A 775. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer three copies of a written certification that properly identifies the number of each ' batch of coating material used in the order; and the material, quantity represented, date of manufacture, and name and address of manufacturer; and a statement that the supplied coating material ' meets the requirements of annex Al of ASTM A 775. ' TS-310-1 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I 0 • I Patching material, compatible with coating p material and inert in I concrete, and meeting the requirements of Annex Al of ASTM A 775, shall be provided by the epoxy coating manufacturer. I310.03 BAR LISTS AND BENDING DIAGRAMS: All reinforcing steel shall be fabricated to conform to the details shown on I the Plans. Pins used for bending reinforcing steel shall be equal to or larger than that shown on the Plans. Bar lists and bending diagrams for reinforcing steel and bar supports will not be reviewed or approved by the I Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the fabricated reinforcing steel. I 310.04 PROTECTION OF MATERIAL: Steel reinforcement shall be protected from damage. When placed in the Iwork, it shall be free from dirt, detrimental rust or scale, paint, oil, or other foreign substance. Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the ground on skids, platforms, or other supports. Epoxy coating damaged during fabrication, shipping, or installation shall be patched in accordance with Section 12 of ASTM A 775. Damaged Iareas less than 0.1 square inch need not be repaired but all areas larger than 0.1 square inch shall be repaired. The maximum amount of damage shall not exceed 2% of the surface area of each bar. All damaged areas Ishall be patched with the material in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. Patching will be required on all sheared or cut ends of bars, I end areas left bare during the coating process, and any areas where the entire coating is removed. All repairs shall be completed as soon as practicable and, in the case of bare end areas and sheared ends, before I visible oxidation of the surface occurs. Epoxy coated bars shall not be flame cut. I The Contractor shall exercise caution when placing and vibrating concrete to prevent any damage to epoxy coated bars. In order to prevent the vibrator from damaging the coated bars, the head shall be I covered with a sheet of rubber or a similar material as approved by the Engineer. I I I TS-310-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • ' 310.05 FABRICATION, SHIPPING, AND HANDLING: Bar reinforcement shall be bent to the shapes shown on the Plans. ' Bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field bent, except as shown on the Plans or specifically permitted by the Engineer. Radii for bends shall be as shown on the Plans. When not shown on the Plans, radii bends on the inside of bars shall be as specified below: Bar Size Minimum Radii ' Stirrups and Ties 4 bar diameters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 6 bar diameters 9, 10, or 11 8 bar diameters ' 14 or 18 10 bar diameters Bar reinforcement shall be shipped in standard bundles, tagged, and ' marked in accordance with the Code of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute. ' Epoxy coated bars shall be prepared for shipment by use of excelsior or equivalent padded metal bands, or other methods which will prevent ' damage during shipment. Caution shall be used to avoid dragging or dropping the bundles. If bundled together for shipment, the bundles should be small, tightly banded with padded bands, and should be lifted ' with strong back, multiple supports, or a platform bridge to prevent bar to bar abrasion from sags in the bar bundle, and shall be stored on padded and/or wooden supports. All systems for handling coated bars shall have ' padded contact areas. If, in the judgement of the Engineer, the coating is damaged to the extent that the coating no longer provides the intended protection, the material shall be returned to the coating applicator for repair or replacement. Patching materials or any required repair of the coating, shall be at no coat to the State. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer, in writing, at least 10 days prior ' to performing any of the cleaning or coating operations. ' TS-310-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • The or Engineer his is representative shall have free access to the shop for ' inspection, and every facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. On a random basis, lengths of coated bars, other than the additional test bars, may be taken by the Engineer from the production run at the point of ' coating application. The Contractor or his representative shall have free access to the shop ' for inspection, and every facility shall be extended to him for this purpose. On a random basis, lengths of coated bars, other than the additional test bars, may be taken by the Engineer from the production run at the point of ' coating application. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the coating applicator's ' certification in triplicate, certifying that all materials used, the preparation of the bars, coating, and curing were done in accordance with these specifications and that no bars contain more than two holidays per linear ' foot. The certification shall include or have attached specific results of tests of coating thickness and flexibility of coating. 310.06 PLACING AND FASTENING: Steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on ' the Plans and firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete. Bars shall be tied at all intersections except where spacing is less than 1' in each direction, in which case alternate intersections shall be tied. Bundled bars shall be tied together at not more than 6' centers. ' Bar positions or clearances from the forms shall be maintained by means of stays, ties, hangers, or other approved devices. Metal bar supports ' which are in contact with the exterior surface of the concrete shall have protection conforming with the CRSI Specifications, Class 1 for Plastic Protected Bar Supports and Class 2 for Stainless Steel Bar supports, with 1 the further provision that the plastic protection may be applied either by a dipping operation or by the addition of premolded plastic tips to the legs of the supports. Epoxy Coated Bar Supports which are coated in accordance with the provisions of ASTM A 775 using a coating material meeting the requirements of'annex 1 of ASTM A 775 may be substituted for Plastic Protected Bar Supports or Stainless Steel Bar Supports. All ' high chairs and bar bolsters shall be metal. Plastic bar supports shall not be used. ' TS-310-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. i i When concrete is to rest on an excavated surface, layers of bars shall be supported above the surface by metal chairs or by precast mortar or concrete blocks. The use of rocks, pieces of stone or brick, pipe, wooden block,s or chunks of concrete will not be permitted as bar supports or ' spacers. Reinforcement shall be placed by the Contractor and then inspected and approved by the Engineer before the placing of concrete begins. concrete placed in violation of this provision may be rejected and removal required. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the spacing of supports shall conform to the recommendations of CRSI. If fabric reinforcement is shipped in rolls, it shall be straightened into flat sheets before being placed. Epoxy coated bars shall be placed on plastic coated or epoxy coated ' metal supports and shall be held in place by use of plastic coated tie wires or molded plastic clips especially fabricated for this purpose. Bar supports for epoxy coated bars shall be fully coated metal supports. Epoxy coated bar supports shall meet the recommendations of CRSI Specifications. In placing epoxy coated bars, care shall be maintained to prevent, as far as is practical, coated bars from being damaged. ' After the coated bars are secured to bar sup ports, a final visual inspection shall be made and all uncoated or damaged areas coated or repaired as required by the Engineer. ' Any bar supports which deform under foot traffic or other construction activities shall not be used. ' 310.07 SPLICING: Reinforcing steel shall be furnished in the full lengths specified on the ' Plans. Bars spliced as a result of unforeseen construction conditions or sequences will require the written approval of the Engineer. Splices shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Secondary reinforcing used for distribution of loads, such as longitudinal bars in box culverts, retaining walls, and slabs for steel girder spans, may be lapped 32 bar diameters minimum if bars are #6 or smaller. Primary reinforcing for columns and retaining walls, which require splicing as a ' result of the lowering of footings, shall be spliced at the upper end of the ' TS-310-5 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • original bars. Required lengths of splices for primary reinforcing shall be ' obtained from the Bridge Engineer. In lapped splices, the bars shall be placed in contact and fastened together in such a manner as to maintain the minimum distance to the surface of the concrete as shown on the Plans. Welding of reinforcing steel shall be done only if detailed on the Plans or if authorized in writing ' by the Engineer. 310.08 LAPPING: Sheets of wire fabric or bar mat reinforcement shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be securely fastened ' at the ends and edges. The lap shall be not less than one space of wire fabric or bar. 310.09 SUBSTITUTIONS: Bar size substitutions will be permitted only with specific authorization by the Engineer. The substituted bars shall have an area equivalent to or ' larger than the design area. 310.10 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Steel rein forcement incorporated in the concrete will be measured in ' pounds based on the total computed weight for the sizes and lengths of bars, wire fabric, or mats shown on the Plans or revised by the Engineer. ' The quantities shown on the Plans will be considered as the final quantities and no further measurement will be made unless, in the opinion of the Engineer or upon evidence furnished by the Contractor, substantial ' variations exist between quantities shown on the Plans and actual quantities due to changes in alignment or dimensions or to apparent errors. ' Epoxy coated reinforcing steel will be measured by thepound, based on the theoretical number of pounds calculated on the nominal weight before application of the epoxy coating materials. No allowance will be made for the epoxy coating material, the coating process, accessories, or the testing required by the Manufacturer or applicator as specified above. ' The weight of wire fabric will be computed p d from the theoretical weight of plain wire. If the weight per square foot is given on the Plan, that weight will be used. ' TS-310-6 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • Bar No. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Weight .376 .668 1.043 1.502 2.044 2.670 ' (lbs. per lin. ft.) ' Bar No. 9 10 11 14 18 Weight 3.400 4.303 5.313 7.65 13.60 (lbs. per lin. ft.) ' The weight of plain bars will be computed from the theoretical weight of plain round bars of the same nominal size as shown in the following table: Bar Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Weight .167 .376 .668 1.043 1.502 2.044 2.670 (lbs. per lin. ft.) ' If bars are substituted at the Contractor's request, and as a result, more steel is used than specified, only the amount specified will be measured for payment. ' When lap s are made from splices other than those shown on the Plans, for the convenience of the Contractor, the extra steel will not be measured for payment. • ' TS-310-7 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 DIVISION 19 I • • ITEM 1901 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1901-1.1 DESCRIPTION: IThis item shall consist of the construction of concrete curb and gutter in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the locations, Ilines and grades shown on the plans or as directed. 1901-2.1 MATERIALS: IThe cement, aggregates and water shall meet the requirements of Division 3.I 1901-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: IAll curb and gutters shall be six (6) inch by twenty-four (24) inch Portland Cement Concrete with six inch (6") vertical or roller type curb. All curb and gutters shall be 3,000 PSI Class B(AE) Portland Cement Concrete at I twenty-eight (28) days. Contraction joints shall be sawn one and one half (1-1/2) inches in depth, shall be spaced at twenty (20) foot maximums and three quarter (3/4) inch felt expension joints shall be spaced at one I hundred (100) foot maximums. The expansion joints shall extend through the curb and gutter for the full depth. Contraction joints and expansion I joints shall align with the joints in any adjacent sidewalk. All sawn joints shall be completed within twenty-four (24) hours of placing the concrete. ICurb and gutters shall be placed on a firm unyielding subgrade to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Forms shall be of metal or wood, free from warp and of sufficient strength to resist springing Iduring the process of depositing concrete. The forms shall be securely staked, braced, set and held firmly to the required line and grade. All forms shall be cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed against them. ICompleted curb and gutters shall be cured with a white pigmented membrane or wet burlap for seventy-two (72) hours. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be covered and cured. I ITS-1901-1 Copyright© 1997 ICrafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ' Upon completion of all work on the project, the Contractor shall pick up all debris and refuse caused by his operations. He shall blade the area behind the curbs and sweep the street surface as necessary to leave the ' project in a neat and presentable condition. All areas outside the street right-of-way disturbed by his operations shall also be bladed smooth. The cost of this clean up shall be included with the price paid for curb and gutter. I ' TS-1901-2 Copyright© 1997 ' Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • ITEM 1909 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX BINDER COURSE 1909.1 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of a binder course composed of a compacted ' mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement and shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade; or on a completed and accepted base course; or placed as patches for holes or depressions in the existing ' base course; or used for widening, building up or shaping the existing base course, in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, compacted thickness and typical ' cross section shown on the Plans. 1909.2 COMPOSITION: ' The binder cours e shall be composed of a mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt in the following proportions by weight: Mineral Aggregate: Total retained on 1-1/2" sieve Total retained on 1-1/8" sieve ' Total retained on 1" sieve 0% - 5% Total retained on 3/4" sieve 5% - 20% Total retained on 1/2" sieve 20% - 45% Total retained on No. 4 sieve 45% - 65% Total retained on No. 10 sieve 65% - 80% Total retained on No. 40 sieve 75% - 85% 1 Total retained on No. 200 sieve 93% - 100% Bitumen 3.7% - 7% ' The general composition limits set forth above are master ranges of tolerance to govern mixtures made from any raw material meeting specification requirements, and are maximum and minimum for all cases. ' The Engineer will specify or approve a job mixture for each project coming within the above limits, which in his judgment will be suitable, and the maximum permissible variations from the job mixture shall be as follows: I TS-1909-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ' Total retained on 3/4" sieve +7% Total retained on No. 4 sieve +5% Total retained on No. 10 sieve +5% Total retained on NO. 40 sieve ±4% Total retained on NO. 200 sieve ±2% Bitumen ±0.4 % 1 Temperature of mixture on delivery ±20°F. The Engineer will take as many samples as he considers necessary for checking the uniformity of the mixture. When unsatisfactory results or changed conditions make it necessary, the Engineer may establish a new job mix formula. ' Aggregate samples will be tested for gradation in accordance AASHTO T 11, T 27, and T 30, as applicable. Extraction tests on bituminous mixtures shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 164. Density of compacted mixture shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 166. ' 1909.3 MATERIALS: ' The materials shall conform to the following requirements: ' A. Material Aggregates: The mineral aggregates for Asphaltic Concrete Hot Mix Binder ' Course shall consist of combinations of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and mineral filler proportioned as provided for the respective mixes, and with the further provision that the coarse ' aggregate for use in Asphaltic Concrete Hot Mix Binder Course shall be crushed gravel or crushed stone. The coarse aggregate is that fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve and shall consist of gravel or crushed stone. ■ Fine aggregate is that fraction passing the No. 10 sieve, and shall consist of clean, hard, durable particles of natural sand or stone sand, or combinations of the two. Crushed stone shall consist of har d, tough, durable fragments of rock of uniform quality, free from an excess of soft particles. The stone shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not greater than 40 and when subjected to 5 TS-1909-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • cycles of the Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (AASHTO T 104), the loss shall not exceed 12%. Gravel shall consist of hard durable aggregate free from an excess ' of soft particles. The gravel shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not greater than 40. ' Crushed gravel is that which 100% of the particles have been produced from larger particles by crushing operations. Mineral aggregates shall be uniformly well graded from coarse to fine and free from lumps or foreign material. It shall also be free from adherent films of clay that will prevent thorough coating with ' bituminous material. The infraction passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a Plasticity Index not greater than 4. ' Mineral filler shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO M 17. B. Asphalt Cement: ' Asphalt p cement furnished shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 226. Specific physical requirements to be met are those set forth in Table II of AASHTO M 227. The grade to be used will be specified by the Engineer. ' If required, the asphalt cement shall contain a heat stable antistripping additive. The additive shall be one approved by the ' Engineer and shall be added in the proportion of approximately 0.5% by weight of the asphalt cement. The additive shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed with the asphalt cement, either at ' the refinery or in the storage tanks at the hot mix plant. The additive will not be paid for directly but will be considered subsidiary to the item Asphaltic Concrete Hot Mix Binder Course. 1 C. Prime Coat: ' A prime coat shall be applied to the base course and allowed to cure before the surface course is applied. ' The materials used for the prime coat shall be MC-30 bituminous material or equivalent as approved by the Engineer. A medium curing cut back asphalt shall be used for the prime coat. After the surface to be primed has been prepared, the bituminous material for the prime coat shall be sprayed uniformly over the surface by TS-1909-3 Copyright© 1997 ' Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • • means of an approved mechanical pressure distributor at the rate 1 of application of 0.3 gallons per square yard. Surplus bituminous material forming in the surface depressions shall be removed by hand sweeping. Following the application of the prime coat, the 1 road shall be closed to traffic for a period of time sufficient to allow the proper curing of the bituminous material. Prime coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 50°F., nor shall it be 1 applied to a surface having excess moisture, nor when the general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, or not suitable. If the primed surface becomes damaged prior to the application of 1 the wearing course, the damaged area shall be cleaned, patched and retraced as directed by the Engineer. 1 1909.4 EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Equipment and construction methods shall conform to the Asphalt 1 Equipment and Construction Methods Specifications. 1909.5 ACCEPTANCE OF NON-SPECIFICATION MATERIALS: 1 The following provides for corrective actions to be taken and/or provisions 1 for accepting a street when test results indicate non-specification materials or workmanship have been incorporated into the project. 1 Any penalties which are assessed shall be paid to the Owner by the Contractor by the Contractor before a street will be accepted by the Owner. 1 A. Density of ACHM Binder: 1 No individual density shall be lower than 90.0% of maximum theoretical density. Any section with density below that value shall be removed and replaced. The average of all densities for the project shall be not less 1 than 92.0% of maximum theoretical density. If this average is less than 92%, the following penalties shall be assessed: 1 91.5% to 91.9% - 3% of the cost of the in place material 91.0% to 91.4% - 5% of the cost of the in place material 1 90.5% to 90.9% - 15/o o 9�o of the cost of the in place material 1 90.0% to 90.4% - 30% of the cost of the in place material 1 TS-1909-4 Copyright© 1997 1 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • ' Below 90.0% - Remove and Replace B. Depth of ACHM Binder: ' The depth of the binder shall be within +'/". If the binder is not the required thickness, then the deficient depth will be added to the required ' depth of the surface course or concrete pavement. 1909.6 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: ' Test and Short Title Material and Short Title Density AASHTO T 11 Gradation ASTM D 2041 AASHTO T 12 Gradation AASHTO T 30 Gradation AASHTO T 96 Los Angeles Test AASHTO T 164 Extraction ' AASHTO T 104 Sodium Sulfate Soundness 1 ITS-I 909-5 Copyright® 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • I ITEM 1912 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX SURFACE 1 COURSE ON BINDER I 1.0 DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of an asphaltic concrete wearing surface composed of a Icompacted mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement, constructed on the completed and accepted binder course in accordance with these Specifications and in close conformity with the lines, grades, compacted thickness and typical Icross section shown on the Plans. 2.0 COMPOSITION: • I The wearing surface shall be composed p d of a mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement in the following proportions by weight: IMINERAL AGGREGATE IPERCENT PASSING MAX.MIX SIEVE TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TOLERANCE I 3/4" 100 100 - 1/2" 85-100 85-100 100 100 t7 #4 55-80 55-80 60-80 95-100 t7 I #10 35-60 35-60 40-60 75-95 t5 #20 22-45 22-45 22-47 45-62 t4 #40 15-35 15-35 15-40 30-55 t4 I #80 8-22 8-22 8-24 15-30 *4 Fines to Asphalt I Ratio 0.6-1.4 0.6-1.4 Asphalt Content 4.5-7.5 4.5-7.5 TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 No.of Blows: 75 50 50 50 Minimum Marshall 1750 1000 1000 750 I Stability,lbs. Marshall Flow,1/100" 7-16 7-16 7-16 %Air Voids: 3.0-5.0 2.5-5.0 2.0-5.0 -- Minimum%VMA 14 14 15 I Minimum Water 75 70 70 Sensitivity Ratio% %Anti-Strip As required for all types I I TS-1912-1 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • FIELD REQUIREMENTS TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 Minimum Marshall 1750 ' Stability,lbs. Minimum Density, 92.0 92.0 92.0 92.0 ' %Theoretical Maximum Moisture, 0.75 0.75 0.75 %(Roadway) 0.75 Gradation and asphalt content tolerances: As shown in design requirements or as specified in job mix. ' NOTE: Fines to asphalt ratio is defined as the weight of the Aggregate passing the #200 sieve, expressed as a percentage of the total mix weight, divided by the percent asphalt cement content. ' The Engineer will take as many samples as he considers necessary for checking the uniformity of the mixture. When unsatisfactory results or changed conditions ' make it necessary, the Engineer may establish a new job mix formula. Aggregate samples will be tested for gradation in accordance with AASHTO T ' 11, T 27, T 30, as applicable. ' Extraction tests on bituminous mixtures shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 164. Density of compacted mixture shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 166. ' 2.1 MATERIALS: ' The materials shall conform to the following requirements: A. Mineral Aggregates: The mineral aggregate for Surface Courses shall consist of a natural or artificial mixture of gravel or crushed stone and stone screenings, sand, ' and other finely divided mineral matter, so proportioned as to meet all applicable requirements of this Specification; and the fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve shall contain at least 15% of crushed particles. ' The coarse aggregate is that fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve and shall consist of gravel or crushed stone. ' TS-1912-2 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • Fine ag gregate is that fraction passing the No. 10 sieve, and shall consist of clean, hard, durable particles of natural sand or stone sand, or combination of the two. ' Crushed stone shall consist of hard, tough, durable fragments of rock of uniform quality, free from an excess of soft particles. The stone shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) not ' greater than 40 and when subjected to 5 cycles of the Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (AASHTO T 104) the loss shall not exceed 12%. ' Gravel shall consist of hard durable aggregate free from an excess of soft particles. The gravel shall have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96( not greater than 40. ' Crushed gravel is that which 100% of the articles have been produced from larger particles by crushing operations. ' Mineral aggregates shall be un iformly well graded from coarse to fine, and free from lumps of foreign material. They shall also be free from ' adherent films of clay that will prevent thorough coating with bituminous material. The fraction passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a plasticity index not greater than 4. Mineral filler shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO M 17. C. Tack Coat: A tack coat shall be installed one each lift or course of asphalt base or ' binder at the rate of 0.03 to 0.10 gallons per square yard. The humidity, temperature, and other conditions prevailing at the time of application ' shall determine the exact rate of application and time allowed to cure before the surface course is applied. RC-800 asphalt or an emulsified asphalt shall be used for tack coats. ' 3.0 EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS: ' Equipment and construction methods shall conform to the Asphalt Equipment and Construction Methods Specification. 3.1 ACCEPTANCE OF NON-SPECIFICATION MATERIALS: The following provides for corrective actions to be taken and/or provisions for accepting a street when test results indicate non-specification materials or TS-1912-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • workmanship have been n incorporated into the project. Any penalties which are ' assessed shall be paid to the Owner by the Contractor before a street will be accepted by the Owner. A. Density of ACHM Surface: No individual density shall be lower than 90.0% of maximum theoretical ' density. Any section with a density below that value shall be removed and replaced. The average of all densities for the project shall be not less than 92.0% of maximum theoretical density. If this average is less than 92%, the following penalties shall be assessed. 91.5 to 91.9% 3% of the cost of the in-place material. ' 91.0% to 91.4% 5% of the cost of the in-plac e e material. ' 90.5% to 90.9% 15% of the cost of the in-place material. 90.0% to 90.4% 30% of the cost of the in-place material. Below 90.0% Remove and Replace B. Depth of ACHM Surface: ' The depth of the asphalt hot mix surface course shall be within + 1/4 inch of the required depth plus any additional depth(s) required due to deficient depths in the base and binder courses. The average of all depth ' measurements shall not be less than the required depth, and any depth in excess of+ 1/4 inch will not be used in computing the average depth. If the average depth is less, it will be corrected by overlaying with additional ACHM surface, or as directed by the Engineer. C. Surface Tolerance of ACHM Surface: If the surface deviation is greater than +1/4" inch when checked with a 10 foot straight edge, the surface smoothness shall be corrected by overlaying or replacing the entire surface at the Contractor's expense. 1 I ' TS-1912-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • 4.0 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: ' Test and Short Title Material and Short Title Density AASHTO T 11 Gradation ASTM D 2041 AASHTO T 27 Gradation AASHTO T 30 Gradation AASHTO T 96 Los Angeles Test AASHTO T 104 Sodium Sulfate Soundness AASHTO T 164 Extraction AASHTO T 226 Viscosity I 1 I ' TS-1912-5 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • ITEM 19 13 ASPHALT - EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS 1913-1.1 DESCRIPTION: ' This specification shall cover equipment and construction methods for use in asphalt construction. ' 1913-2.1 EQUIPMENT: A. Mixing Plants: Only plants approved by the Engineer shall be acceptable for the ' manufacture of the various asphalt pavement mixes. B. Rollers: Compaction of bituminous base, binder and surface courses shall be obtained by self-propelled rollers. No roller will be permitted on the work which is not in good mechanical condition, free from backlash, loose link motion, faulty steering mechanism or worn king bolts, and which cannot be reversed smoothly. Steel wheel rollers shall be equipped with ' adjustable spring scrapers on each roll which will scrape in both directions. Rollers shall have a system for moistening the full width of each roll. Each roller shall be operated by a competent and ' experienced roller operator. The roller shall be kept in continuous operation as nearly as practicable. ' Trench rollers shall be equipped with a leveling mechanism to maintain the axis of the compacting roll in a horizontal plane while compacting surfaces below the edge of the old pavement. The ' compacting rolls shall have not less than 15 inches width of tread. The weight applied by any compacting roll shall be not less than 200 pounds per inch width of tread. C. Mechanic al Spreading and Finishing Equipment: ' Mechanical spreading and finishing equipment shall consist of a self-powered paver, capable of spreading and finishing the mixture true to line, grade and cross section without the use of side forms TS-1913-1 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I • • or side supports. The paver shall be capable of laying the mixture I to a width of at least 12 feet and shall be adjustable to lay the mixture in strips of more than 8 feet in 6 inch increments. I The paver shall be equipped with mechanical devices such as equalizing runners, straightedge runners, more even arms or other compensating devices to adjust the grade and confine the edges of I the mixture to true lines without the use of stationary side forms. The paver shall be equipped with hoppers and distributing screws of the reversing type adequate to place the mixture evenly ahead Iof the screed. The term "screed" shall include any strike-off device operated by Icutting, crowding or other practical action which effectively places and spreads the mixture without tearing, shoving or gouging. The finished surface shall be smooth and of even texture. Screeds Ishall be adjustable to crown and grade and shall have an indicating level attached thereto. IThe paver shall be equipped with blending or joint leveling devices for smoothing and adjusting all longitudinal joints between adjacent strips. Suitable and adequate heating equipment shall be provided I to pre-heat the screed as required. I The paver shall be equipped with an automatic screed control system for the control of grade and slope. The sensor or grade control may be operated from a reference string line, from a I ski-type grade reference system, from a sensor shoe siding over an adjacent mat, or any other appropriate method approved by the Engineer which will produce the desired results. IFinal approval of spreading and finishing equipment will be based upon satisfactory performance during actual construction. If I equipment previously approved becomes unsatisfactory, it shall be replaced before proceeding with the work. ID. Pressure Distributors: Each pressure distributor used for applying asphaltic material shall Ibe equipped with the following listed appliances or devices: I I TS-1913-2 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • • 1. Tachometer devices registering speed in feet per minute and indicating gallons per minute passing through the nozzles. ' 2. Pressure gauge. 3. Thermometer well and accurate thermometer to indicate the 1 temperature of the bituminous material in the distributor. 4. Adjustable length spray bars mounted a proper distance above the ground to insure a fifty percent lap of the sprays from adjacent nozzles. 5. Power unit and pump distributing system capable of operating under and maintaining a pressure of not less than thirty pounds nor more than seventy pounds per square ' inch. 6. Calibrated metal measuring stick. 7. Easily removable le dome cover 1 8. Wind guards on ends of spray bar. 1 Each distributor will be calibrated by the Engineer before being used on the work. Distributors previously calibrated and certified in writing thereto, will be accepted. Distributors will be kept free from sludge or other residue and at such time as there is evidence of inaccuracy, they will be subject to re-calibration. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the required calibration and ' shall, at his own expense provide all necessary equipment, materials, and assistance for such calibration. 1 1 1 1 TS-1913-3 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • 1913-3.1 CONSTRUCTION O METHODS: ' A. General: The methods employed in performing the work and equipment, tools, and plant machinery used in executing the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer before the work is started. ' When they are found unsatisfactory they shall be changed and improved as required. Equipment, tools, and plant machinery must be maintained in a satisfactory working condition. The plant and ' equipment used shall comply with the requirements as specified above. ' B. Preparation of Asphalt Cement: The asphalt cement shall be heated at the paving plant to a ' temperature not exceeding 325°F. C. Preparation of Mineral Aggregate: ' The coarse and fine aggregates shall be fed into the drier through the cold aggregate bins in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. The aggregate shall be dried and heated to the temperature necessary to produce a mixture having the desired temperature within the range specified. In no case shall the temperature of the heated aggregate exceed 425°F. upon discharge from the drier. Immediately after heating, the aggregate shall be screened into three or more approximately equal fractions and conveyed into separate bins ready for batching and mixing ' with asphalt cement. The burners on the drier shall be adjusted so that fuel is completely burned. Screens shall never be loaded to such an extent that they will not separate the aggregate efficiently. D. Preparation of Mixture: 1 Each size of hot aggregate, mineral filler and the asphalt cement shall be measured separately and accurately in the proportions in which they ar to be mixed. In batch mixing the hot aggregate and mineral filler shall be mixed in the pugmill for at least 10 seconds before application of the asphalt cement. The dry mixing ' requirement may be waived for binder or hot mix stabilized base TS-1913-4 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I ' • • course when clean uncoat ed aggregate is used. The asphalt ' cement shall be introduced in such manner as to spread evenly over the mixture. The time required to add the asphalt cement shall not exceed 15 seconds. The time required for adding asphalt ' and completing the wet mixing shall not be less than 30 seconds. In continuous mixing, the mixing period shall not be less than 30 seconds, as determined by the following formula: ' Mixing time in seconds = Pugmill dead capacity in lbs Pugmill output in lbs per sec. ' The mixing time may be increased above the minimum specified if necessary to produce a homogenous mixture with a uniform ' distribution of the asphalt cement throughout the aggregate and complete coating of the aggregate particles. ' The temperature of the mixture when discharged from the mixer of a batch or continuous type plant shall not be more than 325°F. The temperature of the mixture when discharged from a dryer-drum mixer shall not be more than 300°F. E. Preparation of Subgrade: ' Unless the course is to be placed on an existing base or pavement, the subgrade shall be prepared in conformity with the provisions of ' the subgrade preparation specification, and shall conform to the typical cross section as shown on the plans, and primed if ' specified. Additional material obtained from preparing the subgrade shall be bladed to the shoulders and evenly spread, with excess material being distributed evenly on the slopes. ' F. Preparation of Existing Base or Surface: ' Newly constructed base courses shall be prepared as set forth in the specification item covering such base courses. ' Prior to placing bituminous base or surface courses all required corrections of the existing pavement or old base such as filling pot holes, sags and depressions or alterations of the existing ' pavement crown shall be made. Such corrections shall be accomplished by placing bituminous binder or surface course mixtures at the location and in a manner as directed by the TS-1913-5 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 ' • • Engineer. Bituminous material used for wedging or leveling ' courses, or for filling holes, may be placed by hand, blade grader, or mechanical spreader methods. The mixture shall be featheredged to a smooth and even surface around the edges of these areas. Prior to placing bituminous material, the base or existing surface shall be covered with a prime coat or tack coat. ' Unstable areas in existing pavement or bases shall be corrected by the removal of the pavement or base to the necessary depths and the repairs made as directed by the Engineer. No direct payment will be made for the removal of unstable material except as provided in the plans but payment will be made for bituminous mixture used in repairs at the bid prices per square yard for the number of layers to fill the excavation. Joint or crack filler on existing pavement surface shall be removed ' as specified by the Engineer. No direct payment will be made for cleaning the surface of existing pavement unless provided for in the plans. Prior to arrival of the mixture on the work, the prepared surface, primed or tack coated as specified, shall be cleaned of all loose ' and foreign materials. The mixture shall not be placed on a surface which shows evidence of moisture. ' Contact surfaces of curbings, gutters, manholes and other structures shall be pained with a thin coating of rapid curing ' cut-back asphalt or emulsified asphalt. No direct compensation will be made for this work. ' When an asphaltic course previously laid becomes coated with dirt or foreign material, or when the time lapse between courses is of such length as to prevent proper adhesion or bond of a later ' course, the earlier course shall be cleaned and given a tack coat prior to placing the succeeding course. ' G. Transporting: The mixture shall be transported from the paving plant to work in ' tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign materials. Each load shall be covered with canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to retard loss of heat and to protect it from the weather ' TS-1913-6 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. • • conditions. The cover shall extend at least 12 inches over the ' sides and ends of the truck bed and shall be securely fastened. When the mixture is being hauled more than fifteen miles or when the pavement is being placed between November first and April ' first, the beds of the vehicles shall be suitably insulated to retard loss of heat. The insulating material shall be at least 3/4 inch thick and shall cover ends, sides, and bottom of the truck bed. No loads ' shall be sent out so late in the day as to interfere with spreading and compacting the mixture during daylight hours unless artificial light, satisfactory to the Engineer, is provided. ' The mixture produced in a batch or continuous type plant shall be delivered at a minimum temperature of 265°F. for Surface ' Courses, 250°F. for Binder Courses,and 225°F. for Base Courses. When Sand Asphalt Hot Mix is specified, the mixture shall not be less than 200°F. The mixture from a dryer-drum plant shall be ' delivered at a temperature of not less than 200°F. The mix shall be placed only upon a base which shows no evidence of free moisture, and only when weather conditions are suitable. The ' Engineer may, however, permit work of this character to continue when overtaken by sudden rains to utilize materials which may be transit from plant at the time, provided the mixture is within the ' temperature limits specified and provided the finished pavement otherwise meets specification requirements. ' H. Spreading and Finishing: ' The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread and struck off to the grade and elevation established. Bituminous pavers shall be used to distribute the mixture either over the entire width or over such partial width as may be practicable. The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the layer immediately below by approximately 6 inches; however, the joint in the top layer shall be at the center line of the pavement if the roadway comprises two lanes of width, or at lane lines if the ' roadway is more than 2 lanes in width. Hand spreading will be permitted only on small turnouts or other ' small areas inaccessible to the spreader. On normal two-lane roads the mixture shall be spread and finished in one-half widths. Unless two machines are employed, the spreader shall alternate TS-1913-7 Copyright© 1997 Grafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • between the two half widths with such frequency that the second ' half width shall be laid the next day after the first half width is laid. The finishing machine shall be kept in good mechanical condition ' and adjustment. All worn or defective parts shall be replaced immediately when indicated by improper finish of the surface. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, ' provided with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, heated if necessary, and capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in lane widths applicable to the ' specified typical section and thicknesses shown on the plans. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix ' material in widths shown on the plans. The paver shall be equipped with a receiving hopper having ' sufficient capacity for a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving or gouging the mixture. ' When laying mixtures, the paver shall be capable of being operated at forward speeds consistent with satisfactory laying of the mixture. ' The edge of the binder course shall be established by a string or chalk like for a distance of not less than five hundred feet ahead of ' the spreading operation. When more than one course is called for on the plans, the ' succeeding course shall follow not later than 72 hours unless the preceding course is given a tack coat. If proper bond is not obtained between the two courses, a tack coat shall be used even ' though the lapsed time has been less than 72 hours. I. Rolling and Density Requirements: 1 ' TS-1913-8 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. 1 • • The mixture, after being spread, shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight of the rollers without undue displacement. The number, weight, type of rollers and sequences of rolling operations shall be such that the required density and surface are consistently attained while the mixture is in a workable condition. Final approval of rollers and rolling sequences will be based upon satisfactory performance and the ability to compact the asphaltic mixtures to the specified density and surface requirements. Rollers which produce excessive crushing of aggregate particles will not be permitted. When using vibratory rollers, the Contractor shall exercise due caution to prevent any deterioration of the material caused by excessive rolling or vibration. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center of the roadway, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half of the width of the roller. When paving in echelon or abutting a previously placed lane, the longitudinal joint shall be rolled first followed by the regular rolling procedure. Alternate trips of the roller shall be terminated at least three feet distance from any preceding stop. Rolling on super-elevated curves shall progress from the low side. The speed of the rollers shall be slow enough to avoid displacement of the hot mixture. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once by the use of rakes and the addition of fresh mixture as required. Rolling shall proceed continuously until all roller marks are eliminated and the required density attained. To prevent adhesion of bituminous mixture, the rollers shall be kept moist for the full width of the rollers, but an excess of water will not be permitted. The finished bituminous courses shall be compacted to the following densities: Asphaltic Concrete Hot Not less than 92% of Mix Surface Course theoretical density. Asphaltic Concrete Hot Not less than 90% of TS-1913-9 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. ' • • Mix Binde r Course theoretical density. Dense Graded Hot Mix Not less than 90% of Binder Course theoretical density. Hot Mix Asphalt Not less than 95% of Stabilized Base Course the density obtained in the laboratory. On the day following placement of asphaltic materials samples for the determination of density shall be taken by sawing or coring from the finished pavement by the Contractor, at his expense, at locations and in the manner directed by the Engineer. Samples 1 taken shall be furnished by the Engineer for testing. The cuts made in taking such samples shall be repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. ' J. Joints: ' Placing of the bituminous paving shall be as continuous as possible. Rollers shall not pass over the unprotected end of a freshly laid mixture unless authorized by the Engineer. Transverse joints shall be formed by cutting back on the previous run to expose the full depth of the course. When directed by the Engineer, a brush coat of bituminous material shall be used on contact surfaces of transverse joints just before additional mixture is placed against the previously rolled material. K. Surface Tests: ' The finished surface when checked with a ten foot straight edge placed parallel to the centerline, shall show no variation more than 1/2 inch for base and intermediate courses and not more than 1/4 inch for surface courses. The Contractor and Engineer will test the finished surface with a rolling straight edge immediately following the final rolling as conditions permit. All testing will be made in a longitudinal direction and at least one pass shall be made for the full length of each lane. 1 ' TS-1913-10 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I • • IImmediately prior p for to testing, the rolling straight edge shall be Icalibrated. Surface deviations for base and intermediate courses may be corrected by skin patching, feather edging or other methods which I would provide the required smoothness and maintain quality material. ISurface deviations for surface courses shall be corrected in such a manner as to maintain a quality pavement having the same uniform I texture and appearance as the adjoining surface. Skin patching and feather edging will not be permitted, except at beginning and end of job.I All corrective work shall be at the expense of the Contractor. IL. Widening Operations: When asphaltic hot mix material is to be placed in a trench for Iwidening an existing pavement, and the trench is inaccessible to normal rolling operations, compaction both of the subgrade and of the bituminous material shall be accomplished by means of a I trench roller or by other approved methods. IM. Temperature Limitations: Hot mix bituminous material shall not be mixed or placed when the air temperature in the shade is below 40°F., or when there is frost I in the base or subgrade, or at any other time when weather conditions are unsuitable for the type of material being placed. I When approved by the Engineer, bituminous material may be placed when the lifts are in excess of 2-1/2 inches compacted thickness and the air temperature in the shade is 35°F., or higher. I I I I ITS-1913-11 Copyright© 1997 Crafton, Tull &Associates, Inc. I I I I I I APPENDIX A OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCAVATION I I I I I I I I I §1926.606 - . • _ 29 CF h. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) I • (6) Obstructions shall not be laid on § 1926.606 Definitions applicable to this or across the gangway. • subpart. I • (7) The means of access shall be ade- quately illuminated for its full length. (a) Apron—The area along the wa- terfront. (8) Unless the structure makes it im-. terfront edge of the pier or wharf. possible, the means of access shall:be (b) the uprer The side 'of a ship so located that. the load will not pass above the upper deck. over employees. (c) Coming—The •raised. frame, as (c) Working surfaces of barges. (1) around a hatchway in the deck, to 'Employees shall not be permitted to keep out water. I walk along the sides of covered light- (d) Jacob's. ladder—A marine ladder err or barges with coamings more than of rope or chain.with wooden or metal 5 feet high, unless there is a 3-foot rungs. I clear walkway, or a grab rail, or a taut (e) Rail, for the pin-pose of handline is provided. • § 1926.605, means a light structure (2) Decks and other working sur- serving as a guard at the outer edge of i faces shall be maintained in a safe a ship's deck. _ condition. (3) Employees shall not be permitted to pass fore and aft, over, or around Subpart P---Excavations ll deckloads, unless there is a safe pas- sage. Au o r2Y: Sec. 107, Contract Worker (4) Employees shall not be permitted Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construc-•• to walk over deckloads from rail to tion Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333);Secs. 4, 6, 8, coaming unless there is a safe passage. Occupational Safety and Health Act of If it is necessary to stand at the out- 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of board or inboard edge of the deckload Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 I plicable,less than 24 inches of bulwark, FR 25059),a or 9-83 (48 1911.35736), as ap- rail, coaming, .or other and 29 t;b'K part protection SoC RCE: 54 FR 45959, Oct. 31, 1989, unless exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection otherwise noted. III against falling from the deckload. (d) First-aid and lifesaving equip- § 1926.650 Scope, application, and defini- ment. (1) Provisions for rendering first tions applicable to this subpart I aid and medical assistance shall be in (a) Scope and application. This sub- accordance with Subpart D of this part applies to all open excavations part. made in the earth's surface. Excava- (2) The employer shall ensure that tions are defined to include trenches. there is in the vicinity of each barge in (b) Definitions applicable to this use at least one U.S. Coast Guard-ap- subpart. - proved 30-inch lifering with not less _ Accepted engineering practices I than 90 feet of line attached, and at means those requirements which are least one portable or permanent compatible with standards of practice ladder which will reach the top of the required by a. registered professional apron to the surface of the water. If engineer. I the above equipment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring means it during the time that he is working apre-engineered shoring system com- I the barge. prised of aluminum hydraulic cylin- <3) Employees walking or working on ders (crossbraces) used in conjunction with vertical rails (uprights) or hori- the unguarded decks of barges shall be zontal rails (wafers). Such system is protected with U.S. Coast Guard-a I proved work vests or buoyant vests, p designed, specifically to support the (e) Commercial diving operations. sidewalk of an excavation and prevent Commercial diving operations shall be cave-ins, :; I subject to subpart T of part 1910, Bell-bottom pier hole means a type §§ 1910.401-1910.441, of this chapter. of shaft or footing • excavation, the bottom of which is made larger than (39 FR 22801, June 24, 1974, as amended at the cross section above to form a 42 FR 37674,July 22, 1977] belled shape. 218 Occupational Safet.nd Health Admin., Labor • § 1926.650 I Benching (Benching system) means Ramp means an inclined walking or a method of protecting employees working surface that is used to gain I from cave-ins by excavating the sides access to one point from another, and of an excavation to form one or a is constructed from earth or from series of horizontal levels or steps, structural materials such as steel or, I usually with vertical or near-vertical wood. surfaces between levels. Registered Professional Engineer - Cave-in means the separation of a means a person who is registered as a mass of soil or rock material from the professional engineer in the state , side of an excavation, or the loss of where the work is to be performed. •soil from under a trench shield or sup- However, a professional engineer, reg- port system, and its sudden movement istered in any state is deemed to be a I into the excavation, either by falling "registered professional engineer" or sliding, in sufficient quantity so within the meaning of this standard that it could entrap, bury, or other- when approving designs for "manufac- wise injure and immobilize a person. tured protective systems" or "tabulat-m I Competent person means one who is ed data" to be used in interstate co - capable of identifying existing and merce. predictable hazards in the surround- Sheeting means the members of a I ings, or working conditions which are shoring system that retain the earth unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous in position and in turn are supported to employees, and who has authoriza- by other members of the shoring tion, to take prompt corrective mess- system. I ores to eliminate them. Shield (Shield system) means a Cross braces mean the horizontal structure that is able to withstand the members of a shoring system installed forces imposed on it by a cave-in and ' perpendicular to the sides of the exca- thereby protect employees within the • vation, the ends of which bear against structure. Shields can be permanent either uprights or wales. structures or can be designed to be Excavation means any man-made portable and moved along as work.pro- I cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an gresses. Additionally, shields can be earth surface, formed by earth remov- either premanufactured or job-built in al. accordance with § 1926.652 (c)(3) or . I Faces or sides means the vertical or (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are inclined earth surfaces formed as a usually referred to as "trench boxes" result of excavation work. or "trench shields." Failure means the breakage, dis- Shoring (Shoring system) means a I placement, or permanent deformation structure such as a metal hydraulic, of a structural member or connection mechanical or timber shoring system so as to reduce its structural integrity that supports the sides of an excava- I and its supportive capabilities. - . tion and which is designed to_prevent • Hazardous atmosphere means an at- cave-ins. mosphere which by reason of being ex- Sides. See "Faces." plosive, flammable, poisonous, corro- Sloping (Sloping system) means a sive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen defi- method of protecting employees from dent, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cave-ins by excavating to form sides of cause death, illness, or injury. - an excavation that are inclined away I Kickout means the accidental re- from the excavation so as to prevent lease or failure of a cross brace. cave-ins. The angle of incline required Protective system means a method of to prevent a cave-in varies with differ- protecting employees from cave-ins, ences in such factors as the soil type, ' from material that could fall or roll environmental conditions of exposure, li from an excavation face or into an ex- and application of surcharge loads. cavation, or from the collapse of adja- Stable rock means natural solid min- I cent structures. Protective systems in- eral material that can be excavated clude support . systems, sloping and with vertical sides and will remain benching systems, shield systems, and intact while exposed. Unstable rock is other systems that provide the neces- considered to be stable when the rock I sary protection. material on the side or sides of the ex- 219 I ,11 § 1926.651 • • 29 CF.h- XVII (7-1-92 Edition) cavation is secured against caving-in or stallations, such as sewer, telephone, movement by rock bolts or by another fuel, electric, water lines, or any other I protective system that has been de- underground installations that reason- signed by a registered professional en- ably may be expected to be encoun- i gneer. - tered during excavation work, shall be .Y Structural ramp means a ramp built determined of steel or wood, usually used for vehi- prior to- opening an exca- cle access. Ramps made of soil or rock vation. are not considered structural ramps, (2) Utility companies or owners shall Support system means a structure be contacted within established or cus- such as underpinning, bracing or tomary local response times, advised shoring, which provides support to an of the proposed work, and asked to es- adjacent structure,. underground _ tablish the location of the utility un- ' stallation, or the sides of an excava- derground installations prior to the tion. start of actual excavation. When utili- Tabulated data means tables and ty companies or owners cannot re- spond to a request to locate under- ' charts approved•by a registered profes- sional engineer and used to desi ground utility installations within 24 a protective system. gn and h° ( a longer period is re- constructTrench (Trench excavation) means a quired by state or local law), or cannot 1 narrow excavation (in relation to its establish the exact location of these • length) made below the surface of the installations, the employer may pro- ground..In general, the depth is great= ceed, provided the employer does so er than the width, but the width of a with caution, and provided detection I • trench (measured at the bottom) is equipment or other acceptable means not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m), If to locate utility installations are used. • forms or other structures are installed proach the estimated location of un- to (3) When excavation operations ap- ' or constructed in an excavation so as reduce the dimension measured derground installations, the exact lo- from the forms or structure to the side cation of the installations shall be de- ' of the excavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or termined by safe and acceptable less (measured at the bottom of the means. excavation), the excavation is also con- (4) While the excavation is open, un- sidered to be a trench. derground installations shall be pro- ' Trench box. See "Shield." tested, supported or removed as neces- Trench shield.. See "Shield." sary to safeguard employees. Uprights means the vertical mem- (c) Access and egress—(1) Structural bers of a trench shoring system placed ramps. (1) Structural ramps that are I in contact with the earth and usually used solely by employees as a means of positioned so that individual members access or egress from excavations shall do not contact each other. Uprights _be designed by a competent person. I placed so that individual members are Structural ramps used for access or closely spaced, in contact with or egress of equipment shall be designed interconnected to each other, are by a competent person qualified in le often called "sheeting." structural design, Wales means horizontal members of structed in accordance and shall be con- - a shoring system placed parallel to the design, rdance with the excavation face whose sides bear (ii) Ramps and runways constructed I against the vertical members of the of two or more structural members shoring system or earth. shall have the structural members 111926.651 General requirements. connectedt. together to prevent dis- I (a) Surface encumbrances. All sur- pl(iii mStructural face encumbrances that are located so ramps and run members used for as to create a hazard to employees form thickness. ways shall be of • shall be removed or supported, as nec- (iv) Cleats or other appropriate essary, to safeguard employees, means used to connect runway tru - (b) Underground installations. (1) tural members shall be attached to the The estimated location of utility in- bottom of the runway or- shall be at- 220 Occupational Safegband Health Admin., Labor III § 1926.651 1 tached in a manner to prevent trip- pected ed to exist, areas such or sexcavations xcavt o s ping. I (v) Structural ramps used in lieu of areas where hazardous substances are steps shall be provided with cleats or stored nearby, the atmospheres in the 'other surface treatments on the top excavation shall be tested before em- I surface to prevent slipping. ployees enter excavations greater than (2) Means of egress from trench exca- 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. vations. A stairway, ladder, ramp or (ii) Adequate precautions shall be other safe means of egress shall be lo- taken to prevent employee exposure to I cated in trench excavations that are 4 atmospheres containing less than 19.5 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to percent oxygen and other hazardous require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) atmospheres. These precautions in- of lateral travel for employees. dude providing proper respiratory I (d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. protection or ventilation in accordance Employees exposed to public vehicular with subparts D and E of this part re- traffic shall be . provided with, and spectively. I shall wear, warning vests or other suit- (iii) Adequate precaution shall be able garments marked with or made of taken such as providing ventilation, to reflectorized or high-visibility materi- prevent employee exposure to an at- al.: mosphere containing a concentration I (e) Exposure to falling loads. No em- of a flammable gas in excess of 20 per- • ployee shall be permitted underneath cent of the lower flammable limit of • loads handled by lifting or digging the gas. I equipment. Employees shall be re- (iv) When controls are used that are quired to stand away from any vehicle intended to reduce the level of atmos- being loaded or unloaded to avoid pheric contaminants to acceptable being struck by any spillage or falling levels, testing shall be conducted as I materials. Operators may remain in often as necessary to ensure that the the cabs of vehicles being loaded or atmosphere remains safe. unloaded. when the vehicles are (2) Emergency rescue equipment. (i) I equipped, in accordance with Emergency rescue equipment, such as § 1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate breathing apparatus, a safety harness protection for the operator during and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be I loading arid unloading operations. readily available where hazardous at- (f) Warning system for mobile equip- mospheric conditions exist or may rea- ment. When mobile equipment is oper- sonably be expected to develop during ated adjacent to an excavation, or work in an excavation. This equipment I when such equipment is required to shall be attended when in use. approach the edge of an excavation, (ii) Employees entering bell-bottom and the operator does not have a clear pier holes; or other similar deep and , and direct view of the edge of the ex- confined footing excavations, shall cavation, a warning system shall be wear a harness with a life-line securely utilized such as barricades, hand or attached to it. The lifeline shall be mechanical signals, or stop logs. If pos- separate from any line used to handle I sible, the grade should be away from materials, and shall be individually at- the excavation. ' - tended at all times while the employee - (g) Hazardous atmospheres—(1) wearing the lifeline is in (the excava- Testing and controls. In addition to tion. the requirements set forth in subparts (h) Protection from hazards associ- D and E of this part (29 Cr'tt 1926.50- ated with water accumulation.. (1) Em- 1926.107) to prevent exposure to ployees shall not work in excavations I harmful levels of atmospheric con- in which there is accumulated water, taminants and to assure acceptable at- or in excavations in which water is ac- mospheric conditions, the following re- cumulating, unless adequate precau- • quirements shall apply: tions have been taken to protect em- ' ' ' (i) Where oxygen deficiency (atmos- ployees against the hazards posed by pheres containing less than 19.5 per- water accumulation. The precautions cent eoxygen) exists or could reasonably be ex- quatelnecessary vary with each to protect nsituation, but I ade- phere 1 s § 1926.651 . 29 CF • XVII (7-1-92 Edition) could include special support or shield_ to protect employees from the possible systems to .protect from cave-ins,- collapse of such structures. water removal to control the level of (j) Protection of •employees ' from accumulating•water, or use of a safety loose rock or soil. (1) Adequate protec- harness and lifeline. tion shall be • ` (2) If water is controlled or�prevent- provided k protect ern- that I ed-from accumulating by. the use of could pose froma loose rock orli soil roll- water removal equipment, the water ing from an excavation dby falling aces a Such pro- ; removal equipment and operations tection shall consist. of scaling to shall be monitored• by a competent remove loose• material; installation of person to ensure proper operation. ' protective barricades at intervals as -: (3) If excavation work interrupts the necessary on the face to stop and con- I natural drainage •of surface water taro falling material; or-other means (such as streams), diversion ditches, that provide equivalent protection. dikes, or other suitable means shall be (2)' Employees* shall be used to prevent surface water from en- from excavated 'or other materials tor tering the excavation and to provide equipment that could pose a hazard by adequate drainage of the area adja- falling or rollinexcavations. Pro- cent to the excavation. Excavations tection shall be preoi i , subject to runoff from heavy rains will and keeping y placing require an inspection by a competent ment at east 2 feet (.61 m) froals or m he person and compliance with para= edge of excavations, or by the use of graphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this sec-• retaining devices that are sufficient to tion. prevent raa,teriaLs(i) 'Stability of adjacent structures: falling or rolling of equnto ipment t from (1) Where the stability of adjoining by a combination of both if ne essary. I buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation operations, • of(k) Inspections. (1) Daily inspections support systems such as shoring, b2-ac- excavations, the adjacent areas, and ing, or underpinning shall be provided protective systems shall be made by a to ensure the stability of such struc- competent person for evidence of a sit- e tures for the protection of employees, uation that could result in cave-ins, indications of failure of pro- (2) Excavation below the level of the tective systems, hazardous atmos- ' base or footing of any foundation or pheres, or other hazardous conditions. retaining wall that could be reason- An inspection shall be conducted by ably expected to pose a hazard to em- the competent person ' ployees shall not be permitted except prior to the when: p start of work and as needed through- (i) A support y out the shift. Inspections shall also be system, such as under- made after every rainstorm or other pinning, is provided to ensure the hazard increasing occurrence. . These I safety of employees and the stability inspections are only required when of the structure; or loyee (ii) The excavation is in stable rock; an i ipated.xPosure can be reasonably. I or • (2) Where the compent erson (iii) A registered .professional engi- finds evidence of a situation that ould neer has approved the determination result in a that the structure is sufficently re- _ -of failure opossibleprocave-in,systems,indications haz- ' moved from the excavation so as to be ardour atmospheres,protective erh ard- unaffected by the excavation activity; or other hazard_ • or our conditions, exposed employees . I (iv) A registered: professional engi- shall be removed from the hazardous neer has approved area- until the necessary precautions the determination have been taken .•to ensure their that such excavation work will not safety. • I m. pose a hazard to employees.. (3) Sidewalks, pavements, and app - (1) Fall protection. (1) Where• em- teriant structure shall not be under- ployees or equipment are required or mined unless a su y permitted to cross over excavations, pport system or an- walkways or bridges with standard other method of protection is provided guardrails shall be provided. • • • 222 I Occupational SafetOnd Health Admin., Labor * § 1926.652 1 (2) Adequate barrier physical protec- set forth in appendices A and B to this tion shall be provided at all remotely subpart. I located excavations. All wells, pits, (3) Option (3)—Designs using other shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or con- tabulated data. (i).Designs of sloping ered. Upon completion of exploration or benching systems shall be selected and similar operations, temporary from and be in accordance with tabu- I wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be back- lated data, such.as tables and charts. filled. ._(ii) The tabulated data shall be in written form and shall,include all of I § 1926.652 Requirements for protective the following: .. systems. (A) Identification of_the parameters (a) Protection of employees,in, exca- that affect the selection of a sloping nations. (1)Each employee in an exca- or benching system drawn from such I vation shall be protected from cave-ins data; by an adequate protective system de- (B) Identification of the limits of use signed in accordance with paragraph of the data, to include the magnitude I (b) or (c) of this section except when: and configuration of slopes deter- (i) Excavations are made entirely in mined to be safe; stable rock; or (C) Explanatory information as may (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet be necessary to aid the user in making I (1.52m) in depth and examination of _ a correct- selection of a protective the . ground by a competent person system from the data. provides no indication of a potential (iii) At least one copy of the tabulat- I cave-in. ed data which identifies the registered (2) Protective systems shall have the professional engineer who approved capacity to resist without failure all the data, shall be maintained at the loads that are intended or could rea- jobsite during construction of the pro- sonably I be expected to be applied or tective system. After that time the transmitted to the system. data may be stored off the jobsite, but (b) Design of sloping and benching a copy of the data shall be made avail- I systems. The slopes and configurations able to the Secretary upon request. of sloping and benching systems shall (4) Option (4)—Design by a regis- be selected and constructed by the em- tered professional engineer. (i) Sloping ployer or his designee and shall be in and benching systems not utilizing accordance with the requirements of Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) paragraph (b)(1); or, in the alterna- under paragraph (b) of this section tive, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alter- shall be approved by a registered pro- I native, paragraph (b)(3), or, in the al- fessional engineer. _ tern)(1) Option ((1)-Allowable onfigph (b)(4), as ura- and)shall Designs sh be in all leas written he follow- tions and slopes. (i) Excavations shall ing: I be sloped at an angle not steeper than (A) The magnitude of the slopes one_ and one-half horizontal to one that were determined to. be safe for vertical (34 degrees measured from the the particular project; , horizontal), unless the employer uses (B) The configurations that were de- one of the other options listed below. termined to be safe for the particular -- (ii) Slopes specified in paragraph project; and (b)(1)(i) of this section, shall be exca- (C) The identity of the registered . I vated to form configurations that are professional engineer approving the in accordance with the slopes shown design. for Type C soil in Appendix B to this (iii) At least one copy of the design I . subpart. shall be maintained at the jobsite (2) Option (2)—Determination of while the slope is being constructed. slopes and configurations using Ap- After that time the design need not be pendices A and B. Maximum allowable at the jobsite, but a copy shall be I slopes, and allowable configurations made available to the Secretary upon for., sloping and. benching systems,. request. shall be determined in accordance (c) Design of support systems, shield I with the conditions and requirements systems, and other protective systems. 223 1 §1926:1552 • • • . . .29.CF . XVH-(7-1-93Jftion ) Designs :of support systems shield sys- -(A) Identification of.the parameters -terns,. and other protective systems that affect the selection of a .protec- shall be.selected .arid- onstructed -by .Live system.drawn from such data; the-employer:or his designee.and shall (B) Identification of the limits.of:use 'be .in -°accordance with -the require- of the data; i *tents .of,paragraph (c)(1); or, „in -the '(t-) Explanatory . .alternat:1v-e, ri information as-may mph (c)(2); or, in the be-necessary to aid the useriminaaking alternative..paragraph (c)(3); or, in.the -a -correct selection of a alternative; 'paragraph (c)(4). .as fol- system from the. data. pro ve I lows: • • :(iii) At'least on a co a) Option (1)—Deli ropy of:-the tabuat- 9nsin9'appen- ,ed data, which identifies the .regis dices A, C and D. Designs for timber tered professional engineer who ap_ I proved the data, shall be,maintained shoring in trenches shall be deter- in accordance with the condi- at the jobsite during construction -of the protective system. After that time tions and requirements set forth in ap- pendices A and C to this subpart. De_ • the data may be stored off the jobsite, signs for aluminum hydraulic shoring but a copy of the data shall be made shall be in accordance with paragraph available to the Secretary upon re- (c)(2) of this section, but if manufac- quest. tuner's tabulated data cannot be uti- (4) Option (-4)—Design lined, designs shall be in accordance tered Professional en a regzs- lvith appendix engineer. s, Sup- D. • Port systems, shield systems, and fessional engineer. ' (2) Option (2)—Designs Using 1VI¢nu_ other protective systems not utilizing f¢cturer's Tabulated Data. (i) Design Option 1, Option 2 or Option 3, above, • of support systems, shield systems, or shall be approved by a registered pro- • other protective systems that are (ii) Designs shall be I drawn from manufacturer's tabulatedll written form data shall be in accordance with all and shall include the following: specifications, recommendations, and types,(A) A plan indicating the sizes, ' limitations issued or made by the man- r alsto be o used ino the f the mate- protective (ii) Deviation from the specifica- (B) The identity of the registered I tions, recommendations, and limita- tions issued or made by the manufac- design. turer shall only be allowed after the shall be maintained copy(iii) At least one I manufacturer issues specific writtenof the design at the jobsite approval, during construction of the (iii) Manufacturer's specifications, protective recommendations, and limitations, and system. After that time, 'the design ' may be stored off the jobsite, but a manufacturer's approval to deviate copy of the design shall be made avail- from the specifications, recommends- able to the Secretary upon request. tions, and limitations shall be in writ- (d) Materials and equipment. (1) Ma ' ten form at the jobsite during con- tennis and equipment used for protec- struction of the protective system. tive systems shall be free from damage : After that time this data may be or defects that might impair their ii stored off the jobsite, but a copy shall proper function. ' be made available. to the Secretary (2) Manufactured materials and upon request, equipment used for protective systems (3) Option (3)—Designs using other shall be used and maintained in a tabulated data. (i) Designs of su manner that is consistent with the rec- systems, shield systems, or other pro-pport ommendations of the manufacturer, • tective systems shall be selected from and in a manner that will prevent em- ployee exposure to hazards. and be in accordance with tabulated I data, such as tables and charts. (3) When material or equipment (ii) The tabulated data shall be in that is used for protective systems is written form and include all of the fol- damaged, a competent person shall ex= i lowing: amine the material or'equipment and evaluate its suitability for continued 224 Occupational SafetyOld Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. A I use. If the competent person cannot excavations at levels above other em- I assure the material or equipment is ployees except when employees at the able to support the intended loads or lower levels are adequately protected - is otherwise suitable for safe use, then from the ha.72.rd of falling, rolling, or such material or equipment shall be sliding material or equipment. I removed from service, and. shall be (g) Shield systems—(1) General. (1) evaluated and approved by a regis- Shield systems shall not be subjected tered professional engineer before to loads exceeding those which the being returned to service. system was designed to withstand. I - (e)•Installation_ and removal of sup- (ii) Shields shall be installed in a port—(1) General. (i) Members of sup- manner to restrict lateral or other• port systems shall be securely connect- hazardous movement of the shield in I ed together to prevent sliding, falling, the event of the application of sudden kickouts, or other predictable failure. , lateral loads. (ii) Support systems shall be in- (iii) Employees shall be protected I stalled and removed in a manner that from the hazard of cave-ins when en- protects employees from cave-ins, tering or exiting the areas protected structural collapses, or from being by shields. struck by members of the support (iv) Employees shall not be allowed I system. in shields when shields are being in- I (iii) Individual members of support stalled, removed, or moved vertically. systems shall not be subjected to loads (2) Additional requirement for shield I exceeding those which those members. systems used in trench excavations. were designed to withstand. • • Excavations of earth material to a (iv) Before temporary removal of in- level not greater than 2 feet (.61 m) dividual members begins, additional below the bottom of a shield shall be I precautions shall be taken to ensure permitted, but only if the shield is de- I the safety of employees, such as in- signed to resist the forces calculated stalling other structural members to for the full depth of the trench, and I carry the loads imposed on the sup- there are no indications while the port system. trench is open of a possible loss of soil (v) Removal shall begin at, and from behind or below the bottom of progress from, the bottom of the exca- the shield. 1 vation. Members shall be released slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure of the remaining mem- APPENDIX A TO CA TO SUBPART P-SOIL I bers of the structure or possible cave- in of the sides of the excavation. (a) Scope and applicaN tion—(1) Scope. This (vi) Backfilling shall progress to- appendix describes a method of classifying gether with the removal of support soil and rock deposits based on site and envi- , systems from excavations. - ronmental conditions, and on the structure (2) Additional requirements for sup- and composition of the earth deposits. The port systems for trench excavations. (i) appendix contains and d definitions, s sets e forth visua- I re- Excavation of material to a level no and manual tests for use in classifying soils• greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of the members of a support (2) Application. This appendix applies When a•sloping or benching system is de- system shall be permitted, but only if signed in accordance with the requirements the system is designed to resist the set forth in 1 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of • I forces calculated for the full depth of protection for employees from cave-ins. the trench, and there are no indica- This appendix also applies when timber I tions while the trench is open of a pos- shoring for excavations is designed as a sible loss of soil from behind or below metcord with appendix C to subpart P of d of protection from cave-ins in ac- the bottom of the support system. 1926, and when aluminum hydraulic (ii) Installation of a support system part shoring.is designed in accordance with ap- I shall be closely coordinated with the pendix D. This Appendix also applies if excavation of trenches. other protective systems are designed and (f) Sloping and benching systems. selected for use from data prepared in ac- I Employees shall not be permitted to cordance with the requirements set forth in work on the faces of sloped or benched § 1926.652(c), and the use of the data is 225 I '1 Subpt. P, App. A • 29 CFoh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) predicated on the use the soil classifiea- gorier are determined tion system set forth in this appendix. nmi based on an analysis of the properties and nd performance charac- ' (b) Definitions. The definitions and exam- teristics of the deposits and the environ- pies given below are based on, in whole or in mental conditions of exposure. part, the. following: American Society for Stable rock means natural solid mineral Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653- matter that can be excavated with vertical 85,and D2488; The Unified Soils Classifica- tion System; The U.S. Department of Agri- sides and remain intact while exposed. . culture. (USDA) Textural Classification Submerged is free soil means soil which is under- Scheme; and The National Bureau of Stand- water or is seeping i arils Report BSS-121. Type A means cohesive soils with an un- Ceiriented soil means a soil in which the confined compressive strength 0(.1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Exam- particles are held together by a chemical pies of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, agent, such as calcium carbonate, such that • a"hand-size sample cannot be crushed into sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, ' powder or individual soil particles by finger such •clay loam and sandy clay loam. Ce. pressure, mented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered•Type A. However, no soil Cohesive soil means clay (fine grained ' soil),or soil with a high clay content, which ape A if: I • has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does (i) The soil is fissured; or ' not crumble, ca.n be excavated with vertical (ii)•The soil is subject to vibration from -sideslopes, and is plastic when moist. Cohe- heavy traffic, pile driving, or similar effects; sive soil is hard to break up when dry, and or I exhibits significant cohesion when sub- (iii) The soil has been previously dis- merged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, turbed; or sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay. (iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered Dry soil means soil that does not exhibit system where the layers dip into the excava- visible signs of moisture content.Fissured means a soil material that has a tion on a slope of four horizontal to one ver- tical (4H:1V) or greater; or tendency to break along definite planes of (v) The material is subject to other factors fracture with little resistance, or a material that would require it to be classified as a that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface. less stable material. B means: Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt, (i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined corn- - (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay pressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 content. Granular soil has no cohesive kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf(144 kPa); or strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit (11) Granular cohesionless soils including: apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be angular gravel (similar to crushed rock),silt, I molded when moist and crumbles easily silt loam, sandy loam and, in some cases, when dry. Layered system means two or more silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. ills- (iii) Previously disturbed soils except tinctly different soil or rock types arranged those which would otherwise be classed as l in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened. Type C Sal- planes . in rock or shale are considered lay- (iv) Soil that meets the unconfined corn- ered. pressive strength q Moist soil means a condition in which a ments for A or u cementation subject Isoil•looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive, to vibratioe A, but is fissured or subject soil_ can easily be shaped into a ball and (v) Dry rock that is not stable;or rolled into small diameter threads before (vi) Material that is lay- crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains ered system where thepart 1 yers dip int of a do the 1 some cohesive material will exhibit signs of excavation on a slope less steep than four cohesion between particles. horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only • Plastic means a property of a soil which if the material would otherwise be classified allows the soil to be deformed or molded -as Type B.• si without cracking, or appreciable volume Type C means: change. (1) Cohesive soil with an unconfined com- Saturated soil means a soil in which the pressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; voids are filled with water. Saturation does or I not require flow. Saturation, or near satura- (ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, tion, is necessary for the proper use of in- and loamy sand; or struments such as a pocket penetrometer or (iii) Submerged soil or soil from which sheer vane. water is freely seeping; or •Soil classification system means, for the (iv) Submerged Purpose of this subpart, a method of catego- rock that it not stable, or m ruing soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy (v) Material in a sloped, layered system ion or of Stable Rock, Type A, Typ a slope of here the layers horizontal to dip into the e one vertical C. in decreasing order of stability.B, The cate- (4H:1V) or steeper. 226 Occupational Safehend Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. A I Unconfined compressive strength means (11) Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil the load per unit area at which a soil will that remains in clumps when excavated is fail in compression. It can be determined by cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does I laboratory testing, or estimated in the field not stay in clumps is granular. using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb pen- (iii) Observe the side of the opened exca- etration tests, and other methods. vation and the surface area adjacent to the I Wet soil means soil that contains signifi- excavation. Crack-like openings such as ten- cantly more moisture than moist soil, but in sion cracks could indicate fissured material. such a range of values that cohesive maters- If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the al will slump or begin to flow when vibrated. soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evi- I Granular material that would exhibit cohe- dence of moving ground and are indications sive properties when moist will lose those of potentially hazardous situations. cohesive properties when wet. • (iv) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- (c) Requirements—(1) Classification of vation and the excavation itself for evidence I soil and rock deposits. Each soil and rock of existing utility and other underground deposit shall be classified by a competent structures, and to identify previously dis- person as Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, or Curbed soil. Type C in accordance with the definitions (v) Observe the opened side of the excava- I set forth in paragraph (b) of this appendix. tion to identify layered systems. Examine (2) Basis of classification.. The classifica- layered systems to identify if the layers tion of the deposits shall be made based on slope toward the excavation. Estimate the the results of at least one visual and at least degree of slope of the layers. ' one manual analysis. Such analyses shall be (vi) Observe the area adjacent to the exca- conducted by a competent person using vation and the sides of the opened excava • - tests`described in paragraph (d) below, or in tion for evidence of surface water, water other recognized methods of soil classifiea- seeping from the sides of the excavation. or I (vii) Observe th djacent to the ex- tion and testing such as those adopted by the location of the level ofthe water table. 'A merica merica Society for Testing Materials, e area a or the U.S. Department of Agriculture tex- cavation and the area within the excavation aural classification system. for sources of vibration that may affect the I (3) Visual and manual analyses. The of the excavation face. visual and manual analyses, such as those stability Manual tests.x Manual analysis of soil noted as being acceptable in paragraph (d) (2samples is conducted to determine quantita- ducted i d appendix, shall fi designed and con- tive as well as qualitative properties of soil I to provide sufficient quantitative and to provide more information in order to and qualitative information as may be nec- classify soil properly. essary to identify properly the properties, (s) plasticity. Mold a moist or wet sample of the deposits.factors, and conditions affecting the classifi- cation of soil into a ball and attempt to roll it into il threads as thin as 1/4-inch in diameter. Cohe- the(4) Layered emshallsystems.classified In a layered system, sive material can be successfully rolled into system be in accordance threads without crumbling. For example, if with its weakest layer. However, each layer at least a two inch (50 mm) length of 1/.-inch I may be classified individually where a more thread can be held on one end without stable layer lies under a less stable layer. the soil is cohesive. tear- (5)`Reclassification.. ing, If. after classifying a g Dry strength If the soil is dry and deposit, the properties, factors, fonds- (icrumbles on its own or with moderate pres- ' tions affecting its classification chh ange into individual grains or fine powder. it any.way, the changes shall be evaluated by sure is granular (any bination of gravel, a competent person. The deposit shall be re- I classified as necessary to reflect the sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into changed circumstances. clumps which break up into smaller clumps, (d) Acceptable visual and manual tests.— but the smaller clumps can only be broken _ (1) Visual tests. Visual analysis is conducted up.with difficulty,_ it may be clay in any to determine qualitative information regard- combination with gravel. sand or silt. If the I ing•the excavation site in general, the soil dry soil breaks into clumps which do not adjacent to the excavation. the soil forming break up into small clumps and which can the sides of the open excavation, and the only be broken with difficulty, and there is soil taken as samples from excavated mate- no visual indication the soil is fissured, the I rial.• soil may be considered unfissured: (i) Observe samples of soil that are exca- (iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb pene- vated and soil in the sides of the excavation. tration test can be used to estimate the un- Estimate the range of particle sizes and the confined compressive strength of cohesive relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil soils. (This test is based on the thumb pene- ' that is primarily composed of fine-grained tration test described in American Society material is cohesive material. Soil composed for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard primarily of coarse-grained sand or gravel is designation D2488—"Standard Recommend- I granular material. ed Practice for Description of Soils (Visual- 227 1 iSubpt. P, App: B • 29 CFI.. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) Manual Procedure).") Type A soils with an ing protective systems is to be performed in unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf accordance with the requirements set forth I can be readily indented by the thumb; how- in § 1926.652(b)(2). ever, they can be penetrated by the thumb (b) Definitions. • only, with very great effort. Type C soils Actual slope means the slope to which an with an unconfined compressive strength of excavation face is excavated. i 0.5 tsf can . be easily penetrated several Distress means that the soil is in a condi- inches by the thumb, and can be molded by tion where a cave-in is imminent or is likely light finger pressure. This test should be to occur. Distress is evidenced by such•phe- conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, nomena as the development of fissures in ' such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as the face of or ent to an open excava- practicable after excavation to keep to a mi- tion; the subsidence of the edge of an exxca- minum the effects of exposure to drying in- vation; the slumping of material from the fluences. If the excavation is later exposed face or the bulging or heaving of material I to wetting influences (rain, flooding), the_ from the bottom of an excavation; the spall- classification of the soil must be changed ac- ing of material from the face of an excava- cordingly. tion; and ravelling, i.e. o -, (iv) Other strength tests. Estimates of un- material such as pebbles or small ecleclumps of confined compressive strength .of soils can material suddenly separating from the face also be obtained by use of a pocket pene- of an excavation and trickling or roiling trometer or by using a hand-operated shear- down into the excavation. vane. Maximum allowable slope means the 1 (v) Drying test. The basic purpose of the steepest incline of an excavation face that is drying test is to differentiate between cohe- acceptable for the most favorable site condi- • sive material with fissures, unfissured cohe- tions as protection against cave-ins, and is sive„material, and granular material. The expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance I procedure for the drying test involves to vertical rise (H:V). drying a sample of soil that is approximate- Short term exposure means a period of ly one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inches time less than or equal to 24 hours that an (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughly excavation is open. dry: (c) Requirements_-.(1) Soil classifiction.(A) If the sample develops cracks as it Soil and rock deposits shall be classified in dries, significant fissures are indicated. accordance with appendix A to subpart P of (B) Samples that dry without cracking are part 1926. to be broken by hand. If considerable force (2) Maximum allowable slope. The maxi- is necessary to break a sample, the soil has mum allowable slope for a soil or rock de- . significant cohesive material content. The posit shall be determined from Table B-1 of I soil can be classified as a unfissured cohe- this appendix. sive material and the unconfined compres- (3) Actual slope. (1) The actual slope shall sive strength should be determined. not be steeper than the maximum allowable (C) If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is slope. either a fissured cohesive material or a (ii) The actual. slope shall be less steep granular material To distinguish between than the maximum allowable slope, when the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the there are signs of distress. If that situation sample by hand or by stepping on them. If occurs, the slope shall be cut back to an I the clumps do not pulverize easily, the ma- , actual slope which is at least 34 horizontal terial is cohesive with fissures. If they put- to one vertical (1H:1V) less steep than the verize easily into very small fragments, the maximum allowable slope. material is granular. (iii) When surcharge loads from stored I material or equipment, operating equip_ APPENDIX B TO SUBPART P—,SLOPING ment. or traffic are present, a competent persoAND BENCHING the act ual shall to determine the degree to which I slope must be reduced below the (a) Scope and ¢pplication. This a maximum allowable slope, and shall assure contains specifications for sloping a and loads from adthat such jacent t achieved. Surcharge benching when used as methods of protect- uated in ad3acece structures shall be eval- ing employees working accordance with § 1926.651(1>. cave-ins. The requirements f tva ions froixm (4) Con urations. Configurations of slop- apply when the design of sloping and bench- aannc anwiitd h aching systems shall be in.accord- apply B-1. I I 228 Occupational Safetillnd Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. B I • TABLE B-1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES I SOIL OR RO CK TYPE t4A'(1MUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES(H:V)tl] ' FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET nFFP 131 STABLE ROCK-. VERTICA L 9 I TYPE A' (2] • 3/4 : 1 ' (53°) TYPE B • . 1:1 - (45°) TYPE C • 11: 1 • (34°) • I NOTES: • 1.- Numbers shown in parentheses next to-maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off. I 2. A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (63') is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that'are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67"m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53'). I 3. Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. • • - " Figure B-1 • Slope Configurations I (All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio) B-1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 'Y+:1. I I • • 1 I I --. 229 I tz ' Subpt. P; APP. Be - - 29 CO Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) s I 1 • 20' Max. 1.. • SIMPLE SLOPE—GENERAL • Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope f ss (short �� and 1,4:1 12' Max. - . . ' 1/2 . r - . • . - SIMPLE SLOPE—SHORT TERM Ill 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of % to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: 1 1 - A , 1 3/4 201 Max.ill, �►' rig Y. % - • / I • I • I � • 230 - Occupational Safetd Health Admin., Labor • - Subpt. P, App. B SIMPLE BENCH • L / .. I / 20' Max. I 5' •� 3/4 Max. • 4' Max. � . 1 I MULTIPLE BENCH 3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically_sided lower portions shall have a maximum vertical side of 31 feet. I N .. 3/4 I8' Max. 31' Max. • I UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION-MAXIMUM 8 FEET IN DEPTH All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth which unsupported I vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum vertical side of 31 feet. . I • 1 1 1 1 12' Max. 31' Max. I . . . I 231 I ISubpt. P, App. B • 29 CFlph. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) UNSUPPORTED VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION—MAXIMUM 12 FEET IN DEPTH I All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of %:1. The support or shield system must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. iSupport or shield system I .. A . ]: . .. iii 20 ' Max. 3/4 11 18" Min. I • • Total height of vertical side SUPORTED OR SHIELDED VERTICALLY.SIDED LOWER PORTION. ... - I 4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under $ 1926.652(b). = B-1.2 Excavations Made in Type B Soil 11 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maxim slope of 1:1. um allowable I I Zi I-. I 20' Max. • 1 I • SIMPLE SLOPE 1 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: I •• I • 232 I Occupational Safe t nd Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. B ' Thi.s bench allowed in cohesive soil only.. I z. i 1 20' Max 1 l Max. . 1 SINGLE BENCH I --, ' This bench allowed in cohesive soil only i i 1 20' Max. / . Z/ 1 i i 4' i Max. ♦ 1 4' M ax. / MULTIPLE'BENCH I 3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable,slope of 1:1. Support or shield system - -- / ,1 - je i 20' Max. E—�� 1 8" Min. Total height of vertical side I t 233 i I Subpt.: P, App. B411) • 29 Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) VERTICALLY SIDED LOWER PORTION I • : 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in If 1926.652(b). I -- B-1.3 Excavations Made in.Type C Soil 1.44 simple slope excavations 20_feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 134:1. I I 20 Max. I 1 i I • SIMPLE SLOPE . . . . 2. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All I such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 134:1. l' • Support or shield system r I 2 , 0 Max. *- ..! ::::] Ii 11 I 18 ' Min. il • 'Total height of vertical side I • I . • • I 234 ID Occupational SafeSind Health Admin., Labor Subpt. P; App. B I VERTICAL SIDED LOWER PORTION . 3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in I § 1926.652(b). - 8-1.4 Excavations Made in Layered Soils I 1. All excavations=20 feet or less in depth made in layered'soils shall have'a maximum allowable slope for each layer as set forth below. B Ai 1 _ _ _ _ _ A 1 3/4 , 1 B OVER A I 1g A 1 • - 3/4 1 _ . C OVER A 1 / - 1 C 1i I • B 1 - 1 I C OVER 3 . I . I • • 235 I ISubpt. P, App. C• 29 CiCh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) A 1. . • . $ 1 1 • - A OVER B 1 • A Al cZ:11 11 I A OVER C • 1 . • 3 Z 1 . I 11 I c 1 11 - B OVER C • I . 2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in Ii1926.652(b). as sloping, benching, shielding, and freezing -- APPENDIX C TO SUBPART P—TIMBER • systems must be designed in accordance r SHORING FOR TRENCHES with the requirements set forth in (a) Scope. This a § 1926.652(b) and § 1926.652(c). ppendix contains infor- (b) Soil Classification. In order to use the I mation that can be used timber shoring is data provided as a method of presented in this appendix, the soil protection from type or types in which the excavation is cave-ins in trenches that do not exceed 20 made must first be determined using the feet (6.1 m)in depth.This appendix must be soil classification method set forth in a Iused when design of timber shoring protec- , dix A of subpart P of this pPen- tive systems is to be performed in accord. (c) Presentation of Information.part. ance with § 1926.652(c)(1). Other timber tion is presented in several rmasfofollows: = shoring configurations; other systems of . - (1) Information is.presented in-tabular J support such as hydraulic and pneumatic .- form in Tables C-1.1, C-1.2. and C-1.3. and systems; and other protective systems such Tables C-2.1. C-2.2 and C-2.3 following • 236 Occupatio ncl:Saf and Healtfi -Admin., Labor • Subpt.f,App. 'C .paragraph (g) of the appendix. Each table -(A) When loads imposed by structures or presents-the minimum sizes of timber mem- by stored -material adjacent to the trench 1 ':hers to use in a shoring system,'and each weigh in excess of the load imposed by a table- contains data only for the particular two-foot.soil -surcharge. The term "adja- •'soiL..type in which the excavation-or-portion cent" as used here-means the area within a I of the excavation is made. The data are ar- horizontal distance from the edge of .the ranged to allow the user the flexibility -to -trench equal to the depth of-the-trench. select from among several acceptable con- - (B)_When'verticailoads imposed-:on cross figurations •of members based on varying'- braces exceed a 240-pound gravity -load dis- I -the horizontal spacing of the crossbraces. tributed on a one-foot.section of the center Stable rock is'exempt from shoring"require- of the crossbrace. meats and therefore, no data•are resented (C) When surcharge loads are .present for this condition. • from equipment weighing in excess of 20,000 I (D) When only theower p (2) Information concerning the basis of pounds. • the tabular data and the limitations of the lortion of a data is presented in paragraph (d) of this trench is shored and the remaining portion appendix, and on the tables themselves. of the trench is sloped or benched unless: (3) Information explaining the use of the The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less of tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) steep than three horizontal to one vertical; this appendix, or the members are selected from the tables (4) Information illustrating the use of the for use at a depth which is determined fro mth r data is presented in paragraph (f) of the top of the overall trench, and not from this is appendix• the toe of the sloped portion. '(5) Miscellaneous notations regarding (e) Use of Tables. The members of the Tables through through are pre3sented and Tables C- shoring system that are to be selected using I gr ) of this Appendix. in Para- this information are the cross braces, the graph (g) of uprights. and the wales, where wales are re- d) Basis and limitations mem erof the date sizes—(1) quired. Minimum sizes of members are spec- ' Dimensions of timber members. (i)'The sizes ified for use in different types of soil. There of the timber members listed in Tables C- are six tables of information, two for each 1.1 through C-1.3 are taken from the Na- soil type. The soil type must fast be" e of Standards l (NBS) report, mined in accordance with the soil classifica- ' deter- "Recommended Technical Provisions for Construction Practice in Shoring and Slop- tion system described in appendix A to sub- ing of Trenches and Excavations." In addi- part P of part 1926. Using the appropriate tion. where NBS did not recommend specific table, the selection of the size and spacing sizes of members, member sizes are based on of the members is then made. The selection I an analysis of the sizes required for use by is based on the depth and width of the existing codes and on empirical practice. trench where the members are to be in- (ii) The required dimensions of the mem- stalled and, in most instances, the selection I bers listed in Tables C-1.1 through C-1.3 is also based on the horizontal spacing of refer to actual dimensions and not nominal the crossbraces. Instances where a choice of • dimensions of the timber. Employers want- horizontal spacing of crossbracing is avail- ing to use nominal size shoring are directed able, the horizontal spacing of the cross- to Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3, or have this braces must be chosen by the user before choice under § 1926.652(c)(3),- and are re- the size of any member can be determined. ferred to The Corps of Engineers, The When the soil type, the width and depth of Bureau of Reclamation or data from other the trench, and the horizontal spacing of acceptable sources. the crossbraces are known, the size and ver- (2) Limitation of application. (i) It is not tical spacing of the crossbraces, the size and intended that the timber shoring specifics- vertical spacing of the wales, and the size tion apply to every situation that may be and horizontal spacing of the uprights can I experienced in the field. These data were be read from the appropriate table. developed to apply to the situations that are (f) Examples to Illustrate the Use of Tables most commonly experienced in current C-1.1 through C-1.3. . trenching practice. Shoring systems for use (1) Example 1. I in situations that are not covered by the A trench dug in Type A soil is 13 feet deep • data in this appendix must be designed as and five feet wide. specified in 4 1926.652(c). . From Table C-1.1, for acceptable arrange- I (ii) When any of the following conditions ments of timber can be used. are present, the members specified in the ::• tables are not considered adequate. Either Arrangement #1 • e.n alternate timber shoring system must be Space 4x4 crossbraces at six feet horizon- ,. ;: designed or • another type of protective tally and four feet vertically., I system'. . designed in accordance with Wales are not required. . § 1926.652. 237 1 I Subpt. P, App. C • 29 CF h- XVII (7-1-92 Edition) Space 3x8 uprights at six feet horizontal- Arrangement #2 ly. This arrangement is commonly called ' "skip shoring." Space 8 x10 crossbraces at eight feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. • Arrangement#2 Space 12 x12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 4x6 crossbraces at eight feet hori- Position 2x6 uprights in a close sheeting zontally and four feet vertically, configuration unless water pressure must be Space 8x8 wales at four feet vertically. resisted. Tight sheeting must be used where Space 2x6 uprights at four feet horizon- water must be retained. tally. (4) Example 4. IArrangement#3 A trench dug in Type C soil is 20 feet deep and 11 feet wide; The size and spacing of Space 6x6 crossbraces at 10 feet horizon- members for the section of trench that is tally and four feet vertically, • over 15 feet in depth is determined using Space 8 x10 wales at four feet vertically. Table C-1.3. Only one arrangement of mem- bers 2 x 6 uprights at five feet horizontal- bers is provided. ly. Space 8 x 10 -crossbraces at six feet hori- zontally and five feet vertically. Arrangement#4 Space 12x12 wales at five feet vertically. Space 6 x 6 crossbraces at 12 feet horizon- Use 3 x6 tight sheeting. tally and four feet vertically. Use of Tables C-2.1 through C-2.3 would ii Space 10 x 10 wales at four feet vertically. follow the same procedures. ll Spaces 3x8 uprights at six feet horizon- (g) Notes for all Tables. tally. 1. Member sizes at spacings other than in- (2) Example 2. dicated are to be determined as specified in A trench dug in Type B soil in 13 feet § 1926.652(c), "Design of Protective Sys- deep and five feet wide. From Table C-1.2 terns." three acceptable arrangements of members 2. When conditions are saturated or sub- are listed. merged use Tight Sheeting. Tight Sheeting I Arrangement#1 refers to the use of specially-edged timber planks (e.g., tongue and groove) at least Space 6x6 crossbraces at six feet horizon- three inches thick, steel sheet piling, or tally and five feet vertically. similar construction that when driven or Space 8 x8 wales at five feet vertically, placed in Space 2 x 6 uprights at two feet horizontal- resist the lateral position provide a of waterly. pressure and to prevent the loss of backfill material. Close ,arrangement#2 Sheeting refers to the placement of planks side-by-side allowing as little space as possi- Space 6 x8 crossbraces at eight feet hori- ble between them. •zontally and five feet vertically, 3. All spacing indicated is measured center Space 10 x10 wales at five feet vertically, to center. ' . Space 2 x6 uprights at two feet horizontal- 4. Wales to be installed with greater di- ly. mension horizontal. • Arrangement#3 5. If the vertical distance from the center I of the lowest•crossbrace to the bottom of Space 8 x8 crossbraces at 10 feet horizon- tally and five feet vertically, the trench exceeds two and one-half feet. uprights shall be firmly embedded or a Space 10x12 wales at five feet vertically. mudsill shall be used. Where uprights are 1 Space 2 x6 uprights at two feet vertically. embedded, the vertical distance from the (3) Example 3. center of the lowest crossbrace to the A trench dug in Type C soil is 13 feet deep bottom of the trench shall not exceed 36 and five feet wide. • inches. When mudsills are used, the vertical From Table C-1.3 two acceptable arrange- distance shall not exceed 42 inches. Mudsills ments of members can be used. -are wales that are installed at the toe of the Arrangement#1 trench side. 6. Trench jacks may be used in lieu of or Space 8x 8 crossbraces at six feet horizon- in combination with timber crossbraces. tally and five feet vertically.Space 10x12 wales at five feet vertically. 7. Placement cf crossbraces.When the ver- tical spacing of crossbraces is four feet, Position 2x6 6 uprights as closely together place the top crossbrace no more than two I as possible. feet below the top of the trench. When the IS water must be retained use special vertical spacing of crossbraces is five feet, tongue and groove uprights to form tight place the top crossbrace no more than 2.5 sheeting, feet below the top of the trench. I 238 I Occupational.Safetend Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. C I JOC U N Q .. 0- • N • ~ X N t+]2 Cu O Ni N 0:i+. 4.0 ' 2 2 W X in N O WtWiN ' . d J.-- O Q 3 X • ' 0 X J �' N - . J Q • 0 # .�-. W t0 t0 t0 t0 Ln 3. to #• X O .X X X X O. Q r, r Ft Co Z C71 N 2 d .. C 4.- La W L c4 .• O LLa - La V. CO C 0 .�i n L W U W I I 1 C 7 W N T d V 1 1 V' ; er C- Q Q Q C' Q 4.1,r 1 1 11-N in a+ t- O J f17 1 IA IA 0J.0 ✓.CC ; O O r 7 • �� v ~3 - �pp.. a.a- CO CO O G CO • X x X >< ' a CO �C X N """ d N Z 0 z- ) CO c0 Z 0O CO O tO CO CO O 0 I I-. CI LI . • '=?x O L -+ �= N G •2H • 4-• e) = 1 + ¢ WQLi c • .0- . - • - • v v - `d• L� I 4-5 05 Q 1 X N 07 h- 1 C- O Ot L Len C1— Or tD tO tD t0 tD t0 CO b O W .--1 C+1 • O N LL") X X X X )4 X X X X X X X ..- N .Z clL• L � C..--1 'O '.0 tO IC t8 tO ..0OI0 4.0 CO CO I C q ••• 0 C C ea w= 0. La Cu4.00J Les n-r F- 1-� N? D t0 t0 t0 4.0 t0 CO CO 0 CO C CO A .C x W 0-.--• X X X X X X X X X X X X > W O t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 CO CO y= I C.-) ¢ La. La vx O 3 C) N- W Q CJ I- e.0 t0 t0 t0 t0 tO tO . t0 t0 • t0 O CO �"� y CC= at X X X X X X X X X X X X +l r- C F- CO W CC 0. v v v .0 c t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 CO CO 0 0 W N r N CO Cs se L I .�+ ,... O LL O ..>.. 0J O CC O 1-- - •7 t0 40. C 4.0 in t0 t0 t0 CO CO - 5— N V t0 X X X: X X X X X X X X X 7 E . x 0. v 0. 0. c v t0 t0 t0 t0 co CO o CU f • F- O s-'V O 0J I S �' t0 to Q tO •.0 %.0 t0 ••OCL" CO L. er X X X X X X X X X X X X Y 7 _ C. er er tr < aT Q t0 t0 t0 t0 O CO ti O 0 O I W IC •C7_ 0 0J 3 N 2 1- O O O O O O O O O O O CO 2 X C .-.La 1- 1- F- I- 1-- 1-- F- 1- F- 1- F- N- O[C..)Lai t0 CO Cl N tO CO O N t0 CO Cl N W E 2 • O¢W 0. 0. 0. -, 0..-+ 0. L 0. .- 0_.� 0. 0. 0..-I C .-• W CC • 2 2•••-•• • C.LL t..)1-- W co 0.0 2 La Ln CO CO Cl O in in O O T N • La W W I- .••. .-n H r• .r f.. N O G 0:Li- t-v • • I • 239 . I rSubpt. P, App. Co .29 CCCh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) r U iminni 1 • - IIJiII! - J'III 4 in II x I II F O 11111 111111111 C0 a L.41 c N N CU WIIII CC y H L:7 _w yG. [:. y a N v NZ_ I n di •..csii + in °� E.... hCOI ,C I t2.1 03 i ae EIIEftII H Do F V ME imam O d�T OD L a CO O . " 'O m I V7 LL C di imingin .a d MEE .r U c) eD 07 W V I al F G y5 ii ?+ O MEGIUMEIN CO CO r a - �pE&IItv O H N UNEE X > aJ X 0 E W O• d 0 H ....I ' IDE .o l IEEE co X °p , = .. ORI I y yW O •,..... 0-...-4 W N Z E. gi H O .r O -61 7 CC C.) W O H -. Z X C L v0 41.'= L d 61 u W 42 .�. .T. f/7 O y 2 to 2 N 4t : r Cow La. _ CG O F v VI H 2O a H 2 2 O O >N H N O I I • • 240 Occupati onal Safetikd Health Admin., Labor III Subpt. P, App. C I V z H • O N a ai ar I N O .J Z H d Z N .-N I H N W • = z � O w H W W a.a .a I c 0 a a a .� • z . • o w a 3 N CO- �c X N `p .O .D �D �O sO O L Z 0 44 K O• X x K N N X O O m 41 p. U N N N P1 �� a0 W f W S. = C d a n s u I N N cC c..)H aJ 7 = OC U w vn v1 va v1 of '^ 4.1 4.14 33 m .r W LJ >y . d 0 a w . La v N Z O N .N+ N •-•1 JD iN N L m I .6C "� $i. m N.11 I-I ...0.4 CO O 0 O 0 N el C CU A a. , L !'• .Z N O C E 1 •= r+ F.Zr E— V +4.4 mQ CZ vl as v1 '^ 'r' u'f m .= • Z W >C.V C CO — N aG m ..•C iO C 1+ I x O O O O O +� L O• U a o o o C 4.J I a, O Et. O O CD O O m N Cr CI La CNIW C. - X X X L +� N v = W CO CO a Z C. W , - s ai CC W . U O O_ O L w ay.. w ea Z F X K K K X K d C LID cc F N H = .a co co O7 ca . °o I as 1.I O O p H p u 0 O CO cD O CO al N w s a CO ao a) afl °D O E F O w -v I • M 61 S O O O O O 7 a. F dp U) X s x x oe x x m u is CO co co CO °O O 0 w • 3Z I+ O 0 r O .. ... Z X G r. 0 O E., 'r al .� m I E� 0 a w 'O "° O ai u s° °° al u w u so at i. al am.+ a► u w Z Z '� al O al O P. al O al O 0i O W 2 a. v 0 y z a. a. N Z N Z = N Z N Z to Z N le x.+ .O O , W ti. W W F O o EO an Vs-. ~ E4 N > N = H Cs. O I . i ; • 241 ill Subpt. P, App. C • .. . 29 CFSh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) I N CO Cs. c0 X< CO r H X N O O O v v v N M to cG 0 I F O E. ga • ...1i• w t` X X v A. c I 0 - II v X_ co n "� W 0 Io h z C O L•2 ,c.C * 0 en en 1'1 n v0'1 4. 0• - 'v '" ,° z H♦.r u- a�- C I - i N U O P OP OC _ '- 'p COCD a L• >y Za Za v v Z� v v v v v v �+ .�i AS W W L • Cs.: q M W -o V .D t'J :J v N L- y..- :J.- CO ..j y 1.4 O P OP pp OCT CO CO O .O • rC0 y Z Z re a W CJ Za sO co XX00 X X X X 0 CO W CO c0 d N U F .Z Ur L W w < w v .r .T u E p > O.< D. N .T .T v v v _ 1. < ; CO v v v L.A < N 0 x L DC V �r1 v Fsc, CL C CL II O N X X X X N X X X co CO -a V I 0 N v v^ C CC,D. N CJ nr C C CJ at 0 I w w _ :J O F N - U FO v .T +.1 +.1 O. IX Z m C C. v �T v .T .xTCD X X X �( C CJ C .4 y L. 'O .D V L. w 0 C p 0 n 0 F to 0 XX Fe ' ,. v v N .NN X .XO N N X N so X • u CZ, �O .D .O O E 0.3 O 0 .o v O E ill , I. `T v v v .7 v VD CO .p .Xo ' -�+ L. N N F E. E' i_. 0 H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -w O < N CO J .O F H E+ Z 7 C O _ = a O CO # t O a L[+. V ^ I 2 w v1 0 0 O 0 N N H —O 0 .�.. 0 0 tail 0 N O . I I I 1 242 Occupational SafelPand Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. C U + I Z N H .O U s 0. • . .N I 6 .t a, F X Z `T 0 N I ►4 . ' N 0G i• . 0 T. 041.1e") X x X - ' • U t-4 W 0. Pl J ..7 O. as O 0I 0 0 0 0 • a �" °' X X X 4 n .7 s v .�. 0 .0 a W d 0 I . ' K 0 < an ) N .0 .O .0 .O .O .O O 3 0 • X >4 X H 1. U >4 en n s • .7 s v. e O• W W itC iv u « Z F 0 9 I t+ W L C! V1 V1 111 i 1 H1 1/1 L L I-4 7 H 1-4 U 4: V1 in v1 7 to /i W 4 6. N 7 1.1 W • p�JJ N •'! N `• d L • OG 1L S 11.1 .W.3 I a ... N y. al 7 W U.CL S N x OCO a O0 tV OIN r ... 'J 0 h I }, � v O Nv X X X x X X X 0 X C d ' F N U .O is CO CO 0 0J] CV O. Z L CV Fr • 0. • ►Z�1 0 0 E I 111 v1 vl 1. U Z +. N Lad U 14 Ir. tf1 N H1 IA VI V1 U .C N L W N O 11.V) v 00 m JC = Z y • 00 C F I X 6 0 C 0 .1 L '^ F v1 .a 4 t0 CO CO >4 I U .Z J) 0^' .>4 O .0 1D 10 CO CO W 00 CO .p L n 0 I ✓ c -U O d O .1 N C N 14 F U W 0.=•r X X X .XO C000 .XO X COX .,L.1 ..'•1 Or N I v .o .o .o 3 77 4 L d Z C. S O 1cd-. 0. CC C.) F 0. c .O CO 00 d W cc W 0. .O .O .O .-• 0 US F V, I- O ..0 .0 .O .XO X .Xo .XD CO b ' m d 0 0p 7 .0 ; EE•1 O O F.0 .0 •o .0 .0 00 m .XO CCO CO n d E I F y = 0. X X X .XO XO I—1 .z s v , t.. E 0 fi 3�O t. d F .O 0O 00 a0 00 aD ..~.1 7 s .O .O .O X >4 X ..0 .XO COX •-i3 a X .7 X .o .o VD s .7 s W to t9 • - 0 H EO+ F 4.1 ,.. •N Z�. F 0 0 F H F ... 0 00 7 I , 7 C ,.. [-a 0) 0 to `.• 0C U W .O CO 0 V L .O CO 0 1J .o a0 O 0) L W 0 S d L "• = 0..1.. 0. 0. 0.. 010 0. 0. 0. 01C 0. 0. 0. IL 0 W V)...• > > > VI 0 0 0 tn2 0 0 0 COZ CO t it 1 Cr) O ' L1. fa.0 Z W 0 " 0 0 ON . • 0Oa � '� 0 0 O I. F [-. v I I I 243 I ISubpt. P, App. C• 29 CIOCh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) z z M U • II N . F O F - 3 J < I CO C1 ' z id O rn txan i x xx a 0 �. �c [) v v v O 3 O •a r. v1/1 Sr M • O rn F .2. E- -. w K U W C I al ts7 < t:: h V1 t0 'p et u > t v� d w HI 1-4 law I O m t1 N _ • N h ~ . Z F .e U - N ♦ C U U00 0•N ..7 t x .-- CO of E CC) t 1.I s CO 11 H U co r m oD X L eg 14 O C tQ CO N c.t' _N • C d 2 to co n0 O 40 C•ZZz7 U so co co co co x Z A I . . _ .LI a. O W E-• LsD SD X CO x CO CO X m 3 0• X x L tv fL J Zr . O CO 'C G a an Ill F N Z C O m c .a �° '° `x° 00 x c IL _ CO tU E I 3• n v so � CO E `x° .xo x x X I. C) CO MI .-r M L w • 2F C O O O E. 01 u I YUfad] H E+ F .. E. - , ^. [O. . _ 0 •01 w O < G. °� O. �O d 61 Z OD 7 a y 0.1 Li d pl —^v O O O N Z > > t/1Z hZ O V!2 tnZ y Zy to O .T. ic .1C C U. U F _ I z ta1 La O O r v 01 0 F 2 2 F in .fir F0 O ' [1O F N >N 0 I 244 • • I 'Occupationat.Safety and :Health :Admin., Labor Sub ft. P, A►PP• � . •pacity of not less than 30,000 -pounds axial I APPENDIX D TO SUBPART P—ALUIt1NUM -compressive load at Extensions as recom- mended by product manufacturer. HYDRAULIC SHORING FOR 'I'RENC (3)Limitation of application. la) Scope. This appendix Contains--infor- (1) It is not intended that the aluminum I mation•that-can be used when aluminum hydraulic specification apply to every situa- -hydraulic shoring is provided -as•a -method tion that:may be experieniced in the field. of.•protection .against-cave-ins In :trenches These data were.developed:to.'apply to the that,do not.exceed 20 feet C6.1m) in adepth• situations that are most•.commonly expert- 'This appendix must be used when-design of _,enced in current trenching practice. Shoring' the aluminum hydraulic protective system systems for use in situations that are not . cannot be• performed in accordance with covered by the eta in this appendix must 3 1926.652(c)(2). be 'otherwise designed as specified in I (b) Soil •Classification. In order to. use i 1926.652(c). data presented in this .appendix. the soil (ii).When-any.of the following conditions which the excavation is a type or types in re :present, the members specified in the . made must first be determined using the Tables are not considered adequate. In this I • soil,classification method set forth in appen- case, an alternative aluminum hydraulic �"''• " dix A of subpart P of part 1926. shoring system or other type of protective (c).presentation of Information- Informa- system must be designed in accordance with tion is presented in several forms as follows: i 1926.652. I (1) Information is presented in tabular (A) When vertical loads imposed on cross farm in Tables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and E-- braces exceed a 100 Pound gravity load dis- 1.4. Each table presents the maximum verti-_ tributed on a one foot section of the center cal and horizontal spacings. that may be of the hydraulic cylinder. I • used with various aluminum member sizes (B) When surcharge loads are present and various hydraulic cylinder sizes. Each from equipment weighing in excess of `- table contains data only for the particular 20,000 pounds. soil type in which the excavation or portion (00 When only the lower portion or a I • of the excavation is made. Tables D-1.1 and D-1.2 are for vertical shores in Types A and trench is shored and the remaining portion the trench is sloped or benched unless: B soil. Tables sD-1.3tem and Types s are a for hors- The sloped portion is sloped at an angle less I zontal waler Information concerning B the basisd C soil. steep than three horizontal to one vertical: (2) of or the members are selected from the tables _ the tabular data and the limitations of the for use at a depth which is determined from data is presented in paragraph (d) of this the top of the overall trench, and not from I appendix. the toe of the sloped portion. (3) Information explaining the use of the (e) Use of Tables D-1.1, D-1.2, D-1.3 and • tabular data is presented in paragraph (e) of Information D-1.4. The members of the shoring system this a that are to be selected using this informa- I (4) illustrating the use of the tion are the hydraulic cylinders, and either tabular data is presented in paragraph (f) of the vertical shores or the horizontal wales. this appendix. When a waler system is used the vertical rd Miscellaneous notations (footnotes) re- timber sheeting to be used is also selected ' girding Table D-1.1 through D-1.4 are pre- from these tables. The Tables D-1.1 and D- I i paragraph (g)a no thiscar nst 1.2 for vertical shores are used in Type A (6) Figures, illustrating typical installs- and B soils that do not require sheeting. bons of hydraulic shoring, are included just Type B soils that may require sheeting, and I prior to the Tables. The illustrations page iss C soils that always require sheeting • entitled "Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring: Type Typical Installations." are found in the horizontal wale Tables D- (d)Basis and limitations of the data. 1.3 and D-1.4.The soil type must first be de- (1) Vertical shore rails and horizontal termined in accordance with the soil classifi- ' wales are those that meet the Section Mod- cation system described in appendix A to ulus requirements in the D-1 Tables. Alumi- subpart P of part 1926. Using the appropri- num material is 6061-T6 or material of ate table, the selection of the size and spac- equivalent strength and properties. ing of the members is made. The selection is I (2) Hydraulic cylinders specifications. (1) based on the depth and width of the trench 2-inch cylinders shall be a minimum 2-inch where the members are to be installed. In inside diameter with a minimum safe work- these tables the vertical spacing is held con- I ing capacity of no less than 18,000 pounds stant at four feet on center. The tables axial compressive load at maximum eaten- show the maximum horizontal spacing of sion. Maximum extension is to include full cylinders allowed for each size of wale in range of cylinder extensions as recommend- the waler system tahydraulic and l n the vhertical I ed by product manufaturer. shore tables,the izon- (ii) 3-inch cylinders shall be a minimum 3- tal spacing is the same as the vertical shore inch inside diameter with a safe working ca- spacing. 245 1 ISubpt. P, App. D III 29 Cfh. XV! _ 1 (7-1 92 Edition) I (f) Example to Illustrate the Use of the vertically. 3 x12 timber sheeting is required Tables: at close spacing vertically.Example.1: Y. (See Figure 4 i(_.r •A trench dug in Type A soil is 6 feet deep typical installation.) and 3 feet wide. From Table D-1.1: Find ver- (bl Footnotes, and general notes, for tical shores and 2 inch diameter cylinders Tables D-1.1, D-1'2• D-1.3, and D-1.4. spaced 8 feet on center (o.c.) horizontally (1) For applications other than those . and 4�feet on t er ( .) horizontally tS ly listed in the tables. refer to § 1926.652(c)(2) Figures 1 8i 3 for typical installations.)cy for use of manufacturer's tabulated data. For trench depths in excess of 20 feet, refer I (2)Example 2: (Trench is dug in Type B soil that does to § 1926.652(c)(2)and § 1926.652(c)(3). not require sheeting, 13 feet deep and 5 feet (2) 2 inch diameter cylinders, at this wide. From Table D-1.2:Find vertical shores width, shall have structural steel tube ' and, 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced 6.5 (3.5 x 3.5 x 0.1875) oversleeves, or structural feet 0.C. horizontally and 4-feet o.c. vertical- eaten eeves of manufacturer's specification, ly. (See Figures 1 & 3 for typical installa- oversextending the full, collapsed length. tions.) (3) Hydraulic cylinders capacities. (i) 2 (3) A trench is dug in Type B soil that inch cylinders.shall be a minimum 2-inch• does not require sheeting, but does experi- ence inside diameter with a safe working capacity does some minor raveling of the trench face. of not less than' 18,000 pounds axial com- The trench is 16 feet deep and 9 feet wide. pressive load at maximum extension. Maxi_ From Table D-1.2: Find vertical shores and mum extension is to include full range of 2 inch diameter cylinder (with special overs- leeves cylinder extensions as recommended by as designated by footnote #2) spaced product manufacturer. 5.5 feet o.c. horizontally and 4 feet o.c. verti- (ii) 3-inch cylinders shallbe a minimum 3- I tally, plywood (per footnote (g)(7) to the D- inch inside diameter with a safe work capac- 1 Table) should be used behind the shores. ity of not less than 30,000 pounds axial com- pressive Figures 2 & 3 for typical installations.) pressive load at maximum extension. Maxi- (4)Example 4:A trench is dug in previous- mum extension is to include full range of I ly disturbed Type B soil, with characteris, cylinder extensions as recommended by tics of a Type C soil, and will require sheet- product manufacturer. lug. The trench is 18 feet deep and 12 feet (4) All spacing indicated is measured wide. 8 foot horizontal spacing between cyl- center to center. I -finders is desired for working space. From Table D-1.3: Find horizontal wale with a (5) Vertical shoring rails shall have a min- imum section modulus of 0.40 inch. section modulus of 14.0 spaced at 4 feet o.c. (6) When vertical shores are used. there vertically and 3 inch diameter cylinder must be a minimum of three shores spaced I spaced at 9 feet maximum o.c. horizontally. equally, horizontally, in a group. 3 x12 timber sheeting is required at close (7) Plywood shall. be 1.125 in. thick spacing vertically. (See Figure 4 for typical softwood or 0.75 inch. thick. 14 ply, arctic installation.) white birch (Finland form). Please note that I (5) Example 5: A trench is dug in Type C plywood is not intended as a structural soil, 9 feet deep and 4 feet wide. Horizontal member, but only for prevention of local cylinder spacing in excess of 6 feet is desired raveling (sloughing of the trench face) be- for' working space. From Table D-1.4: Find tween shores. horizontal wale with a section modulus of (8) See appendix C for timber specifics- 7.0 and 2 inch diameter cylinders spaced at tions. 6.5 feet o.c. horizontally. Or, find horizontal (9) Wales are calculated for simple span Iwale with a 14.0 section modulus and 3 inch conditions. diameter cylinder spaced at 10 feet o.c. hori- (10) See-appendix D, item (d), for basis zontally. Both wales are spaced 4 feet o.c. and limitations of the data. • I . I I . I 246 . Occupational Sae and Health Admin., Labor • Subpt. P, App. D I ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC SHORING TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS I FIGURE NO. 1 FIGURE NO:2 I ` rnd i uuUC WORMS • ". VIATICA!.ALW►uLl .. .:X' tirOT M1AC�01 j MTD11AiA.C fA+ AP G !WTI Rrw000) •- , HORIZONTAL - HORIZONTAL SPACING i . _ SPACING VERTICAL RAIL / HYDRAULIC I CYLINDER ;i� It ir AAR� i' r i ,ma se" MAX. VERTICAL RAIL F CYLINDER 1e" 4 ►LYY000 HYDRAULIC r i It DI � ICE;� VERTICAL r '� j SPACING IL � ' I' _ •VERTICAL �i C • SPACING t. 0 rII c 4' MAX. _ r 'Pre 4' MAX. .. mar ft..'2' MAX. 2' MAX. I FIGURE NO. 3 FIGURE NO.4 I .wur Mrwuwc$ OAMO UPRIGHT ',EA MA S O!O 4 At.w• wail,' r METINGwrauwe `? CTrP AU ISTAuc[OI t.• I ca '�. II HORIZONTAL SPACING II `,yob~ / WALE I it kip I r il o �<tlsi II~. �� HYDRAULIC VERTICAL VERTICAL RAIL 2' MAX. : CYLINDER -z' SPACING t !"1/ � / R JP /4 il 'HYDRAULIC $` CYLINDER _ rVERTICAL f� SPACING .E II ♦' MAX. }, 2' MAX. v I 247 I 311-112 0-92-9 ISubpt. P, App. _ 29 CFSh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) I 0. D a c•••1 v"") zLLI [.... Wo lal z o a p Li) . T a U W N W °ON UW W Ems., w O Z F- T tQ • �.. • . „ u . CS z R. I O Hcc ua v F- ... Uc�t < n. Z � a ' : h Cal C. Z N ¢ ¢ a o ¢ v4F v ao < - - o p >- UG/] .I • u ¢ = E= y � .) bii !., ¢ w c- v a.� .� > W ¢ o z -i3 s . 2 ¢ I� 0z f- V N v � zz o ., .. O X N ¢ E O0 EE ll . 0. .. 0 to u .-- T �OC .0 X x ca cc I €4.• aa. na. ¢ ¢ U F a O cd O ed O N p u u i . g.13 O [II ta.) > M. '''' > "" (3,-, •-• > •-• a.-cv 4.1 ' Zi ..:.:, •• O u u gzz I I ' . I . i248 • Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Subpt. P, App. D a cd 1 a CA tn z .11 w1 r, ¢ > A 0 w I Z oo � UWLtI E- > (.."u. N ¢ z 0 0 ra E0 E ci z w x U c Et)Cr) grjG w a. Z Q NUCGGs] Z NQ c : C > c QQcxi) E- U V E+ 2 a C c4 D ¢ Z E.. c I c Zy T Qwa.. W J Q z ;, I _ L .. .. ¢ (� v CAD OA I E- o � ZZ E., v� O U W O° VI Vc VI u u XN Q .. u - ^- I 9, x x c '•C b CTS C C - u a [s. --8; ¢ a p •= u u �y O u u = U f. w I C � aI- .1 w ^ Oo aC „, Q c4 p 41 a 0 0 a > o u !..-1 • 8zz 1 I I 249 1 •I Subpt: P,•App. D . . . .29 CF•h. XVII (7-1-92 Edition) O ll. N h Z 4L.. I 0 en e h I I o w ,.. tN et �Z I MI co 9... O o N en Ia � _ _o z z z z z z z z z z J 6" g. w a V O • O C C • 1-0 ix p Q =a. 00 C. rs1— •�t. d0 O V'i �C a .... m V L7 (....4 x cd _ e.i a. .. Z ...) U O zuj 4.)zc:: Z Z;c: Z .Z Z� ..Z Z m t— r _ co Q U LZt] } < N Q N Z ems: N r0 eh eh N C I.r: _ en x ea v� to. . V Z Z • l U � C U E. a .J '� V tr M Lz7 L• ►� Z _ LI _0 Lr] - p- Q O > O < oc a c x Y'r,. _ D �: .�� p t•-• - a _ I ., I— 0 ,;. "' pct -r.: g c _ �•+ z z _ L �:. x Z r4 Z N M .z z ≥ .� ti I n . ≤ w: N rte, e�': = e- _ to - 6. x a e�i .; C `r? c L J • w I _ x V T Q _ • ? _ Z =• tr �r C a y L' v -- c': n QI v L:) y: 1 v. `� vz �• 3 = = c = Q ct x x Z.' • - = = c a c O. h. L' Z V ill v tY O N o = v v I • r, O D O > e.) v O o -- w _ = u u - L Z ZU I w I I 250 • Labor • Sub t. P, App. D I Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Subpt. I I . I I c = o en rn N ie ic x v1 atr . ; I' Z Z .Z ZZZZZZ • OZ .-.1 < en en M M en en en en en d" ` z O v1 C O• in• coO In C O WO < `O NO• O v h oo en r. •.o 00 7ci I a w p = c6. E u. PI �y A: 0C '„ A CD Z p Z�Z_ N Z ZW Z Z ZW Z Z Oz CS .et1 `"G '"n Z U OF : N O N 0O en N O eel c+1 N O e.; en x ea O U W a U a Z Z Z. Z c y I U cc 8 7 N• yU ...I F NZ % V1 O v1 C '5 er ] W 4 Q O La O < `c .p O c vi ego r<i v1 4 c O E cg 'r' > T , LJ e oayeE OP H C w aen -3 >- G ix _ _ c ij ▪ Lil e� � 1- Z Z Z Z ZZZZZ u CS c ru Q '�, o0 < N N ems: N Cn r e4 e^. e'1 ,O 2m ..t - Q c UO c a Ni Z O vy C C v? O h C O (� c, Oj mo O < `o `o G Q vi cc en v C. '0 tO^ U N Z -a y o-. •N • O -.1 n v1 O C V1 O C v1 C C c v c I ERZ ri r ^ r1 t: r1 r v ,� " `o y N 0 \� - , 1 O w" WC C C E e0 I G o u u u y Q cox x ..:° J h ..i - C C C C e1 c. c en . F Q Q 5 O u u 1 ..... .. N u u U E- L�j o ff ^ Lac I- ^ L•: v: O ^ C= = NN c. • vOv CG L43. > "' D O O — = N La > y O F- O O c u u O _ . Z Z • I i I 251 I I Subpt. P, App. E ' • 29 CCh. XVII (7-1-92 Edition). IAPPENDIX E TO SUBPART P-ALTERNATIVES TO TIMBER SHORING i 11111 • 1 11111,, ► r•• .; ' 21� ly I IYIAF U. 18" MAX . Iv rd VERTICAL RAIL !r ;y 16 r HYDRAULIC CYLINDER fi VERTICAL • ill SPACING :E /, (r. 1 •/0.11.' • as IYI YI1 1171 u' •4 ' MAX . = iii`!pa i 2 ' MAX . I. Figure 1 . Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring I . • rc--3------------pms 1 ' O O O O 1 Figure 2. Pneumatic/hydraulic Shoring I I 252 • • E I Occupational Safety:and Health Admin., Labor Subpt. P, App. I *-"\-=4; . I ,..,.s III .,.., 1 . ��� 6.,... L Screw Jacks) II Figure 3. Trench Jacks I` Imo` f I ::. . 4== =11 I 4 .... ill . . ... . . ______„....____r________ _-i . 1... L...:___________ .. . II • Figure 4. Trench Shields • II II 253 II Subpt. P, App. F • 29 CFh. XVII (7-1-92Edition) APPENDIX F TO SUBPART P-SELECTION OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS • The following figures are a graphic summary of the requirements contained in subpart P ' for excavations 20 feet or less in depth. Protective systems for use in excavations more than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a. registered professional engineer in accordance with f 1926.652 (b)and(c).- • _ Is the excavation more o e than 5 feet in depth?•' Is' there otentia , p 1�:= NO YES Is .the _excavation - for cave-in? entirely-•in Stable rock? 1 ' NO Excavation may- be made with YES vertical sides. • • • • yrs Excavation must be sloped, shored, or Nn shielded, ' Sloping_ • Shorin or shielding- •selected, selected. ' Go to Figure 2 . Go to Figure: 3 • ' FIGURE 1 - PRELIMINARY DECIS IONS 1 • • 1 254 • • Occupational,Safety and Health Admin., Labor Subpt. P, App. F Sloping selected as the I method of protection ' • • Will soil classification be made in accordance with j1926.652 (b)? • YES NO • Excavation must comply with Excavations must comply withf1926.652 (b)(1) which one of the following three options: . requires a slope of 11H:1V (34( ). • • • Option 1: 51926.652 (b)(2) which requires Appendices A and B to be followed •I Option 2: 11926.652 (b)(3) which requires other tabulated data (see definition) to be followed. FIGURE 2. - SLOPING OPTIONS Option 3: 51926.652 (b)(4) which . • requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer. - • • . I • • • • 1 1 255 I Subpt. P, App. F _ PP 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1 92 Edition) Shoring or shielding selected as the method of protection. ' Soil classification is required when shoring or shielding is used. The excavation must comply ' - with one of the following four options : Option 1 51926.652 (c)(1) which requires Appendices A and C to be followed (e.g. timber shoring) . Option 2 ' S1926.652 (c)(2) which requires manufacturers data to be followed • (e.g. hydraulic shoring,trench jacks , air shores , shields) . Option 3 ' S1926.652 (c) (3) which requires tabulated data (see definition} to be followed (e.g. any system ' as per the tabulated data) . I Option 4 51926.652 (c)(4) which requires the excavation to be designed by a registered professional engineer (e.g. any designed system) . FIGURE 3 - SHORING AND SHIELDING OPTIONS ' 256 I I I I I I APPENDIX B MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE I I I I I I I I I I I I M • 1 1 RESOLUTION NO. 9 4-9 6 ' A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PROPOPSED REVISIONS TO THE MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS. ' BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: ' Section 1. That the City Council hereby approves the revisions proposed to the Minimum Street Standards. A copy of the street standards are attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. ' PASSED AND APPROVED this 6th day of August , 1996. ' APPROVED: By: • ; lli/% F/ed Hanna, Mayor • ATTEST: . By: •. nil 't • _i',i ' Traci Paul, City Clerk • FFrETt� .. 4 1 °t. F _ � • . 1 "." 1 • • 1 1 1 1 MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS August, 1966 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • • TABLE OF CONTENTS ' ITEMS PAGE NO. APPROVAL RESOLUTION SECTION 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 1. Requirement to Extend Streets 2 . City Participation in Street Extension Costs 1 3 . Required Street Right of Way 1 ' 4 . Permits 2 5. Approval of Plans and Specifications 3 6. Responsibilities of Owner/Developer 3 ' 7. Engineering Services 3 8. Plan Submittal 54 9. Observation of Construction City 5 10. Acceptance by the City 5 11. Maintenance Warranty 5 12 . Definitions 6 13 . Need for Traffic Study 6 ' 14. Subdivision Signs and Ornamental Structures 7 15. Sidewalks and/or Trails 8 16. Applicability 8 9 SECTION 2 , DESIGN DATA AND PLAN SUBMISSION ' 1. General 2 . Design Report 1 3 . Horizontal and Vertical Datum 1 4 . Plans 1 5. Specifications 1 6. As-Built Plans 2 3 SECTION 3 , STREET DESIGN PRINCIP LES 1 1. General 2 . Alignment 1 3 . Intersections 1 4 . Cross Sections and Right of Way Widths 21 5. Railroad Crossings 2 6. Minimum and Maximum Grades 2 7 . Sight Distance. Requirements and Design Speeds 3 1 3 4 • • SECTION 4 PAVEMENT DESIGN 1. Pavement Types 2 . Pavement Materials and Construction 1 3 . Subgrade Material 1 ' 4. Base Course 1 5. Surface Course 3 6. Curb and Gutter 3 ' 7 . Subsurface Drainage 3 8 . Pavement Section Design Requirements 3 a) Geotechnical 4 b) Sampling and Testing 4 ' c) Soil Classification 4 d) Load Bearing Strength 5 5 ' SECTION 5 UTILITIES AND UTILITY CROSSINGS 1 ' SECTION 6 EROSION CONTROL 1. Requirement for Erosion Control ' 2 . Permits Required 1 3 . Permanent Erosion Control Measures 1 1 SECTION 7 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING 1. General ' 2 . Inspections 1 3 . Quality Control Testing 1 4 . Construction Inspection Checklist 2 ' 5. Additional Tests and Testing Frequency 2 4 ' APPENDIX "A" PAVEMENT DESIGN CRITERIA APPENDIX "B" TYPICAL PAVEMENT DESIGNS ' APPENDIX "C" ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LETTER FORM 1 1 • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS • 1-1 Requirement to Extend Streets: Authority to require street extensions included in the Subdivision Regulations of the City improvements y of Fayetteville as interpreted by the City Staff and the Planning Commission of the City of Fayetteville; and in the Master Street Plan as approved by the City Planning Commission and as adopted by the Fayetteville City Council. All of the rules, regulations,g lations, and Standards contained herein are promulgated under the authority given the City Engineer and Planning Department of the City and are intended to conform to above listed authorities. All new development of any kind shall be required to extend, at the expense of the Owner/Developer, streets within the development in accordance with these standards and in accordance with applicable ordinances and other rules and regulations governing the extension of streets. Streets adjacent to and leading to such developments may also be required to be constructed or otherwise upgraded, at the expense of the Owner/Developer, to meet the intent of these Standards. Streets within developments shall be extended to the edge of the property boundaries where required either to conform to the Master Street Plan or to provide for the general circulation of traffic within the neighborhood. Such extensions to property boundaries shall be fully constructed complete with curb and gutter and drainage. A temporary cul-de-sac may be required on such streets and, depending on the timing of any extension, a permanent cul-de-sac may be required. 1-2 City Participation in Street Extension Costs: The City may participate in the construction adjacent to a Development or on a street leading to a development if the need for such improvement is not totally caused by the Development in question. The appropriateness of any such cost sharing between the Owner/Developer and the City shall be determined by the Planning Commission based on City Ordinances governing the cost sharing of streets. In no case shall the City participate in Local or Residential streets within Developments. 1- 1 II ' • • I1-4 Permits: I All permits required to responsibility of the Developer/Owner accomplish o thee Engineer shall e the Such permits may include but arenot limited to permits for within Highway Department R/W, of Record. II Intent" for Erosion Contro railroad crossing work (ADPC&E) w permits, "Noticeacn Permit, and a Grading Permit. a Stormwater Construction II 1-5 Ylans and S ecifica tuns: IIDetailed Plans and Specifications shall be new streets and street extensions and shall be requiredy f for all a Professional Engineer registered to do business in t e prepared State IIArkansas. of The Standard S ecifications for HIGHWAY IIDpromulgated by the Arkansas State Hi g Y a Highway a CONSTRUCTION as epartment, Edition of 1993 nd Transportation Arkansas Highway Department , and the STANDARD DRAWINGS of the ( 9 shall preparation of the Detailed Plans and Specificationss and for the IIapply in all cases except where these Standards are in dishall rect conflict with them. Approval of the Detailed Plans and Specifications b of Fayetteville does not constitute a warrant y the City y of the Plans and Specifications and does not relieve the Engineer of Record of professional responsibility in the design of the facilities or in his n II the preparation of any engineering reports done in association the project. with II nsibi 1-6 Res o lities of Develo er Owner The Developer/Owner shall be responsible for installation of II streets, including all design and construction associated therewith except in situations where cost h r g may be appropriate as described in Section 1-2 g n Street Extension Costs) ,II (City Participation in All formal agreements entered into by the Developer/Owner only. Such agreementswill bind eachlprin with II the Developer/Owner regardless of the Developer/Owner organization. principal s form of IIThe Developer/Owner shall provide all engineering services required for planning, design, investigations, inspection, testing, and related activities necessary for street development be responsible for construction of street II accordance with the design approved � and shall accordance of h these stgnda by improvements aifyig in the City as satisfying the 1- 3 • • The Developer shall post a letter which 1) guarantees that the ' construction will conform to the plans and specifications approved by the City, 2) acknowledges the conditions of the approval, and 3) agrees to honor those conditions. This letter must be posted prior to the beginning of construction and shall be of the form shown in ' Appendix "C" . The Developer/Owner is hereby required to have contained ' within the construction contract he executes with his Contractor a requirement to obtain a Performance and Payment Bond for the entire contract amount. The Developer/Owner shall assign said Performance and Payment Bond to the City in a form approved by the City Attorney. The Bond shall be issued by a company licensed to do business in the State of Arkansas. ' The Developer/Owner may, in lieu of assignment of the Performance and Payment Bond to the City, post a cash deposit or an irrevocable Letter of Credit with the City in the full amount of ' the proposed improvements. If a Letter of Credit is issued as assurance of construction, the City shall have the right of approval of the financial institution involved and the terms of the Letter of Credit. ' The amount of security shall be the total ated construction cost associated with the street construction. ThatThat ' amount may not be diminished or drawn down during construction. The total shall remain intact until the job has been accepted. The City shall have the right of access to sites during the ' planning, design, and construction phases of street development. The Developer shall schedule all activities to provide the City with adequate notice and review time. ' The Developer shall provide a Two (2) year Maintenance Bond to the City as specified in Section I-11 of these Standards. 1-7 Engineering Services: ' All engineering services, including but not limited to, planning, design, investigations, inspection, and testing shall be under the supervision of a Professional Engineer registered in the ' State of Arkansas (Engineer of Record) . The design data, plans, specifications, and related information shall bear the name of the Engineer of Record. The ' registration seal of the Engineer of Record shall be placed on each sheet of the Plans along with' his/her signature. 1 1- 4 • • Soils investigations, materials testing, and quality control testing shall be performed by a laboratory approved by the City Engineer. All reports submitted shall bear the name of the Engineer of Record. Certification by the Engineer of Record that materials and construction conform to the approved Plans and Specifications is required. Inspection and testing requirements are outlined in Section 7 of these Standards. 1-8 Plan Submittal : Plans, Specifications, and all data submitt ed in conjunction with the plans and specifications shall constitute a complete design. Approval by the City will not be issued until all requirements have been fulfilled. Approval of the Plans and Specifications shall remain in effect for one (1) year from the approval date. After that time a new set of Plans and Specifications must be submitted and any regulations or rules promulgated between the time of the original submittal and the new submittal date must be followed. ' All significant changes in the design or construction of project or development, including all significant changes in the ' Plans and/or Specifications, shall be submitted to the City for approval. The City shall be notified immediately of all significant field changes in order that a timely approval may be issued. ' 1-9 Observation of Construction by the City: v ' The observation of street construction by. the City will be limited to general observations of the project at various stages as outlined in Section 7 of the Standards. The City reserves the right to observe the construction at all times. 1 1-10 Acceptance By The City: After the Final Inspection and Acceptable Completion the street construction, the Developer/Owner shall P provide a I Maintenance Warranty to the City which guarantees the maintenance, repair, and/or reconstruction of the project in whole or in part for a period of 24 months after the date the Maintenance Warranty. The Maintenance Warranty shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the cost of construction of the improvements. Formal Acceptance of the project by the City will be made in writing after the posting of the Maintenance Warranty. The date of formal acceptance shall be the same date as given in the Maintenance Warranty. 1- 5 I ' • • 1-11 Maintenance Warranty:n y. The Maintenance Warranty may be either: a) A formal Maintenance Bond issued by a company ' licensed to do business in the State of Arkansas. The bond shall be for a two year period, said period beginning with the date on the bond. b) An extension of the Performance and Payment Bond for the full two (2) year warranty period provided all parties acknowledge and agree to accept the ' extension and assignment. c) A cash deposit or letter of credit to satisfy the maintenance warranty requirements. Regardless of the type of Maintenance Warranty selected the ' terms, conditions, form, and content must be approved by the City Attorney. Generally, the Maintenance Warranty must state the specific project involved, the warranty amount, how and under what ' conditions the City has the right to draw upon that Maintenance Warranty. ' 1-12 Definitions: Whenever the following terms, abbreviations, or acronyms are ' used in these specifications the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: a) CITY - The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, and its employees expressly authorized by the Mayor to accomplish the specified task. ' b) DEVELOPER/OWNER - The person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity planning, constructing, altering or reconstructing a public street. c) ENGINEER OF RECORD - The Arkansas Registered Professional Engineer responsible for the design of the improvements, usually engaged by the Developer/Owner. d) AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. e) AHTD Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department. f) ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. 1- 6 I • • g) CONTRACTOR - The licensed contracting company hired by the Developer/Owner to construct the street improvements. h) ACCEPTABLE COMPLETION - This term shall substantial completion of the street construction asagreed upon by the1 CITY and the ENGINEER OF RECORD. i) FORMAL ACCEPTANCE - Acceptance of the street construction ' in writing after a Maintenance Warranty has been submitted to and approved by the CITY. j) STREET CONSTRUCTION - Where this or similar terms are used, ' it shall mean construction of the street, curb and gutter, drainage (whether on the street or not) , and all other appurtenances normally associated with street construction and ' approved as part of the street plans, whether on site or off- site. k) FINAL INSPECTION - The final inspection shall be the formal inspection of . the street construction by the CITY, the ENGINEER OF RECORD, and the CONTRACTOR which results in a declaration of acceptable completion. ' 1) MAINTENANCE WARRANTY - The security instrument which binds' the Owner/Developer to a two (2) ty for street construction repairs and/or reconstruction in the event ' of street construction failure. m) USGS - United States Geological survey. n) CBR - California Bearing Ratio. ' o) ESAL - Equivalent Single Axle Load p) SIDEWALK - Where the term sidewalk is used, it shall mean either a sidewalk or trail as defined in the Master Street ' Plan. ' 1-13 Need for Traffic Study: A formal Traffic Study may be required in connection with a 1 development if, in the opinion of the City Engineer and/or Planning Director, it is required to properly determine future street loadings and\or to determine cost shares between the City and the Owner/Developer. A Traffic Study may also be required as a condition of development by the Planning Commission. I 1- 7 • • • 1-14 Subdivision Signs and Ornamental Structures: ' Subdivision signs proposed for installation by the Developer/Owner for the benefit of his development shall be shown on the Plans and be sized and located to meet the provisions of the ' City's Sign Ordinance. The location and size of all ornamental structures constructed ' by the Developer/Owner shall be approved by the City's Traffic Superintendent and by the City Engineer. In addition, the need to conform to zoning regulations shall be determined by the Planning Department. Generally, all structures over 30 inches high must meet applicable setback requirements. Where a subdivision sign or ornamental structure is proposed ' to be located on City right of way, the exact location and size shall be approved by the Planning Commission. The maintenance of such signs and structures shall be by a properly established ' property owner's association and provision for maintenance shall be included in the covenants of the subdivision. Any relocation of such signs and structures necessitated by ' street widening, utility installation, or any other authorized use of the right of way shall be the financial responsibility of the property owner's association and shall be done at the call of the ' City. All permanent street and traffic signs shall be furnished and installed by the City at no cost to the Developer/Owner. 1-15 Sidewalks and/or Trails: ' Sidewalks and/or trails, where required shall be engineered and shown as part of the street plans and specifications to be ' approved by the City Engineer. The sidewalks and/or trails shall then be constructed as part of the development improvements as required by City Ordinance. The necessary grading and subgrade preparation for sidewalks and/or trails shall be done as part of the street construction even if the installation of the actual sidewalks and/or trails are delayed. Sidewalks and/or trails are required in accordance with the City's Master Street Plan as adopted or as may be amended from time to time. I 1 ' 1- 8 • • The construction of sidewalks and trails shall be in ' accordance with the specifications on sidewalk and trail construction as developed by the City as a separate document. The construction shall adhere to these general principles: a) Sidewalks shall be continuous through driveways with a cold joint or expansion joint at the edge of the sidewalk opposite the street. ' b) The sidewalk edge adjacent to the street shall have at least a grooved joint mark to clearly define the sidewalk ' through the driveway. c) The sidewalk elevation shall be two percent above the top of the curb, sloping two percent towards the curb. This elevation shall be continuous through the driveway. d) The area remaining between the sidewalk and the flowline of ' the gutter, called the approach to the driveway, shall slope up to the elevation of the sidewalk. ' e) Wood shall not be acceptable in sidewalks for expansion joints. The joint material shall be the same as approved for street construction purposes. ' 1-16 Applicability: The regulations and requirements contained in these Street Standards shall be applicable to all land or parcels of land being developed for commercial, industrial, or residential use. ' Where private streets are constructed either under the Planned Unit Development section of the Zoning Ordinance or otherwise approved by the City, the subbase, base, and paving shall meet the applicable requirements of these Minimum Street Standards. 1 I I 1- 9 • • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 2 , DESIGN DATA AND PLAN SUBMISSION 2-1 General : . The submittal shall be complete with all necessary information included for review of the project. The material required qu red shall include, but shall not be limited to the Design Report, the Plans, the Specifications, and the Drainage Report. No review based on a partial submittal will be made. The final review will be concurrent with the review of all public improvements, including water, sewer, drainage, and final tree preservation. 2-2 Design Report: The Design Report shall be a separately bound document and shall contain all information not normally shown on the plans or given in the specifications, including design calculations, results of soil borings, soil test results, and any other design data used in the development of the Plans and Specifications. 2-3 Horizontal and Vertical Datum: All elevations shall be based on the USGS Survey and all horizontal controls shall tie to the State Plane Coordinate System. Both vertical and horizontal controls shall be tied to monuments as described in the City's GPS Survey Report. 2-4 Plans: The Plans shall be submitted on 24" X 36" sheets. No other size will be allowed unless specifically approved by the City. Plans shall be submitted at the scale necessary to make the plans easily read and interpreted. Plans shall be on a scale of not less than 1 inch = 50 feet. The layout shall include, but shall not be limited to the following information. 1) Street right of way, proposed and existing 2) Existing and proposed utility easements 3) Curve Data 4) Stationing 5) Location and size of existing and proposed utilities 6) Location and size of existing and proposed drainage facilities 7) Intersection Radii 8) Soil Boring Locations 2- 1 II • • ll 9) California Bearing Ratio (CBR) Test Locations 10) Elevations at the beginning, mid-point, and end of II the radius returns at all intersections 11) A legend showing typical symbols used in the plans 12) Existing and proposed property lines II 13) North arrow 14) Street and Right of Way dimensions 15) Sidewalks and trails Street profiles shall be shown on a horizontal scale to match IIthe layout with a vertical scale of not less than 1 inch = 5 feet. Information to be shown with the profiles shall include, but shall not be limited to: II 1) Existing ground elevations 2) Proposed top of curb grades on each side of the street II3) Vertical Curve Data 4) Proposed and existing drainage and utility line crossings (size and location) 5) Proposed finished grades II6) Cross sections at a maximum spacing of 50 feet. Additional cross sections shall be where needed for clarification purposes II 7) Sidewalks and trails A typical street section shall be included in the Plans and shall show the following:II 1) Pavement type, width YP and thickness 2) Cross slope and crown II 3) Location of profile grade 4) Curbs 5) Existing and proposed grades II6) Right of way width 7) Sidewalks or trails, if required 8) Landscaping, if required II Revisions to drawings shall be indicated above the title block and shall show the nature of the revisions and the date made. il2-5 Specifications: ll Technical specifications shall include material requirements and methods of construction, quality control requirements, sampling, and testing procedures and frequency as delineated in other sections of these standards. II 2- 2 • 2-6 As-Built Plans: ' "As-Built" plans shall depict an accurate account of the construction. Construction plans which are "rubber stamped" and submitted for the purposes of "As-Built" Plans are not acceptable. ' One set of "As-Built" Plans shall be required along with the final costs associated with the Street Construction, and shall be due prior to the filing of the Final Plat. • I I 2- 3 1 • • 1 MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 3 , STREET DESIGN PRINCIPLES 3-1 General: 1 The principles governing the design of streets shall conform to the requirements of these standards, to the standards that may 1 be referenced herein, and to appropriate City Ordinances. General criteria with regard to street classification and 1 other characteristics shall be as stated in other sections of these standards. Parking, parking lots, driveways, stormwater . drainage, and 1 erosion control requirements are specified in separate ordinances and are not included in these standards. 1 3-2 Alignment: Horizontal curves shall be circular curves with a minimum 1 centerline radii of not less than 150 feet for residential streets and 200 feet for collector streets. Curves on streets with higher classifications shall be designed on an individual basis. A tangent 1 of at least 100 feet shall separate reverse curves. All vertical curves shall be parabolic type curves. Minimum 1 vertical curve lengths (L) shall depend on the design speed and shall be equal to K times A where K equals the coefficient as shown in the table below, and A equals the algebraic difference in grades when the grades are expressed as a percentage. 1 Vertical Curve Coefficient (K) Speed K Values (mph) Crest Sag 1 25 20 30 30 30 40 35 40-50 50 3-3 Intersections: 1 Intersections shall be planned and designed to provide a safe system for present and prospective traffic. Intersections shall be graded to provide positive drainage and shall conform to the alignment and grading requirements of these standards. 3-1 1 • • II The following standards shall apply to intersection design: I Design Consideration Ordinary Approach speed 25 mph Hilly Sight Distance (Minimum) 90 feet 20 feh II Grade Within 100 feet 70 feet 0 % Minimum Angle 750 4 750% Minimum Curb Radius Local Streets 30 feet 30 feet II Collector Streets 50 feet 50 feet Minimum Jogs Local Streets 150 feet 150 feet II Collector Streets 200 feet 200 feet It is understood that the sight distances listed above are a I minimum and that longer sight distances may be required where topography will allow and/or when streets with a classification of collector or higher are involved.II 3-4 Cross Sections and Right of Way Widths: IIPavement cross sections shall conform to the details included in these standards and are included in Appendix "D" . Skewed street sections will not be allowed without specific approval of the City Engineer. • II Pavement cross slopes for all streets shall be a minimum of 2 percent with a minimum crown height of 6 inches. Gutters shall be II sloped to match the street. On the elevated side of a uniform cross slope or superelevated II street, the gutter may slope toward the street centerline provided the gutter cross slope does not exceed the cross slope of the adjacent lane. Transitions from normal crowns to uniform cross slope or superelevated sections shall provide for minimum II longitudinal grades. Superelevated sections shall conform to the AHTD Standard Drawings. II The minimum right of way shall be as called for in Section I- 3 . Greater widths may be required if needed to accommodate a particular street design. il3-5 Railroad Crossings: Grade crossings at railroads shall provide for the same minimum sight distances as street intersections. The ENGINEER OF RECORD shall be responsible for all coordination with the railroad II company connected with approval of the crossing and shall work with the City in obtaining a Joint Use Agreement with the railroad.II 3-2 II II • • 3- 6 Minimum and Maximum Grades: 1 The minimum grades shall be that grade required to provide positive drainage for the street. The maximum allowable grade for local streets shall be 10 percent with a provision for a 15 percent grade for a maximum distance of 300 feet in the case of hilly terrain. For collector streets the maximum grade shall be 8 percent with a provision for 12 percent maximum grade for no more than 300 1 feet. 3-7 Sight Distance Requirements and Design Speeds: Minimum sight distance for local residential shall be 250 feet under ordinary conditions and200 streets feet for hilly 1 conditions. Collector streets shall have a minimum sight distance of 150-350 feet, depending on the topography. .The Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department definition of site distance shall apply. The design speed shall be 20 to 30 mph for local streets and 25 to 35 mph for collector streets. 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 3-3 1 I • • • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 4 , PAVEMENT DESIGN 4-1 Pavement Types: Street pavement sections shall be either flexible type i w an asphalt concrete surface or rigid type consisting of a with portland cement concrete section and surface. Curb and gutter shall be portland cement concrete. Flexible pavements may be composed of a crushed stone base course with an asphaltic concrete surface or a full-depth asphalt structure utilizing a bituminous course. Rigid structures shall be full depth portland cement concrete to the designed thickness with a crushed stone drainage/leveling course of no less than 2 inches. Pavement sections shall be designed in accordance with the procedures and criteria of the AASHTO GUIDE FOR DESIGN OF PAVEMENT STRUCTURES, latest edition, and the criteria contained herein. Any conflicts shall be resolved in favor of the more stringent criteria resulting in a stronger and deeper pavement section. References to various materials, testing and construction shall refer to the latest editions of AASHTO, ASTM, and the Standard Specifications of the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department. Typical design requirements are summarized in Appendices "A" "B" 4-2 Pavement Materials and Construction: All pavement materials, construction methods, standards, time and temperature constraints, seasonal constraints, and performance requirements shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AHTD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION, and this set of requirements (SECTION 4, PAVEMENT DESIGN) unless specifically approved otherwise in writing by the CITY ENGINEER for a specific and individual exception. All testing shall be in accordance with Section 7, Inspections and Testing. 4-3 Subqrade Material: Subgrade soils shall be all materials used for subgrade including in-situ materials and fill materials. Subgrades for pavement shall be stabilized by mechanical compaction or by other 4-1 1 , • • II methods approved in writing by the City Engineer. Stabilization Imethods such as fabrics and chemical stabilization may be submitted for approval when supported by engineering data and calculations to substantiate the adequacy of the stabilization procedure. IThe top 24 inches of the subgrade shall susceptible to frost action unless modified wi a not thcement, lime or I another method approved specifically by the City Engineer to resist frost action (Soils classified as A-4 and A-5, including sandy silts, fine silty sand or lean clays are highly susceptible to frost action) . Methods and procedures for establishing the soil replacement and/or modification shall bespecifi dedbyt the h II f design engineer and included in the project plans and specifications. The minimum depth of replacement shall be 24 inches in the absence of engineering data showing otherwise. I The adequacy of in-situ soils and fill material as pavement subgrade shall be evaluated based upon the soils classifications, liquid limit, plasticity limit and California Bearing Ratio (CBR) I values. All soils with a liquid limit greater than 40, or a IIplasticity index greater than 15, or a CBR value of less than eight (8) shall be undercut and removed from the street section or improved by a designed method of stabilization accepted by the City Engineer.II Soils with a CBR of eight (8) or greater, GM or GC soil, shall be accepted as "Hillside" mat classified as erialand no I further treatment or upgrade will be required. Subgrade compaction requirements including the moisture- ' density requirements shall be shown both on the plans and in the specifications (minimum 95 percent modified proctor required) . Sampling and testing of subgrade materials shall be as set I forth in Paragraph 4 . 8 of these Standards. Pavement designs which utilize a subbase course shall IIinclude test data and specifications for the subbase material in the calculations submitted to the City Engineer for review and approval.II 4-4 Base Course: II Base course material shall be crushed stone meeting the requirements of AHTD class 7 aggregate base course as specified II 4-2 • i • • in the AHTD Specifications (Division 300, BASES AND GRANULAR ' SURFACES, AHTD Standard Specifications 1993 or latest edition) . Base course materials shall be certified by the supplier to meet the AHTD class 7 requirements and identified as to the type of material, properties (including gradation, density and proctor) , and source. The base course for full depth asphalt pavement designs ' shall utilize plant mix bituminous base and binder courses conforming to AHTD Sp:_:cifications (Division 400 ASPHALT PAVEMENTS, AHTD Standard Specifications 1993 or latest edition) . 4-5 Surface Course: The surface course for flexible pavement sections shall be Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Type 2 or 3 as specified in the AHTD Specifications (Division 400, ASPHALT PAVEMENTS, AHTD Standard ' Specifications 1993 or latest edition) . The City will consider other design mixes, * including "Superpave" mixes on an individual basis. The surface course for rigid pavement shall be reinforced or non-reinforced (as determined by design calculations) Portland cement concrete as -specified in the AHTD specifications (Division ' 500, RIGID PAVEMENT, AHTD Standard Specifications 1993 or latest edition) . ' Where grades are greater than 10 percent for distances of more than 300 feet, the paving material shall be concrete unless • the use of an asphalt design is specifically authorized by the City Engineer. 4-6 Curb and Gutter: _ ' All curb and gutter shall be Portland cement concrete meeting the requirement of Section 634, CURBING, AHTD Standard Specifications 1993 or latest edition) . 4-7 Subsurface Drainage: ' The requirement for drainage layers, subsurface drainage and underdrains shall be evaluated by the design engineer on a ' individual project basis. Pipe underdrains shall be installed at all locations where subsurface moisture will affect the stability of the subgrade or result in unsatisfactory pavement performance. • 1 4-3 II • • Special attention is called to the typical need for all ' streets in cut sections and on hillsides to include subsurface drainage systems. The design engineer shall be required to perform, or acquire, geotechnical and subsurface investigations to determine the need of subsurface drainage for each street and segment therefore to be designed and constructed. ' 4-8 Pavement Section Design Requirements: Unless specifically authorized in writing by the City Engineer as an exception for a specific project, all pavement sections shall be designed in accordance with the AASHTO GUIDE FOR DESIGN OF PAVEMENT STRUCTURES, latest edition. ' In lieu of formal design for "Residential" and "Local" streets the designer may use the minimum criteria as provided in Appendices I and II. ' A minimum design period (traffic analysis/forecast) of 20 years shall be used for pavement section design. ' Minimum traffic volumes and equivalent 18 kip axle loads (ESAL) shall be as provided in appendix I. A formal traffic study with projections and supporting data shall be submitted for all street classifications where minimum ESAL criteria is not provided. All street designs shall use a factor of 4. 5 for the Initial ' (present) serviceability index. All street designs shall use a factor of 2 . 5 for the terminal serviceability index. ' Subgrade soils shall be all materials used for subgrade including in-situ materials and fill materials. The investigation and evaluation of subgrade soils shall be an integral component ' of all pavement designs and shall include the following minimum requirements: ' a) Geotechnical: All testing and geotechnical work shall be provided by a firm approved by the City Engineer and provided at the expense of the developer or the design ' engineer. The geotechnical firm shall provide copies of all test results, reports, soils classifications and subsurface drainage requirements directly to the City Engineer. b) Sampling and Testing: The investigation and sampling of soils shall conform to AASHTO T 86 (ASTM D420) or latest revision and test procedures referenced therein. The sampling of in-situ subgrade soils may be accomplished ' 4-4 II • • by boring or excavation of test pits. The minimum sampling ' and testing frequency shall be one (1) density test, one (1) liquid limit, one (1) plasticity index, one (1) gradation and soils classifications and one (1) CBR for each 500 feet of street or section thereof, or change in subgrade ' material, with a minimum of three sets of tests per project. The minimum depth of boring or excavation for in-situ materials shall be four (4) feet below the top of the ' elevation of the final compacted subgrade. Additional depth shall be required when deemed necessary by the design Engineer or the City Engineer. Additional sampling and tests will be requested when deemed necessary by the City Engineer. The specific locations for all additional samples shall be determined by the City Engineer's representative. c) Soil Classification: Subgrade soils shall be classified ' in accordance with the AASHTO System and the Unified Soil Classification system. All tests required for the classification of the soils shall be performed and reported unless specifically waived by the City Engineer. ' d. Load Bearing Strength: Load bearing strength oils shall be determined by the California Bearing Ratio s(CBR) test in accordance with AASHTO T 193 or ASTM D 1883 . The frequency and location for samples for CBR tests shall be as noted in section 4-8 (b) above with the specific sample for the CBR test taken at the proposed finished subgrade ' elevation. Subgrade support capacity for all pavements (resilient ' modulus for flexible pavements and modulus of subgrade reaction for rigid pavements) shall be determined from the load bearing strength (CBR) of the soils based upon the correlation contained in the AASHTO Guide for the design of Pavement Structures except where other correlation data are approved in writing by the City Engineer. • ' 4-5 . . • • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS ' SECTION 5, UTILITIES AND UTILITY CROSSINGS All utilities to be located within the street right of way shall be installed in accordance with the specifications of the utility company involved and shall be subject to City Ordinances governing utilities in street rights of way. Utilities or encasements for utilities either under the street or located within 3 feet of the back of the curb shall be installed prior to the subgrade being completed. Minimum depth of water and sewer lines and testing requirements for backfill shall be as specified elsewhere in these standards and in the Standard Specifications for. Water Line Construction or Standard Specifications for Sewer Line Construction. • "Flowable Fill" may be utilized as backfill for utility. crossings if authorized specifically by the City. Where encasement pipe is installed for future utility installation the encasement shall extend, as a minimum, from 3 feet from the back of the curb on one side of the street to 3 feet back of the curb on the other side of the street. Where a ' storm drain pipe or french drain is located parallel to the street, the encasement pipe shall extend a minimum of 3 feet beyond the outside edge of the drainage pipe. Encasements shall extend from right of way to right of way when required by the individual utility companies to avoid conflict with sidewalks, etc. 1 I I i 5-1 I I , ' • • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 6 - EROSION CONTROL 6-1 Requirement for Erosion Control: Erosion control measures shall be taken duri to minimize the amount of silt and soil from enteringo adjacent on ' streams and storm drainage facilities and to protect slopes and fill areas. 6-2 Permits Required: A Grading Permit as called for in the City's ordinance on ' the Physical Alteration of Land shall be obtained and all work shall be in conformance with the applicable provisions of that ordinance. The Grading Permit may be combined with the Stormwater Management, Drainage, and Erosion Control Permit. If the site to be disturbed is greater than 5 acres then a "Notice of Intent" shall be filed with the Arkansas Department of ' Pollution Control and Ecology in accordance with State Law. Under State law, this is a requirement of the contractor(s) who are working on the job. It is the sole responsibility of the contractor(s) to be fully informed of the requirements of the state law in this regard. It should be noted that Grading Permits are required for the ' areas from which material is taken and for those areas where materials are wasted if those areas are within the City Limits of Fayetteville. 6-3 Permanent Erosion Control Measures: 1 Permanent erosion control measures shall include seeding and mulching, sodding, etc and shall be used in all areas within the right of way and temporary construction easements in accordance ' with the provisions of the City's ordinance on the Physical Alteration of Land and the approved erosion control plan approved in conjunction with the street improvements. I I 6-1 I • • MINIMUM STREET STANDARDS SECTION 7 - INSPECTIONS AND TESTING ' 7-1 General: Materials and construction employed in street improvements will be subject to inspection and quality control testing. All ' testing shall be provided by the Developer. ' 7-2 Inspections: The Developer shall provide for inspections of street improvements during construction. The inspections shall be accomplished under the supervision of the Engineer of Record. The Engineer of Record shall provide certification that all materials and construction conform to the approved plans and specifications ' and with these Minimum Street Standards. The Engineer of Record shall furnish full time inspection on ' the job as required by state law. This law is interpreted by the City to mean that a representative of the Engineer of Record must be on the job whenever a critical construction activity is taking place. ' All field tests required for a project shall be witnessed by the City, the Engineer of record, and the Contractor, or their authorized representatives. A 24 hour notice is required on all tests. Calls to the City for the purpose of setting test times shall be made to the City ' Engineer's Office by 10: 00 AM for test on the following day. Tests delayed by weather or other factors will be rescheduled on the same basis. If a representative of the City cannot be present, the City Engineer may authorize the Engineer of record to witness the test and certify to the City the results. ' It is the responsibility of the Engineer of Record and the Contractor to coordinate the scheduling of such tests with the City. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the project shall be subject to a joint final inspection by the City, the Engineer of Record, and the Contractor. The City Street Maintenance Manager and the Water and Sewer Maintenance Manager may also be a part of the final inspection. 7-1 II r • • 7-3 Quality Control Testing: The Developer/Owner shall provide quality control testing for all materials and construction involved in the street improvements. All testing shall be accomplished by a testing firm approved by the City Engineer and shall be performed under the supervision of an Professional Engineer. ' Minimum test requirements and minimum frequency of sampling and testing shall be given in Paragraph 7-4 . Projects will be evaluated individually and additional testing may be required. ' The inclusion of tolerances in project specifications will be subject to approval by the City Engineer. Deficiencies in quality of materials and/or construction exceeding the tolerance limits will not be approved. ' Submission of test results shall be coordinated with the various stages of construction. Sampling and testing locations will be subject to approval of the City. Exceptions to the number of required tests for materials may be granted at the sole discretion of the City Engineer when current test data are available. 7-4 Construction Inspection Checklist: ' Construction Stage Inspection Items ' Subgrade Street subgrade constructed to accurate grade and within specified tolerances. ' Moisture condition of subgrade. Subgrade stability. (Proof rolling ' required in addition to density tests) . Base Course Base course constructed to accurate grade and within specified tolerance. ' 7-2 II • • Construction Stage Inspection Items Base Course (cont'd)) Surface texture uniform (no 1 evidence of segregation) . Moisture condition of base course. 1 Base course stability (Proof rolling required in addition to density tests) . Curb and Gutter Curb and gutter alignment and grade accuracy. 1 Cross section in conformance with • typical detail. Concrete finish as specified. No toppings or thin patches permitted. No cracks or other defects. ' Joint spacing accurate. Joint filler and sealer complete. 1 Where removal and replacement of curb and gutter is required, the replacement section shall extend from joint to joint. 1 1 Surfacing 0 Grade and cross section accurate. Surfaces within prescribed tolerance. Texture and finish uniform. Joints straight and smooth. Joint filler and sealer completed. No cracks or openings at joints. ' Finish pavement surface shall not be lower than the toe of gutter. • 1 7-3 • I , . • • 7-5 Additional Tests and Testing Frequency: ' Density tests on subgrades and base courses shall be taken every 300 feet or portion thereof, except that each cul-de-sac street shall have one test taken regardless of its length. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% of Modified Proctor. The base course shall be compacted to 95% of Modified Proctor on Local and Residential Streets and 100% of Modified Proctor on higher ' classified streets. Minimum base course thickness shall be 8 inches except that the base course for concrete streets shall be 2 inches. Asphalt streets shall be cored every 500 feet or portion thereof for the purpose of checking density and thickness, except that each cul-de-sac street shall have at least one core taken ' regardless of length. The location of the core shall be chosen so as to accurately represent the quality of the asphalt laid in a particular area. Samples over a "run" shall be averaged for the purpose of determining asphalt thickness except that in no case shall be thickness be 1/4 inch less than that specified. Maximum thickness used for averaging purposes shall be the specified thickness plus 1/2 inch. Minimum asphalt density shall be 92 . 0% of the maximum theoretical density. No density of less than 90. 0% shall be ' acceptable. The asphalt where densities less than 92 . 0% and more than 90 . 0% shall be left in place and a penalty of 2 percent of the in-place construction cost of the deficient asphalt shall be paid to the City for each 0. 10 % deviation from the required density up to a maximum penalty of 40 percent. Where densities are less than 90. 0%, the paving shall be removed and replaced. ' The asphalt density used for the purpose of computing the penalty shall be the average density over the entire street or streets within the development as determined by the core samples. ' No densities under 90% shall be used in the average. All areas of less than 90% shall be removed and replaced using the AHTD criteria for determining the area of replacement. IMinimum thickness of concrete streets shall be 6 inches and minimum 28 day compressive strength shall be 3500 psi. A set of cylinders shall be taken for each 100 cubic yards or portion ' thereof poured. Concrete for curb and gutters shall be a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi. One set of cylinders shall be ' taken for each 1000 feet of curb and gutter poured, or portion thereof. 7-4 II , • • • Concrete streets shall be cored every 500 feet or portion ' thereof for the purpose of checking thickness. Thickness shall not be more than 0. 50 inches deficient. Areas of more than 0. 50 inches deficiency shall be removed and replaced. The City may, at its sole option, choose to leave the deficient concrete slab in ' place and accept a cash payment equal to 100 percent of the in- place construction cost of the deficient concrete. ' Concrete testing out less than 80 percent of design strength shall be removed and replaced. Concrete testing out at 98 percent of the design strength shall be deemed to meet the ' specifications. A prorated penalty of 0% to 50% of the contract price for concrete placement shall be paid to the CITY on concrete falling between 98 and 80 percent of design strength. ' Any failed density or thickness test may be offset by the taking of new tests in accordance with the procedures contained in the latest edition of the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department's Standard Specifications for HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION. Additional material and in-place testing may be required. Such tests, if required by the City, shall be accomplished and evaluated in accordance with- the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications for HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION, Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department. I 1 1 ' 7-5 • • APPENDIX"A" - PAVEMENT DESIGN CRITERIA I General Design Requirements: Design period shall be 20 year minimum. ' Initial (present) serviceability index factor shall be 4 . 5 . Terminal serviceability index factor shall be 2 . 5 minimum. ' All designs shall be in- accordance with the AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures, latest edition. ' Structural Number Layer Coefficients: Min. Thickness Structural Coefficient Pavement Materials of course (inches) per inch thickness Asphaltic Concrete Surface 3 . 44 IAsphalt Concrete Binder 2 . 44 Asphalt Stabilized Base 4 . 34 ICrushed Stone Base 6 . 14 Portland Cement Concrete 6 * ' * Formal rigid pavement design required. I :. r • • APPENDIX "B" - TYPICAL PAVEMENT DESIGNS I Minimum Pavement Design Criteria IIn lieu of formal designs'' the following minimum street pavement sections may be used, however, the CITY reserves the II right to require a formal design. Street Type Section Type IFlexible Ful l Depth Composite Asphalt Rigid-2 Residential streets 3 in. surface 2 in. surface 6 in. PC II (ADT to 1000 8 in. base 5 in. B base 2 in. base and ESAL of 10) (Minimum SN = 2 . 44) Local Streets 2 in. surface 2 in. surface 7 in. PC (ADT to 4000 3 in. binder 3 in. binder and ESAL of 40) 6 in. base 2 in. base 4 in. black base II (Minimum SN = 3 . 0) ALL OTHER STREET CLASSIFICATIONS SHA LL REQUIRE FORMAL DESIGN II *1 Formal designs may be performed (are encouraged) by the design Engineer to determine specific pavement sections required for specific II subgrade and specific project requirements and these designs submitted to the City Engineer for review. Soils testing is required in compliance with the Pavement Design Standards and a minimum acceptable I subgrade CBR value of 8 shall be required to utilize the minimum sections shown above. I *2 Joint spacing and joint design shall be in accordance with the AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures. II 1 I • • APPENDIX "C" - ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM LETTER 1 City Engineer City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Street 1 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Re: NAME OF PROJECT II Dear Sir, This letter is to certify that I am familiar with the approved Plans 1 and Specifications relating to the above referenced project and it is my intent to construct the improvements in connection therewith in full accordance with the approved Plans and Specifications and with the terms 1 and conditions of the formal Letter of Approval as issued by the City of Fayetteville. SIGNED: OWNER/DEVELOPER • • i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I e • I I I I 1 I APPENDIX C GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 • McCLELLAND P.O. Box 1229 I mcE CONSUL TING Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1229 501-587-1303 I DESIGNED TO SERVE I ENGINEERS, INC. MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 501-443-9241 I April 23, 1997 FY973815 I I I Mr. Kurtis Jones, P.E. Northwest Engineers, Inc. P.O. Box 1173 IFayetteville, AR 72702 Re: Geotechnical Investigation I Township Road Widening Fayetteville, Arkansas IDear Mr. Jones: IWe are submitting herewith the results of the Geotechnical Investigation on the above referenced project, as per your authorization. The CBR results are given for the Modified Proctor Test, as per City of Fayetteville Street Standards for subgrade material.I We appreciate the opportunity to provide this service to your company. If there are any questions regarding the Geotechnical Investigation, please contact us. ISincerely yours, IMcCLELLAND CO SULTING ENGINEERS, INC.I 4. (l'ayn Jon , P.E. Project ana er IRWJ/wj IEnclosure: Boring Logs & Testing Results ( 2 copies ) BORING LOGS I • • I I LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY973815 Description: TOWNSHIP ROAD WIDENING Date Drilled: MARCH 29, 1997 I Location: FAYETTEVILLE,AR. Method Drilled: 5-1/2"Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R.WAYNE JONES,PE. Boring Location: Sta. 11+12, 8 Ft.Rt. I o15 c _ x ti z o Z t0 di n Description Of Material _ v co I O vu ,v. J . (Color,Type,Moisture&Consistency) ? 1 a v a u u v O' a' o o ca `—^ W v 0.0 w to m tai o � a. a. H L. O I Asphalt I I SC Stiff Brown and Tan Silty Clayey Sand With Sandstone Fragments 1 17 15.3 21 15 6 2.85 117.4 I CL Stiff Reddish Brown Sandy Silty Clay with Sandstone Fragments 2 13 20.6 38 15 23 I CL Firm Gray and Reddish Brown Silty I Clay 3 10 5.0 II IEND OF BORING I 8.0 I Completion Depth: 5.5 FEET Depth To Water(Final): Dry Logged By: D.PRINCE Fayetteville,Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC. Little Rock,Arkansas I PLATE NO. 1 • I • • I I LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY973815 Description: TOWNSHIP ROAD WIDENING Date Drilled: MARCH 29, 1997 I Location: FAYETTEVILLE,AR. Method Drilled: 5-1/2"Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R.WAYNE JONES,PE. Boring Location: Sta. 13+05, 6 Ft.Lt. t c ° al n Description Of MaterialFi co 3 a .4 ar 2 H °i J J C +v C I O al j a " ._I U (Color,Type,Moisture&Consistency) ' U C3 a al iv o 6 co �`' w W O 0.0 W co d] 0) • J EL LL I— ii O Asphalt I . a`. Asphalt Coated Crushed Stone • 0-0 4 -0-0-0-0-0 GC Stiff Dark Gray and Brown Sandy ..++, I 1 13 Clayey Gravel ; -0Q O: 12.4 36 17 19 09000-0 00000 :7...O. 0 ICL Firm Gray and Brown Sandy Silty Clay with Sandstone Fragments 2 6 24.6 38 18 20 Il I i cL Stiff Gray and Brown Silty Clay 3 13 4 Is.o Dark Gray Weathered Shale i END OF BORING I I 8.0 ICompletion Depth: 5.5 FEET Depth To Water(Final): Dry Logged By: D.PRINCE IFayetteville,Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC. Little Rock,Arkansas PLATE NO. 2 TESTING RESULTS I • • McCL EL LA ND P.O. Box 1229 iCONSULTING Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1229 INC 501-587-1303 / DESIGNED TO SERVE / ENGINEERS, MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 501-443-9241 I CBR OF LABORATORY COMPACTED SOILS ASTM D 1883 IJOB NUMBER: FY973815 DATE: April 21, 1997 TECH: RH PROJECT: Township Road ISAMPLE NUMBER: 1 IDENTIFICATION: Boring 2, Sample 1 IDESCRIPTION: Brown clayey gravel with sand METHOD OF COMPACTION: ASTM D 1557 (Replacement) I Maximum Dry Density, lbs./cu, ft.: 124.0 Liquid Limit:36 AASHTO: A-2(2) Optimum Water Content, %: 10.2 Plastic limit: 17 Unified Soil Classification: GC Plasticity index: 19 Preparation Method: Moist ICBR DATA 128 Surcharge Weights: 126 I During soaking: 301bs. 60 blowsflayer During penetration: 30 lbs. e- 124 0. 122 I Moisture Contents,%: (60 blows) r Before compaction: 11.6 0) 120 After compaction: 10.3 Top one inch: 16.5 118 95% ompaction I Whole Specimen: 14.1 116 Swell, %: 3.04 c 114 25 blows/I yer 112 I Dry Density lbs./cu. ft.: Before soaking: 122.4 110 10 Gym/dyer After soaking: 123.7 108 I Bearing Ratio (soaked),%: © 95% 5.2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Sieve analysis, percent passing: 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 3 inch: 100 I3/4 Inch: 79.8 Water Content, No.4: 64.7 Soaked CBR, % No. 10: 57.0 No.40: 49.8 I No.200: 36.06aX CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SUPERVISOR I I I IAASHTO Accredited - Inspected by AMRL & CCRL i S mcEMcCL EL LA ND P.O. Box 1229 1 CONSULTING Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1229 I DESIGNED TO SERVE ENGINEERS 01-587-1303 1 , INC• MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 501-443-9241 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS JOB NUMBER: FY973815 PROJECT: TOWNSHIP ROAD,CRAFTON-TULL&ASSOCIATES 1 DATE: APRIL 9,1997 B S DESCRIPTION DEPTH WATER LL PL PI USC AASHTO SIEVE ANALYSIS %FINER UDW Uc # # CONTENT ' 3 IN. 3/4 IN.a NO.4 NO.10 NO.40 NO.200 tsf B1 1 BROWN&TAN SILTY 1.0-2.5' 15.3 21 15 6 SC A-4(0) 100 100 83.8 78.3 72.6 49.6 117.4 2.85 CLAYEY SAND W/GRAVEL 2 RED&BROWN SANDY 2.5-4.0' 20.6 38 15 23 CL A-6-(8) 100 100 85.7 78.7 73.0 51.8 1 LEAN CLAY B 2 1 BROWN CLAYEY GRAVEL 0.5-2.0' 12.4 36 17 19 GC A-2(2) 100 74.2 61.0 52.0 41.0 25.9 1 WITH SAND 2 BROWN&GRAY SANDY 2.0-3.5' 24.6 38 18 20 CL A-6(6) 100 94.0 82.5 76.2 68.1 50.4 LEAN CLAY W/GRAVEL 1 • i 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 QPW:LAB.MATERIM.GEO:7815.WB2 iAASHTO Accredited - Inspected by AMRL & CCRL ' BORING LOGS I : . . . • •• I I LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY973815 Description: TOWNSHIP ROAD WIDENING Date Drilled: MARCH 29, 1997 I Location: FAYETTEVILLE,AR. Method Drilled: 5-1/2"Continuous Auger Project Engineer: R.WAYNE JONES,PE. Boring Location: Sta. 11+12,8 Ft.Rt. I W ° ° LL— 3 r c Z Q 0 a Description Of Material ; v �, a J (Color,Type,Moisture&Consistency) 3 'O '� u :13 a ❑ Q !L rro O O 0) o 7 to w tr Nell p 0 a. 0.0 W U) CO {!7 C J 11 11. i— LL ❑ Asphalt I - I F::;!!:;: ':!!:; SC Stiff Brown and Tan Silty Clayey Sand with Sandstone Fragments 1 17 ; 15.3 21 15 6 2.85 117.4 I CL Stiff Reddish Brown Sandy Silty ClayFragments Sandstone F ments 1 2 13 20.6 38 15 23 I ' CL Firm Gray and Reddish Brown Silty Clay il 3 10 5.0f 1 END OF BORING I • I I 8.0 ICompletion Depth: 5.5 FEET Depth To Water(Final): Dry Logged By: D.PRINCE IFayetteville,Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Little Rock,Arkansas PLATE NO. 1 • . I I LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 Project Owner: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MCE Project No.: FY973815 Description: TOWNSHIP ROAD WIDENING Date Drilled: MARCH 29, 1997 I Location: 'FAYETTEVILLE,AR.Project Engineer: R. WAYNE JONES,PE. Method Drilled: 5-1/2"Continuous Auger Boring Location: Sta. 13+05,6 Ft.Lt. I t~i-- Li. V x L% _cis z t° a Description Of Material ' .E v ~ aa a I_ tol °i -� a c I0 VI J (Color,Type,Moisture&Consistency) u o or 0 o.o w cn m 0 D g n. d 1- UT_ ❑ MI_ Asphalt I • .."rr, r: Asphalt Coated Crushed Stone -0o be.L_ - ''''.:;':::".,+; GC Stiff Dark Gray and Brown Sandy 1 13 ....,°:<.....<.• Clayey Gravel ° ° 12.4 36 17 19 a°a°a° a°o°a{ 10 . CL Frm Gray and Brown Sandy Silty Clay with Sandstone Fragments 2 6 / 24.6 38 18 20 I .0; - 4/, ICL Stiff Gray and Brown Silty Clay 3 13 _;�I� 5.0 _ Dark Gray Weathered Shale END OF BORING I I I 8.0 ICompletion Depth: 5.5 FEET Depth To Water(Final): Dry Logged By: D.PRINCE IFayetteville,Arkansas McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC. Little Rock,Arkansas PLATE NO. 2 TESTING RESULTS • • • „II, .. ImcE I . . • McCLELLAND • P.O. Box 1229 CONSUL TING Fayetteville,Arkansas 72702-1229 501-587-1303 DESIGNED TO SERVE 1 ENG/VEERS, INC. MATERIALS LABORATORY FAX 501-443-9241 I CBR OF LABORATORY COMPACTED SOILS ASTM D 1883 I JOB NUMBER: FY973815 DATE: April 21, 1997 TECH: RH PROJECT: Township Road ISAMPLE NUMBER: 1 IDENTIFICATION: Boring 2, Sample 1 IDESCRIPTION: Brown clayey gravel with sand METHOD OF COMPACTION: ASTM D 1557 (Replacement) Liquid Limit:36 AASHTO: A-2(2) Maximum Dry Density, lbs./cu. ft.: 124.0 Plastic limit: 17 Unified Soil Classification: GC Optimum Water Content, %: 10.2 Plasticit y index: 19 Preparation Method: Moist ICBR DATA 128 Surcharge Weights: 126 I During soaking: 301bs. 60 b wsllayer — During penetration: 30 lbs. 124 122 Moisture Contents,%: (60 blows) . Before compaction: 11.6 120 I a After compaction: 10.3 118 ;I Top one inch: 16.59 om paction I = Whole Specimen: 14.1 O 116 I , 6% Swell, %: 3.04 /r 25 blo�rs/I yer = 114 I I Dry Density lbs./cu. ft.: 112 li ' Before soaking: 122.4 110 I 1i btu/layer After soaking: 123.7 108 I; / i Bearing Ratio (soaked),%: @ 95% 5.2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Sieve analysis, percent passing: 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 3 inch: 100 Water Content, % I 3/4 inch: 79.8 No.4: 64.7 Soaked CBR, No. 10: 57.0 No.40: 49.8 � �k1� %� I No.200: 36.0 e�Q ��, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SUPERVISOR I I I I AASHTO Accredited - Inspected by AMRL & CCRL